Foreword

The Pillar III report presents information relating to the risks of Groupe BPCE and is prepared in accordance with European regulation 2019/876, known as "CRR II", in particular according to articles 431 to 455 of the regulation, which detail the information to be published by institutions under Pillar III. The CRR II-CRD V legislative package was adopted on May 20, 2019 by the European Parliament and entered into force on June 28, 2021. Pillar III disclosures have also been prepared in accordance with the European Commission's Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/637 of March 15, 2021.

The format and references of the Pillar III tables changed on June 30, 2021 according to the technical standards defined by Implementing Regulation (EU) No. 2021/637.

The data expected under Pillar III ESG is published here for the first time.

Groupe BPCE has put an internal control framework in place to verify that the reported information is appropriate and compliant.

Structure of the Pillar III report

The Pillar III report is divided into 16 sections:

Section 1 presents the key figures, the type of risks and the regulatory context;

Section 2 is dedicated to risk factors;

Section 3 explains the overall organization of Groupe BPCE’s internal control system;

Section 4 is dedicated to capital management and capital adequacy;

Sections 5 to 14 provide detailed information on the main risks: description of the principles of organization and risk management, presentation of a summary of essential information and in a dedicated section detailed quantitative information;

Section 15 relates to information on the remuneration policy;

Section 16 details the group's internal control policy.

1.KEY FIGURES

KEY INDICATORS

FULLY-LOADED CAPITAL RATIOS (1)
(as a %)

TOTAL FULLY LOADED CAPITAL (1)
(in billions of euros)

RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS BY TYPE OF RISK

RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS BY BUSINESS LINE

MREL RATIO (as a % of RWAs)

MREL RATIO (as a % of RWAs)



(1) CRR/CRD IV without transitional measures; additional Tier 1 capital takes into account subordinated issues that have become ineligible at the phase-out rate in force.

(2) Reserves net of prudential restatements.

(3) Including settlement-delivery risk.

(4) Based on the FSB TLAC term sheet dated November 9, 2015.

(5) Based on the ACPR notification of 03/22/2021.

ADDITIONAL INDICATORS

 

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Cost of risk (in basis points)(1)

24

23

Ratio of non-performing/gross outstanding loans

2.3%

2.4%

Impairment recognized/Gross outstandings

41.3%

42.7%

Groupe BPCE’s consolidated VaR (in millions of euros)

10.3

8.3

Liquidity reserves (in billions of euros)

322

329

(1)

Excluding exceptional items.

EU KM1 – KEY INDICATORS

in millions of euros

a

b

c

d

e

12/31/2022

09/30/2022

06/30/2022

03/31/2022

12/31/2021

 

AVAILABLE CAPITAL

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

69,665

69,453

68,557

68,181

69,764

2

Tier 1 capital

69,665

69,453

68,557

68,181

69,764

3

Total capital

82,424

83,212

82,322

83,061

82,715

 

RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS

4

Total risk-weighted assets

460,858

460,514

459,214

448,000

441,428

 

CAPITAL RATIOS (AS A PERCENTAGE OF RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS)

5

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

15.12%

15.08%

14.93%

15.22%

15.80%

6

Equity Tier 1 ratio

15.12%

15.08%

14.93%

15.22%

15.80%

7

Total capital ratio

17.88%

18.07%

17.93%

18.54%

18.74%

 

ADDITIONAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS TO ADDRESS RISKS OTHER THAN THE EXCESSIVE LEVERAGE RISK (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS)

EU 7a

Additional capital requirements to address risks other than excessive leverage risk

2.00%

2.00%

2.00%

2.00%

1.75%

EU 7b

of which: to be met with CET1 capital

1.13%

1.13%

1.50%

1.50%

1.31%

EU 7c

of which: to be met with Tier 1 capital

1.50%

1.50%

1.50%

1.50%

1.31%

EU 7d

Total SREP capital requirement

10.00%

10.00%

10.00%

10.00%

9.75%

 

OVERALL BUFFER REQUIREMENT AND OVERALL CAPITAL REQUIREMENT (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS)

8

Capital conservation buffer

2.50%

2.50%

2.50%

2.50%

2.50%

EU 8a

Conservation buffer due to macro-prudential or systemic risk at the level of a Member State

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

9

Institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer

0.03%

0.01%

0.02%

0.02%

0.02%

EU 9a

Systemic risk buffer

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

10

Global systemically important institution buffer

1.00%

1.00%

1.00%

1.00%

1.00%

EU 10a  

Other systemically important institution buffer

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

11

Overall buffer requirement

3.53%

3.51%

3.52%

3.52%

3.52%

EU 11a

Overall capital requirements

13.53%

13.51%

13.52%

13.52%

13.27%

12

CET1 capital available after compliance with total SREP capital requirements

9.12%

9.08%

8.93%

9.22%

9.99%

 

LEVERAGE RATIO

13

Total exposure measure

1,388,681

1,408,372

1,355,218

1,242,971

1,212,857

14

Leverage ratio

5.02%

4.93%

5.06%

5.49%

5.75%

 

ADDITIONAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS TO ADDRESS THE EXCESSIVE LEVERAGE RISK (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE TOTAL EXPOSURE MEASURE)

EU 14a

Additional capital requirements to address the excessive leverage risk

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

EU 14b

of which: to be met with CET1 capital

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

EU 14c

Total SREP leverage ratio requirement

3.00%

3.00%

3.00%

3.23%

3.23%

 

LEVERAGE RATIO BUFFER REQUIREMENT AND OVERALL LEVERAGE RATIO REQUIREMENT (AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL EXPOSURE MEASURE)

EU 14d

Leverage ratio buffer requirement

-

-

-

-

-

EU 14e

Overall leverage ratio requirement

3.00%

3.00%

3.00%

3.23%

3.23%

 

LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO

15

Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) (weighted average)

220,984

210,361

185,958

218,414

222,399

EU 16a

Cash outflows – Total weighted value

208,095

228,626

225,657

223,048

205,973

EU 16b

Cash inflows – Total weighted value

66,970

79,433

84,314

76,936

67,903

16

Total net cash outflows (adjusted value)

141,125

149,192

141,342

146,113

138,069

17

Liquidity coverage ratio

156.59%

141.00%

131.57%

149.48%

161.08%

 

NET STABLE FUNDING REQUIREMENT

18

Total available stable funding (ASF)

828,977

854,269

843,577

875,246

875,323

19

Total RSF

780,086

783,702

773,139

767,840

756,669

20

NSFR ratio

106.27%

109.00%

109.11%

113.99%

115.68%

1.1 Types of risk

Risk macro-categories

Definition

Credit and counterparty risks

The risk of loss resulting from the inability of clients, issuers or other counterparties to honor their financial commitments. It includes counterparty risk related to market transactions (replacement risk) and securitization activities. It can be exacerbated by concentration risk.

Financial risks

 

Market risk

The risk of loss of value on financial instruments resulting from changes in market inputs, from the volatility of these inputs or from the correlations between these inputs. Inputs include exchange rates, interest rates and prices of securities (equities, bonds), commodities, derivatives or any other assets, such as real estate assets.

Liquidity risk

The risk that the Group cannot meet its cash requirements or collateral requirements when they fall due and at a reasonable cost.

Structural interest rate risk

The risk of loss in interest income or in the value of a fixed-rate structural position in the event of changes in interest rates. Structural interest rate risks are associated with commercial activities and proprietary transactions.

Credit spread risk

The risk associated with a decline in the creditworthiness of a specific issuer or a specific category of issuers.

Exchange rate risk

The risk of loss in interest income or in the value of a fixed-rate structural position in the event of changes in exchange rates. Structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks are associated with commercial activities and proprietary transactions.

Non-financial risks

 

Non-compliance risk

The risk of a legal, administrative or disciplinary penalty, material financial loss or reputational risk arising from a failure to comply with the provisions specific to banking and financial activities (whether these are stipulated by directly applicable national or European laws or regulations), with professional or ethical standards, or instructions from executive management, notably issued in accordance with the policies of the supervisory body.

Operational risk

The risk of loss resulting from inadequacies or malfunctions attributable to procedures, employees and internal systems (including in particular information systems) or external events, including events with a low probability of occurrence, but with a risk of high loss.

Insurance underwriting risks

In addition to asset-liability risk management (interest rate, valuation, counterparty and foreign exchange risks), these risks include pricing risk in respect of mortality risk premiums and structural risks related to life and non-life insurance activities, including pandemics, accidents and disasters (earthquakes, hurricanes, industrial accidents, terrorist acts and military conflicts).

Strategic business and ecosystem risks

 

Solvency risk

The risk that the company will be unable to honor its long-term commitments and/or ensure the continuity of its ordinary operations in the future.

Climate risk

Vulnerability of banking activities to climate change, where a distinction can be made between physical risk directly relating to climate change and transition risk associated with efforts to combat climate change.

1.2 Regulatory changes

Renewed European solidarity in the face of the Ukrainian crisis

The outbreak of war on the EU's doorstep, with its impact on energy access and accelerating inflation, has further refocused European and French regulatory work on consumer protection and economic sovereignty Europeans seem to be united on various subjects, which encourages the Commission and parliamentarians sustain their regulatory work.

Progress of the banking union

In a context of difficulties in the “real” economy, the co-legislators were particularly effective in taking charge of the CRR3/CRD6 banking package in 2022.

The Commission’s draft (October 2021) had already included a significant number of agreed measures between Member States. The Council, under the French Presidency, was able to find a compromise in six months of work. National interests were expressed on a number of political issues, such as the level at which prudential capital requirements are applied (individual or consolidated) to satisfy host countries (output floor mechanism), the introduction of a grandfather clause for "strategic" holdings for the benefit of German IPS, the flat-rate calculation of operational risk without taking into account historical losses for Spanish banks... In the European Parliament, the high degree of fragmentation of the parties has encouraged accelerated work due to the absence of a majority on most of the proposed amendments, including the environmentalists' demands to use the banks as a tool for greening the European economy. The compromise therefore remains close to the Commission's initial draft and the technical amendments to the Council's draft, except on governance issues specific to the European text: the treatment of third-country branches and the methods to assess the suitability of managers. Thus, the work of the Trilogue should also be concluded quickly in 2023.

With regard to the resolution framework, the Eurogroup in June 2022 validated a pragmatic approach and asked the Commission to refocus the reform project on a limited number of subjects (debt hierarchy, notion of public interest, etc.) in order to clarify the treatment applicable to medium-sized banks. Parliament regrets that the European guarantee fund project is not part of the scope of the review and asks for strong commitments. A legislative draft is expected in 2023.

A sustained regulatory agenda

The regulatory agenda remains strong for banks and BPCE: the digital euro initiative, revision of the consumer loans directive, revision of the directive on the distance marketing of financial services, as well as acceleration of the sustainable finance agenda, and finalizing the work on open finance.

On the digital euro, the committee is working on a text that will specify the legal basis, and which will be published at the end of May 2023.

The consumer loans directive is still under negotiation at the Trilogue, where discussions continue on the inclusion of GAFAMs (acronym for American technology companies), which make deferred/split payments for their goods and services, in the scope of the directive.

On the directive on the distance marketing of financial services, the provisions of the text must be repealed and incorporated into the Consumer Law Directive.

On sustainable finance, many texts have already been adopted and are in the implementation and technical development phase: EU taxonomy, CSRD (corporate sustainability disclosure regulation) which replaces NFRD and will integrate the standards of extra-financial reporting (EFRAG, SFDR - sustainable finance disclosure regulation - Deforestation), while other texts are being negotiated: CSDDD (Corporate sustainability due diligence directive) - corporate duty of vigilance in terms of sustainability, and EU green bond standards.

On open finance, the Commission’s work is progressing and the publication of the text is expected at the end of June.

2. RISK FACTORS

The banking and financial environment in which Groupe BPCE operates exposes it to a multitude of risks and requires it to implement an increasingly demanding and rigorous policy to control and manage these risks (see Article 16 of Regulation (EU) No. 2017/1129 known as “Prospectus 3” of June 14, 2017, the provisions of which relating to risk factors entered into force on July 21, 2019).

Some of the risks to which Groupe BPCE is exposed are set out below. However, this is not a comprehensive list of all of the risks incurred by Groupe BPCE in the course of conducting its business or given the environment in which it operates. The risks presented below are those identified to date as significant and specific to Groupe BPCE, and liable to have a material adverse impact on its business, financial position and/or results. For each of the risk sub-classes listed below, the risk factor considered to date by Groupe BPCE as the most significant is listed first.

The risks presented below are those identified to date as liable to have an adverse impact on the businesses of BPCE SA group and BPCE SA.

Strategic, business and ecosystem risks

Groupe BPCE may be vulnerable to political, macro-economic and financial environments or to specific circumstances in its countries of operation.

Some Groupe BPCE entities are exposed to country risk, which is the risk that economic, financial, political or social conditions in a foreign country (particularly in countries where the Group conducts business) may affect their financial interests. Groupe BPCE predominantly does business in France (81% of net banking income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022) and North America (11% of net banking income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022), with other European countries and the rest of the world accounting for 4% and 4%, respectively, of net banking income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. Note 12.6 “Locations by country” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE, contained in the 2022 universal registration document, lists the entities established in each country and gives a breakdown of net banking income and income before tax by country of establishment.

A significant change in the political or macro-economic environment of such countries or regions may generate additional expenses or reduce profits earned by Groupe BPCE.

The extent of the imbalances to be eliminated (mismatch between supply and demand in the goods and labor markets, public and private debt, inflationary mechanics of expectations, heterogeneity of geographical and sectoral situations), combined with numerous overlapping global risks, can always tip developed economies into a downward spiral. To date, these joint threats mainly relate to: geopolitical and health uncertainties (risks on supplies and value chains, evolution of the Russian-Ukrainian military situation and sanctions against Russia, increased tension between Taiwan and China, availability of nuclear weapons in Iran, effective challenge to the zero-Covid policy in China); the development of protectionist trends, particularly in the United States (such as the Chips Act - $270 billion - and the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) - $370 billion - enacted in August 2022, both of which massively subsidize the microprocessor industry and renewable energies); delays in the negative impacts of successive monetary tightening and reduced budget support; contract renegotiations, particularly for natural gas and electricity in the Euro zone. In addition, the development of the war in Ukraine, by its geographical proximity, maintains both uncertainty and fear and weariness in the face of the continuation of rapid repetitive crises, especially after the pandemic.

In addition to any serious economic disruption, such as current inflation and its impact on the economy, or such as the financial crisis of 2008 or the sovereign debt crisis in Europe in 2011 or a major geopolitical crisis, could have a significant negative impact on all Groupe BPCE activities, in particular if the disruption is characterized by a lack of market liquidity making it difficult for Groupe BPCE to obtain funding. In particular, some risks do not occur in the normal economic cycle because they are externally generated. Examples include the increase in credit risk associated with corporate debt around the world (leveraged loans market) and the threat of the Covid-19 epidemic growing even worse, or the longer-term impacts of climate change. During the financial crisis of 2008 and 2011, the financial markets were subject to strong volatility in response to various events, including but not limited to the decline in oil and commodity prices, the slowdown in emerging economies and turbulence on the equity markets, which directly or indirectly impacted several Groupe BPCE businesses (primarily securities transactions and financial services).

Similarly, the armed conflict triggered by the Russian Federation following its invasion of Ukraine constitutes a significant change that directly or indirectly penalizes the economic activity of the counterparties financed by Groupe BPCE, and entails additional expenses for or reduces the profits of Groupe BPCE, in particular by discontinuing its activities in this geographical area. For information, as of December 31, 2022, Ukrainian counterparties were impaired in the amount of €35 million, corresponding to a gross exposure of €91 million. The Russian counterparties were impaired in the amount of €85 million corresponding to a gross exposure of €1,088 million. These exposures are very limited in view of Groupe BPCE’s €939 billion in gross outstanding loans and advances at amortized cost at December 31, 2022 (customers and banks).

For more detailed information, see Sections 4.2.1 “Economic and financial environment” and 4.7 “Outlook for Groupe BPCE” of the 2022 universal registration document.

The risk of a pandemic (such as the coronavirus - Covid-19) and its economic consequences may adversely impact the Group’s operations, results and financial position.

The emergence of Covid-19 in late 2019 and rapid spread of the pandemic across the globe led to a deterioration in economic conditions in multiple business sectors, a deterioration in the financial position of economic players, while also disrupting the financial markets. In response, many affected countries were forced to implement preventive health measures (closed borders, lockdown measures, restrictions on certain economic activities, etc.). Government (guaranteed loans, tax and social assistance, etc.) and banking (moratoriums) schemes were put in place. Some counterparties may emerge weakened from this unprecedented period.

Massive fiscal and monetary policy measures to support activity were put in place between 2020 and 2022, notably by the French government (State-guaranteed loans for businesses and professional customers, for individual customers, short-time working measures as well as numerous other fiscal, social and bill-paying measures) and by the European Central Bank (more abundant and cheaper access to very large refinancing packages). Groupe BPCE has actively participated in the French State-guaranteed loan program in the interest of financially supporting its customers and helping them overcome the effects of this crisis on their activities and income (e.g. automatic six-month deferral on loans to certain professional customers and micro-enterprises/SMEs). There is no way to guarantee, however, that such measures will be enough to offset the negative impacts of the pandemic on the economy or to fully stabilize the financial markets over the long term. In particular, the repayment of State-guaranteed loans may lead to defaults on the part of borrowers and financial losses for Groupe BPCE up to the portion not guaranteed by the State.

Groupe BPCE may not achieve the objectives of its BPCE 2024 strategic plan.

On July 8, 2021, Groupe BPCE announced its BPCE 2024 strategic plan. It is structured around the following three strategic priorities: (i) a winning spirit, with €1.5 billion in additional revenues in five priority areas, (ii) customers, by offering them the highest quality service with an adapted relationship model, and (iii) the climate, through concrete and measurable commitments that are part of a Net zero trajectory. The BPCE 2024 strategic plan is based on the following three key principles: (i) be simple: because Groupe BPCE seeks efficiency and customer satisfaction, it aims for greater simplicity; (ii) be innovative: because Groupe BPCE is driven by an entrepreneurial spirit and is aware of the reality of the changes underway, it strengthens its capacity for innovation; and (iii) be safe, because Groupe BPCE is committed to a long-term approach, it prioritizes the security of its development model with regard to its ambitions. These strategic objectives were developed in the context of the Covid-19 crisis, which has acted as an indicator and accelerator of fundamental trends (in particular, digitization, hybrid work, energy transition) and reflects Groupe BPCE’s desire to accelerate its development by supporting its customers in their economic recovery and their projects to emerge from the health crisis. The success of the BPCE 2024 strategic plan is based on a very large number of initiatives to be implemented within the various business lines of Groupe BPCE. Although many of these targets can be achieved, it is possible that not all of them will be, nor is it possible to predict which of these goals will not. The BPCE 2024 strategic plan also calls for significant investments, but if the plan’s objectives are not met, the return on these investments may be lower than expected. If Groupe BPCE does not achieve the targets defined in its BPCE 2024 strategic plan, its financial position and results could be more or less significantly affected.

The physical and transition components of climate risk, together with their repercussions for economic players, could adversely affect the activities, income and financial position of Groupe BPCE.

The risks associated with climate change are factors that exacerbate existing risks, including credit risk, operational risk and market risk. In particular, BPCE is exposed to physical and transition climate risk. They potentially carry an image and/or reputation risk.

Physical risk leads to increased economic costs and financial losses resulting from the severity and increased frequency of extreme weather events related to climate change (such as heat waves, landslides, floods, late frosts, fires and storms), as well as long-term gradual changes in climate (such as changes in rainfall patterns, extreme weather variability, and rising sea levels and average temperatures). It could have an extensive impact in terms of scope and magnitude, that may affect a wide variety of geographic areas and economic sectors relevant to Groupe BPCE. For example, the Cévennes episodes that affect the south-east of France every year can cause buildings, factories and offices to flood, slowing down or even making it impossible for some of the Group’s customers to carry out their activities. Moreover, physical climate risk can spread along the value chain of Groupe BPCE’s corporate customers, which can lead to default and thus generate financial losses for Groupe BPCE. These physical climate risks are likely to increase and could lead to significant losses for Groupe BPCE.

The transition risk is connected to the process of adjusting to a low-carbon economy. The process of reducing emissions is likely to have a significant impact on all sectors of the economy by affecting the value of financial assets and the profitability of companies. The increase in costs related to this energy transition for economic players, whether corporates or individual customers, could lead to an increase in defaults and thus significantly increase Groupe BPCE’s losses. For example, the French “Énergie-Climat” law of November 8, 2019 is expected to limit from 2023, and completely limit from 2028, the sale and rental of real estate with very low energy performances. Some of Groupe BPCE’s customers will therefore have to plan renovation work for a possible future sale or lease of such type of properties. The risk lies in the impossibility for Groupe BPCE’s customers to carry out this costly work and consequently being unable to complete the financial transaction necessary to balance their budget. These customers of Groupe BPCE could therefore become insolvent, which would result in significant financial losses for Groupe BPCE.

Groupe BPCE may encounter difficulties in adapting, implementing and incorporating its policy governing acquisitions or joint ventures.

Although acquisitions are not a major part of Groupe BPCE’s current strategy, the Group may nonetheless consider acquisition or partnership opportunities in the future. Although Groupe BPCE carries out an in-depth analysis of any potential acquisitions or joint ventures, in general it is impossible to carry out an exhaustive appraisal in every respect. As a result, Groupe BPCE may have to manage initially unforeseen liabilities. Similarly, the results of the acquired company or joint venture may prove disappointing and the expected synergies may not be realized in whole or in part, or the transaction may give rise to higher-than-expected costs. Groupe BPCE may also encounter difficulties with the consolidation of new entities. The failure of an announced acquisition or failure to consolidate a new entity or joint venture may place a strain on Groupe BPCE’s profitability. This situation may also lead to the departure of key employees. In the event that Groupe BPCE is obliged to offer financial incentives to its employees in order to retain them, this situation may also lead to an increase in costs and a decline in profitability. Joint ventures expose Groupe BPCE to additional risks and uncertainties in that it may depend on systems, controls and persons that are outside its control and may, in this respect, see its liability incurred, suffer losses or incur damage to its reputation. Moreover, conflicts or disagreements between Groupe BPCE and its joint venture partners may have a negative impact on the targeted benefits of the joint venture. At December 31, 2022, the total investments accounted for using the equity method amounted to €1.7 billion. For further information, please refer to Note 12.4 “Partnerships and associates” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE, included in the 2022 universal registration document.

Intense competition in France, Groupe BPCE’s main market, or internationally, may cause its net income and profitability to decline.

Groupe BPCE’s main business lines operate in a very competitive environment both in France and other parts of the world where it does substantial business. This competition is heightened by consolidation, either through mergers and acquisitions or cooperation and arrangements. Consolidation has created a certain number of companies which, like Groupe BPCE, can offer a wide range of products and services ranging from insurance, loans and deposits to brokerage, investment banking and asset management. Groupe BPCE is in competition with other entities based on a number of factors, including the execution of transactions, products and services offered, innovation, reputation and price. If Groupe BPCE is unable to maintain its competitiveness in France or in its other major markets by offering a range of attractive and profitable products and services, it may lose market share in certain key business lines or incur losses in some or all of its activities.

For example, at December 31, 2022, in France, Groupe BPCE was the number one bank for SMEs(1), and number two for individual(2). It has a 26.2% market share in home loans(2). For Retail Banking and Insurance, customer loan outstandings amounted to €701 billion and customer deposits & savings(3) to €888 billion (for more information on the contribution of each business line, and each network, see Section 1.4 “The Group’s business lines” of the 2022 universal registration document).

In addition, any slowdown in the global economy or in the economies in which Groupe BPCE’s main markets are located is likely to increase competitive pressure, in particular through increased pressure on prices and a contraction in the volume of activity of Groupe BPCE and its competitors. New, more competitive rivals subject to separate or more flexible regulation or other prudential ratio requirements could also enter the market. These new market participants would thus be able to offer more competitive products and services. Advances in technology and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible for institutions other than custodians to offer products and services that were traditionally considered as banking products, and for financial institutions and other companies to provide electronic and internet-based financial solutions, including electronic securities trading. These new entrants may put downward pressure on the price of Groupe BPCE’s products and services or affect Groupe BPCE’s market share. Advances in technology could lead to rapid and unexpected changes on Groupe BPCE’s markets of operation. Groupe BPCE’s competitive position, net earnings and profitability may be adversely affected should it prove unable to adequately adapt its activities or strategy in response to such changes.

Groupe BPCE’s ability to attract and retain skilled employees is paramount to the success of its business and failing to do so may affect its performance.

The employees of Groupe BPCE entities are the Group’s most valuable resource. Competition to attract qualified employees is fierce in many areas of the financial services sector. Groupe BPCE’s earnings and performance depend on its ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate existing employees. Changes in the economic environment (in particular tax and other measures aimed at limiting the pay of banking sector employees) may compel Groupe BPCE to transfer its employees from one unit to another, or reduce the workforce in certain business lines, which may cause temporary disruptions due to the time required for employees to adapt to their new duties, and may limit Groupe BPCE’s ability to benefit from improvements in the economic environment. This may prevent Groupe BPCE from taking advantage of potential opportunities in terms of sales or efficiency, which could in turn affect its performance.

At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE had 99,800 employees. 8,700 permanent employees were recruited during the year (for more information, see Section 2.4 “A committed and socially responsible group” of the 2022 universal registration document).

(1) 53% (rank 1) in terms of total penetration rate (Kantar 2021 SME-SMI survey).

(2) Retail market share: 21.9% in household savings and 26.2% in mortgage loans to households (Banque de France Q3-2022). Overall penetration rate of 29.7% (rank 2) among retail customers (SOFIA Kantar study, March 2021). For professionals: 38.4% (rank 2) penetration rate among professional customers and individual entrepreneurs (Pépites CSA 2020-2021 survey).

(3) Balance sheet and financial savings.

Financial risks

Significant changes in interest rates may have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s net banking income and profitability.

The net interest margin collected by Groupe BPCE during a given period represents a significant portion of its net banking income. Consequently, changes in the latter have a significant impact on Groupe BPCE’s profitability. The cost of the resource as well as the conditions of return on the asset and in particular those attached to new production are therefore very sensitive elements, particularly to factors that may be beyond Groupe BPCE’s control. These significant changes can have significant temporary or lasting repercussions, even if the rise in interest rates should be generally favorable in the medium to long term.

After a decade of low or even negative interest rates, a sharp and rapid rise in interest rates and strong inflationary pressures have emerged, reinforced by the consequences of the health crisis and the conflict in Ukraine. The exposure to interest rate risk was increased by the combination of unfavorable elements, namely the increase in inflation (major impact on regulated rates), the rapid exit from the negative interest rate policy (deposit arbitrage), the rise in interbank spreads, while, conversely, new loan production is constrained by the attrition rate and the competitive environment.

The sensitivity of the net present value of Groupe BPCE’s balance sheet to a +/-200 bps variation in interest rates remains below the 15% Tier 1 limit. At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s sensitivity to interest rate increases stood at -13.94% compared to Tier 1 versus -11.37% at December 31, 2021. As of September 30, 2022, the small upward shock (+25 bps) would have a negative impact of 1.4% on the projected net interest margin (expected loss of €91 million) over a rolling year, whereas the small downward scenario (-25 bps) would have a positive impact of 1.5% (expected gain of €95 million).

Market fluctuations and volatility expose Groupe BPCE to losses in its trading and investment activities, which may adversely impact Groupe BPCE’s results and financial position.

In the course of its third-party trading or investment activities, Groupe BPCE may carry positions in the bond, currency, commodity and equity markets, and in unlisted securities, real estate assets and other asset classes. These positions may be affected by volatility on the markets (especially the financial markets), i.e. the degree of price fluctuations over a given period on a given market, regardless of the levels on the market in question. Certain market configurations and fluctuations may also generate losses on a broad range of trading and hedging products used, including swaps, futures, options and structured products, which could adversely impact Groupe BPCE’s results and financial position. Similarly, extended market declines and/or major crises may reduce the liquidity of certain asset classes, making it difficult to sell certain assets and in turn generating material losses.

The market risk-weighted assets totaled €15.4 billion, i.e. around 3% of Groupe BPCE’s total risk-weighted assets, on December 31, 2022. For information, the weight of Corporate & Investment Banking activities in the Group’s net banking income was 15% for the year 2022. For more detailed information and examples, see Note 10.1.2 “Analysis of financial assets and liabilities classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE, included in the 2022 universal registration document.

Groupe BPCE is dependent on its access to funding and other sources of liquidity, which may be limited for reasons outside its control, thus potentially having a material adverse impact on its results.

Access to short-term and long-term funding is critical for the conduct of Groupe BPCE’s business. Non-collateralized sources of funding for Groupe BPCE include deposits, issues of long-term debt and short/medium-term negotiable debt securities, banks loans and credit lines. Groupe BPCE also uses guaranteed financing, in particular through the conclusion of repurchase agreements and the issuance of covered bonds. If Groupe BPCE were unable to access the secured and/or unsecured debt market at conditions deemed acceptable, or incurred an unexpected outflow of cash or collateral, including a significant decline in customer deposits, its liquidity may be negatively affected. Furthermore, if Groupe BPCE were unable to maintain a satisfactory level of customer deposits (e.g. in the event its competitors offer higher rates of return on deposits), it may be forced to obtain funding at higher rates, which would reduce its net interest income and results.

Groupe BPCE’s liquidity, and therefore its results, may also be affected by unforeseen events outside its control, such as general market disruptions, which may in particular be related to geopolitical or health crises, operational hardships affecting third parties, negative opinions on financial services in general or on the short/long-term outlook for Groupe BPCE, changes in Groupe BPCE’s credit rating, or even the perception of the position of Groupe BPCE or other financial institutions among market operators.

Groupe BPCE’s access to the capital markets, and the cost of long-term unsecured funding, are directly related to changes in its credit spreads on the bond and credit derivatives markets, which it can neither predict nor control. Liquidity constraints may have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s financial position, results and ability to meet its obligations to its counterparties. Similarly, a change in the monetary policy stance, in particular that of the European Central Bank, may impact Groupe BPCE’s financial position.

However, to deal with these risk factors, Groupe BPCE has liquidity reserves made up of cash deposits with central banks and available securities and receivables eligible for central bank refinancing. Groupe BPCE’s liquidity reserve amounted to €322 billion on December 31, 2022, covering 150% short-term funding and short-term maturities of MLT debt. The one-month LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio) averaged 142% over 12 months on December 31, 2022 versus 161% on December 31, 2021. Given the importance of these risks for Groupe BPCE in terms of impact and probability, these risks are monitored proactively and closely, with Groupe BPCE also pursuing a very active policy of diversification of its investors.

Changes in the fair value of Groupe BPCE’s portfolios of securities and derivative products, and its own debt, are liable to have an adverse impact on the net carrying amount of these assets and liabilities, and as a result on Groupe BPCE’s net income and equity.

The net carrying amount of Groupe BPCE’s securities, derivative products and other types of assets at fair value, and of its own debt, is adjusted (at balance sheet level) at the date of each new financial statement. These adjustments are predominantly based on changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities during an accounting period, i.e. changes taken to profit or loss or recognized directly in other comprehensive income. Changes recorded in the income statement, but not offset by corresponding changes in the fair value of other assets, have an impact on net banking income and thus on net income. All fair value adjustments have an impact on equity and thus on Groupe BPCE’s capital adequacy ratios. Such adjustments are also liable to have an adverse impact on the net carrying amount of Groupe BPCE’s assets and liabilities, and thus on its net income and equity. The fact that fair value adjustments are recorded over an accounting period does not mean that additional adjustments will not be necessary in subsequent periods.

On December 31, 2022, financial assets at fair value totaled €193 billion (with approximately €182 billion in financial assets at fair value held for trading purposes) and financial liabilities at fair value totaled €185 billion (with €156 billion in financial liabilities at fair value held for trading purposes). For more detailed information, see also Note 4.3 “Gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”, Note 4.4 “Gains (losses) on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income before tax”, Note 5.2 “Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” and Note 5.4 “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE in the 2022 universal registration document.

Groupe BPCE’s revenues from brokerage and other activities associated with fee and commission income may decrease in the event of market downturns.

A market downturn is liable to lower the volume of transactions (particularly financial services and securities transactions) executed by Groupe BPCE entities for their customers and as a market maker, thus reducing the net banking income from these activities. In particular, in the event of a decline in market conditions, Groupe BPCE may record a lower volume of customer transactions and a drop in the corresponding fees, thus reducing revenues earned from this activity. Furthermore, as management fees invoiced by Groupe BPCE entities to their customers are generally based on the value or performance of portfolios, any decline in the markets causing the value of these portfolios to decrease or generating an increase in the amount of redemptions would reduce the revenues earned by these entities through the distribution of mutual funds or other investment products (for the Caisses d’Epargne and the Banques Populaires) or through asset management activities, by an unfavorable evolution of management or superperformance fees. In addition, any deterioration in the economic environment could have an unfavorable impact on the seed money contributed to asset management structures with a risk of partial or total loss.

Even where there is no market decline, if funds managed for third parties throughout Groupe BPCE and other Groupe BPCE products underperform the market, redemptions may increase and/or inflows decrease as a result, with a potential corresponding impact on revenues from the asset management business.

In 2022, the total net amount of fees and commissions received was €11,929 million, representing 46% of Groupe BPCE’s net banking income. The revenues earned from fees and commissions for financial services came to €513 million and the revenues earned from fees and commissions for securities transactions amounted to €237 million. For more detailed information on the amounts of fees and commissions received by Groupe BPCE, see Note 4.2 (“Fee and commission income and expenses”) to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE in the 2022 universal registration document.

Downgraded credit ratings could have an adverse impact on BPCE’s funding cost, profitability and business continuity.

Groupe BPCE’s long-term ratings on December 31, 2022 were AA- for Fitch Ratings, A1 for Moody’s, A+ for R&I and A for Standard & Poor’s. The decision to downgrade these credit ratings may have a negative impact on the funding of BPCE and its affiliates active in the financial markets. A ratings downgrade may affect Groupe BPCE’s liquidity and competitive position, increase funding costs, limit access to financial markets and trigger obligations under some bilateral contracts governing trading, derivative and collateralized funding transactions, thus adversely impacting its profitability and business continuity.

Furthermore, BPCE’s unsecured long-term funding cost is directly linked to its credit spreads (the yield spread over and above the yield on government issues with the same maturity that is paid to bond investors), which in turn are heavily dependent on its ratings. An increase in credit spreads may materially raise BPCE’s funding cost. Shifts in credit spreads are correlated to the market and sometimes subject to unforeseen and highly volatile changes. Credit spreads are also influenced by market perception of issuer solvency and are associated with changes in the purchase price of Credit Default Swaps backed by certain BPCE debt securities. Accordingly, a change in perception of an issuer solvency due to a rating downgrade could have an adverse impact on that issuer’s profitability and business continuity.

Credit and counterparty risks

Groupe BPCE is exposed to credit and counterparty risks that could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position and income.

Groupe BPCE is significantly exposed to credit and counterparty risk through its financing or market activities. The Group could thus incur losses in the event of default by one or more counterparties, in particular if the Group encounters legal or other difficulties in exercising its collateral or if the value of the collateral does not allow it to fully cover the exposure in the event of a default. Despite the due diligence carried out by the Group, aimed at limiting the effects of having a concentrated credit portfolio, counterparty defaults may be amplified within a specific economic sector or world region by the effects of interdependence between these counterparties. Default by one or more major counterparties could thus have a material adverse effect on the Group’s cost of risk, income and financial position.

For information, on December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s gross exposure to credit risk amounted to €1,484 billion, with the following breakdown for the main types of counterparty: 38% for retail customers, 28% for corporates, 17% for central banks and other sovereign exposures, and 6% for the public sector and similar entities. The credit risk-weighted assets amounted to €400 billion (including counterparty risk).

The main economic sectors to which the Group was exposed in its non-financial corporations portfolio were Real Estate (37% of gross exposures at December 31, 2022), Wholesale and Retail Trade (11%), Finance/Insurance (10%) and Manufacturing industry (7%).

Groupe BPCE develops its activities mainly in France. The Group’s gross exposure (gross carrying amount) to France was €1,046 billion, representing 84% of the total gross exposure. The remaining exposures were mainly concentrated in the United States, for 5%, with other countries accounting for 11% of the total gross exposures.

For further information, please see Chapters 5 “Credit risks” and 6 “Counterparty risk” in this document.

A substantial increase in impairments or provisions for expected credit losses recognized in respect of Groupe BPCE’s portfolio of loans and advances could have a material adverse effect on its income and financial position.

In the course of its lending activities, Groupe BPCE regularly recognizes charges for asset impairments in order to reflect, if necessary, actual or potential losses on its portfolio of loans and advances. Such impairments are booked in the income statement under “Cost of risk.” Groupe BPCE’s total charges for asset impairments are based on the Group’s measurement of past losses on loans, volumes and types of loans granted, industry standards, loans in arrears, economic conditions and other factors associated with the recoverability of various types of loans. While Groupe BPCE makes every effort to set aside a sufficient level of provisions for asset impairment expenses, its lending activities may cause it in the future to have to increase its expenses for losses on loans, due to a rise in non-performing loans or for other reasons such as the deterioration of market conditions or factors affecting certain countries. Any substantial increase in charges for losses on loans, material change in Groupe BPCE’s estimate of the risk of loss associated with its portfolio of loans, or any loss on loans exceeding past impairment expenses, could have an adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s results and financial position.

For information, Groupe BPCE’s cost of risk amounted to €2,000 million in 2022 compared to €1,783 million in 2021, with credit risks accounting for 87% of Groupe BPCE’s risk-weighted assets. On the basis of gross exposures, 38% relate to retail customers and 28% to corporate customers (of which 70% of exposures are located in France).

Consequently, the risk associated with a significant increase in impairment expenses on assets booked to Groupe BPCE’s loans and advances portfolio is significant for Groupe BPCE in terms of impact and probability, and is therefore monitored carefully and proactively. In addition, prudential requirements supplement these provisioning mechanisms via the prudential backstop process, which results in a total deduction in equity of non-performing loans beyond a certain maturity in line with the quality of the guarantees and according to a regulatory timetable.

A decline in the financial strength and performance of other financial institutions and market players may have an unfavorable impact on Groupe BPCE.

Groupe BPCE’s ability to execute transactions may be affected by a decline in the financial strength of other financial institutions and market players. Institutions are closely interconnected owing to their trading, clearing, counterparty and financing operations. A default by a significant sector player (systematic risk), or even mere rumors or concerns regarding one or more financial institutions or the financial industry in general, may lead to a general contraction in market liquidity and subsequently to losses or further defaults in the future. Groupe BPCE is directly or indirectly exposed to various financial counterparties, such as investment service providers, commercial or investment banks, clearing houses and CCPs, mutual funds, hedge funds, and other institutional clients, with which it regularly conducts transactions. The default or failure of any such counterparties may have an adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s financial position. Moreover, Groupe BPCE may be exposed to the risk associated with the growing involvement of operators subject to little or no regulation in its business sector and to the emergence of new products subject to little or no regulation (including in particular crowdfunding and trading platforms). This risk would be exacerbated if the assets held as collateral by Groupe BPCE could not be sold or if their selling price would not cover all of Groupe BPCE’s exposure to defaulted loans or derivatives, or in the event of fraud, embezzlement or other misappropriation of funds committed by financial sector participants in general to which Groupe BPCE is exposed, or if a key market operator such as a CCP defaults.

The exposures to “financial institutions” represented 4% of Groupe BPCE’s total gross exposures (€1,484 billion) on December 31, 2022. In geographic terms, 69% of gross exposures to “institutions” are located in France.

Non-financial risks

In the event of non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, Groupe BPCE could be exposed to significant fines and other administrative and criminal penalties that could have a material adverse effect on its financial position, activities and reputation.

The risk of non-compliance is defined as the risk of sanction – judicial, administrative or disciplinary – but also of financial loss or damage to reputation, resulting from non-compliance with laws and regulations, professional standards and practices, and ethical standards specific to banking and insurance activities, whether national or international.

The banking and insurance sectors are subject to increased regulatory oversight, both in France and internationally. Recent years have seen a particularly substantial increase in the volume of new regulations that have introduced significant changes affecting both the financial markets and the relationships between investment service providers and customers or investors (e.g. MIFID II, PRIIPS, the directive on the Insurance Distribution, Market Abuse Regulation, fourth Anti-Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing directive, Personal Data Protection Regulation, Benchmark Index Regulation, etc.). These new regulations have major impacts on the company’s operational processes.

The realization of the risk of non-compliance could result, for example, in the use of inappropriate means to promote and market the bank’s products and services, inadequate management of potential conflicts of interest, the disclosure of confidential information, or privileged, failure to comply with due diligence on entering into relations with suppliers and customers, particularly in terms of financial security (in particular the fight against money laundering and the financing of terrorism, compliance with embargoes, the fight against fraud or corruption).

Within BPCE, the Compliance function is responsible for overseeing the system for preventing and managing non-compliance risks. Despite this system, Groupe BPCE remains exposed to the risk of fines or other significant sanctions from the regulatory and supervisory authorities, as well as civil or criminal legal proceedings that could have a significant adverse impact on its financial position, activities and reputation.

Any interruption or failure of the information systems belonging to Groupe BPCE or third parties may generate losses (including commercial losses) and may have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s results.

As is the case for the majority of its competitors, Groupe BPCE is highly dependent on information and communication systems, as a large number of increasingly complex transactions are processed in the course of its activities. Any failure, interruption or malfunction in these systems may cause errors or interruptions in the systems used to manage customer accounts, general ledgers, deposits, transactions and/or to process loans. For example, if Groupe BPCE’s information systems were to malfunction, even for a short period, the affected entities would be unable to meet their customers’ needs in time and could thus lose transaction opportunities. Similarly, a temporary failure in Groupe BPCE’s information systems despite back-up systems and contingency plans could also generate substantial information recovery and verification costs, or even a decline in its proprietary activities if, for example, such a failure were to occur during the implementation of a hedging transaction. The inability of Groupe BPCE’s systems to adapt to an increasing volume of transactions may also limit its ability to develop its activities and generate losses, particularly losses in sales, and may therefore have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s results.

Groupe BPCE is also exposed to the risk of malfunction or operational failure by one of its clearing agents, foreign exchange markets, clearing houses, custodians or other financial intermediaries or external service providers that it uses to carry out or facilitate its securities transactions. As interconnectivity with its customers continues to grow, Groupe BPCE may also become increasingly exposed to the risk of the operational malfunction of customer information systems. Groupe BPCE’s communication and information systems, and those of its customers, service providers and counterparties, may also be subject to failures or interruptions resulting from cybercriminal or cyberterrorist acts. For example, as a result of its digital transformation, Groupe BPCE’s information systems are becoming increasingly open to the outside (cloud computing, big data, etc.). Many of its processes are gradually going digital. Use of the Internet and connected devices (tablets, smartphones, apps used on tablets and mobiles, etc.) by employees and customers is on the rise, increasing the number of channels serving as potential vectors for attacks and disruptions, and the number of devices and applications vulnerable to attacks and disruptions. Consequently, the software and hardware used by Groupe BPCE’s employees and external agents are constantly and increasingly subject to cyberthreats. As a result of any such attacks, Groupe BPCE may face malfunctions or interruptions in its own systems or in third-party systems that may not be adequately resolved. Any interruption or failure of the information systems belonging to Groupe BPCE or third parties may generate losses (including commercial losses) due to the disruption of its operations and the possibility that its customers may turn to other financial institutions during and/or after any such interruptions or failures.

The risk associated with any interruption or failure of the information systems belonging to Groupe BPCE or third parties is significant for Groupe BPCE in terms of impact and probability, and is therefore carefully and proactively monitored.

Reputational and legal risks could unfavorably impact Groupe BPCE’s profitability and business outlook.

Groupe BPCE’s reputation is of paramount importance when it comes to attracting and retaining customers. The use of inappropriate means to promote and market Group products and services, inadequate management of potential conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, ethical issues, money laundering laws, economic sanctions, data security policies, sales and trading practices, and inadequate customer protection systems could adversely affect Groupe BPCE’s reputation. Its reputation could also be harmed by inappropriate employee behavior, cybercrime or cyber terrorist attacks on Groupe BPCE’s information and communication systems, or any fraud, embezzlement or other misappropriation of funds committed by financial sector participants to which Groupe BPCE is exposed, or any legal ruling or regulatory action with a potentially unfavorable outcome. Any such harm to Groupe BPCE’s reputation may have a negative impact on its profitability and business outlook.

Ineffective management of reputational risk could also increase Groupe BPCE’s legal risk, the number of legal disputes in which it is involved and the amount of damages claimed, or may expose the Group to regulatory sanctions. For more information, see Chapter 10 “Legal risks” of this document. The financial consequences of these disputes may have an impact on the financial position of the Group, in which case they may also adversely impact Groupe BPCE’s profitability and business outlook.

Unforeseen events may interrupt Groupe BPCE’s operations and cause losses and additional costs.

Unforeseen events, such as a serious natural disaster, events related to climate risk (physical risk directly associated with climate change), new pandemics, attacks or any other emergency situation can cause an abrupt interruption in the operations of Groupe BPCE entities, affecting in particular the Group’s core business lines (liquidity, payment instruments, securities services, loans to individual and corporate customers, and fiduciary services) and trigger material losses, if the Group is not covered or not sufficiently covered by an insurance policy. These losses could relate to material assets, financial assets, market positions or key employees, and have a direct and potentially material impact on Groupe BPCE’s net income. Moreover, such events may also disrupt Groupe BPCE’s infrastructure, or that of a third party with which Groupe BPCE does business, and generate additional costs (relating in particular to the cost of re-housing the affected personnel) and increase Groupe BPCE’s costs (such as insurance premiums). Such events may invalidate insurance coverage of certain risks and thus increase Groupe BPCE’s overall level of risk.

At December 31, 2022, the operational risks accounted for 9% of Groupe BPCE’s risk-weighted assets, as on December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s losses in respect of operational risk could be primarily attributed to the “Payment and Settlements” business line (35%). They were concentrated in the Basel category external fraud for 40%.

The failure or inadequacy of Groupe BPCE’s risk management and hedging policies, procedures and strategies may expose it to unidentified or unexpected risks which may trigger unforeseen losses.

Groupe BPCE’s risk management and hedging policies, procedures and strategies may not succeed in effectively limiting its exposure to all types of market environments or all kinds of risks, and may even prove ineffective for some risks that the Group was unable to identify or anticipate. Furthermore, the risk management techniques and strategies employed by Groupe BPCE may not effectively limit its exposure to risk and do not guarantee that overall risk will actually be lowered. These techniques and strategies may prove ineffective against certain types of risk, in particular risks that Groupe BPCE had not already identified or anticipated, given that the tools used by Groupe BPCE to develop risk management procedures are based on assessments, analyses and assumptions that may prove inaccurate. Some of the indicators and qualitative tools used by Groupe BPCE to manage risk are based on the observation of past market performance. To measure risk exposures, the heads of risk management carry out a statistical analysis of these observations.

These tools or indicators may not be capable of predicting future exposure to risk. For example, these risk exposures may be due to factors that Groupe BPCE may not have anticipated or correctly assessed in its statistical models or due to unexpected or unprecedented shifts in the market. This would limit Groupe BPCE’s risk management capability. As a result, losses incurred by Groupe BPCE may be higher than those anticipated on the basis of past measurements. Moreover, the Group’s quantitative models cannot factor in all risks. While no significant problem has been identified to date, the risk management systems are subject to the risk of operational failure, including fraud. Some risks are subject to a more qualitative analysis, which may prove inadequate and thus expose Groupe BPCE to unexpected losses.

Actual results may vary compared to assumptions used to prepare Groupe BPCE’s financial statements, which may expose it to unexpected losses.

In accordance with current IFRS standards and interpretations, Groupe BPCE must base its financial statements on certain estimates, in particular accounting estimates relating to the determination of provisions for non-performing loans and advances, provisions for potential claims and litigation, and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. If the values used for the estimates by Groupe BPCE prove to be materially inaccurate, in particular in the event of major and/or unexpected market trends, or if the methods used to calculate these values are modified due to future changes in IFRS standards or interpretations, Groupe BPCE may be exposed to unexpected losses.

Information on the use of estimates and judgments is provided in Note 2.3 “Use of estimates and judgments” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE in the 2022 universal registration document.

Insurance risks

Groupe BPCE generates 11% of its net banking income from its insurance businesses. The net banking income from life and non-life insurance activities amounted to €2,927 million for the year 2022, compared to €2,860 million for 2021.

A deterioration in market conditions, and in particular excessive interest rate increases or decreases, could have a material adverse impact on the personal insurance business and income of the Group.

The main risk to which Groupe BPCE’s insurance business subsidiaries are exposed in their personal insurance business is market risk. Exposure to market risk is mainly related to the capital guarantee as applicable to euro-denominated savings products.

Among market risks, interest rate risk is structurally significant for BPCE Assurances, as its general funds consist primarily of bonds. Interest rate fluctuations may:

in the case of higher rates: reduce the competitiveness of the euro-denominated offer (by making new investments more attractive) and trigger waves of redemptions and major arbitrages on unfavorable terms with unrealized capital losses on outstanding bonds;

in the case of lower rates: in the long term, make the return on general funds too low to enable them to honor their capital guarantees.

As a result of the allocation of general funds, the widening of spreads and the decline in the equity markets could also have a significant unfavorable impact on the results of Groupe BPCE’s life and health insurance business, through the recording of provisions for impairment due to the decline in the valuation of investments at fair value through profit or loss.

A mismatch between the loss experience expected by the insurer and the amounts actually paid by the Group to policyholders could have a significant adverse impact on its non-life insurance business and on the personal protection insurance portion of its insurance business, as well as its results and its financial position.

The main risk to which Groupe BPCE’s insurance business subsidiaries are exposed in connection with these latter activities is underwriting risk. This risk results from a mismatch between i) claims actually recorded and benefits actually paid as compensation for these claims and ii) the assumptions used by the subsidiaries to set the prices for their insurance products and to establish technical reserves for potential compensation.

The Group uses both its own experience and industry data to develop estimates of future policy benefits, including information used in pricing insurance products and establishing the related actuarial liabilities. However, actual experience may not match these estimates, and unforeseen risks such as pandemics or natural disasters could result in higher-than-expected payments to policyholders. In this respect, changes in climate phenomena (known as “physical” climate risks) are subject to particular vigilance.

In the event that the amounts actually paid by the Group to policyholders are greater than the underlying assumptions initially used to establish provisions, or if events or trends lead the Group to modify the underlying assumptions, the Group may be exposed to more significant liabilities than expected, which could have a negative impact on the non-life insurance business for the personal protection portion, as well as on the results and financial position of the Group.

The various actions taken over the last few years, particularly in terms of financial coverage, reinsurance, business diversification and management of investments, have also contributed to the solidity and resilience of the solvency of BPCE Assurances. It should be noted that the deterioration of the economic and financial environment, in particular the decline in the equity markets and the level of interest rates, could adversely affect the solvency of BPCE Assurances, by adversely affecting future margins.

Regulatory risks

Groupe BPCE is subject to significant regulation in France and in several other countries around the world where it operates; regulatory measures and changes could have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s business and results.

The business and results of Group entities may be materially impacted by the policies and actions of various regulatory authorities in France, other governments of the European Union, the United States, foreign governments and international organizations. Such constraints may limit the ability of Groupe BPCE entities to expand their businesses or conduct certain activities. The nature and impact of future changes in such policies and regulatory measures are unpredictable and are beyond Groupe BPCE’s control. Moreover, the general political environment has evolved unfavorably for banks and the financial industry, resulting in additional pressure on the part of legislative and regulatory bodies to adopt more stringent regulatory measures, despite the fact that these measures may have adverse consequences on lending and other financial activities, and on the economy. Because of the continuing uncertainty surrounding the new legislative and regulatory measures, it is not possible to predict what impact they will have on Groupe BPCE; however, this impact may be highly adverse.

Groupe BPCE may have to reduce the size of some of its activities to comply with new requirements. New measures are also liable to increase the cost of compliance with new regulations. This could cause revenues and consolidated profit to decline in the relevant business lines, sales to decline in certain activities and asset portfolios, and asset impairment expenses.

The purpose of the 2019 adoption of the final versions of the Banking Package was to align prudential requirements for banks with Basel III standards. The implementation of these reforms may result in higher capital and liquidity requirements, which could impact Groupe BPCE funding costs.

On November 11, 2020, the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”), in consultation with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and national authorities, reported the 2020 list of global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”). Groupe BPCE is classified as a G-SIB by the FSB. Groupe BPCE also appears on the list of global systematically important institutions (“G-SIIs”).

These regulatory measures, which may apply to various Groupe BPCE entities, and any changes in such measures may have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s business and results.

Legislation and regulations have recently been enacted or proposed in recent years with a view to introducing a number of changes, some permanent, in the global financial environment. These new measures, aimed at avoiding a new global financial crisis, have significantly altered the operating environment of Groupe BPCE and other financial institutions, and may continue to alter this environment in the future. Groupe BPCE is exposed to the risk associated with changes in legislation and regulations. These include the new prudential backstop rules, which measure the difference between the actual provisioning levels of defaulted loans and guidelines including target rates, depending on the age of the default and the presence of guarantees.

In today’s evolving legislative and regulatory environment, it is impossible to foresee the impact of these new measures on Groupe BPCE. The development of programs aimed at complying with these new legislative and regulatory measures (and updates to existing programs), and changes to the Group’s information systems in response to or in preparation for new measures generates significant costs for the Group, and may continue to do so in the future. Despite its best efforts, Groupe BPCE may also be unable to fully comply with all applicable laws and regulations and may thus be subject to financial or administrative penalties. Furthermore, new legislative and regulatory measures may require the Group to adapt its operations and/or may affect its results and financial position. Lastly, new regulations may require Groupe BPCE to strengthen its capital or increase its total funding costs.

The risk associated with regulatory measures and subsequent changes to such measures is significant for Groupe BPCE in terms of impact and probability, and is therefore carefully and proactively monitored.

BPCE may have to help entities belonging to the financial solidarity mechanism in the event they experience financial difficulties, including entities in which BPCE holds no economic interest.

As the central institution of Groupe BPCE, BPCE is responsible for ensuring the liquidity and solvency of each regional bank (Banques Populaires and Caisses d’Epargne) and the other members of the group of affiliates which have credit institution status subject to French regulations. The group of affiliates includes BPCE subsidiaries, such as Natixis, Crédit Foncier de France, Oney and Banque Palatine. For Groupe BPCE, all entities affiliated with the central institution of Groupe BPCE benefit from a guarantee and solidarity mechanism, the aim of which, in accordance with Articles L. 511-31, L. 512-107-5 and L. 512-107-6 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, is to ensure the liquidity and solvency of all affiliated entities and to organize financial solidarity throughout the Group.

This financial solidarity is based on legislative provisions establishing a legal principle of solidarity with obligation of results requiring the central institution to restore the liquidity or solvency of affiliates in difficulty, and/or all of the Group’s affiliates, by virtue of the unlimited nature of the principle of solidarity, BPCE is entitled at any time to ask any one or more or all of the affiliates to contribute to the financial efforts necessary to restore the situation, and may, if necessary, mobilize up to all the cash and cash equivalents of the affiliates in the event of difficulty for one or more of them.

The three guarantee funds created to cover Groupe BPCE’s liquidity and insolvency risks are described in Note 1.2 “Guarantee mechanism” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE included in the 2022 universal registration document. At December 31, 2022, the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne funds each contained €450 million. The Mutual Guarantee Fund holds €157 million in deposits per network. The regional banks are obligated to make additional contributions to the guarantee fund on their future profits. While the guarantee fund represents a substantial source of resources to fund the solidarity mechanism, there is no guarantee these revenues will be sufficient. If the guarantee funds prove insufficient, BPCE, due to its missions as a central institution, will have to do everything necessary to restore the situation and will have the obligation to make up the deficit by implementing the internal solidarity mechanism that it has put in place, by mobilizing its own resources, and may also make unlimited use of the resources of several or all of its affiliates.

As a result of this obligation, if a member of the Group were to encounter major financial difficulties, the event underlying these financial difficulties could have a negative impact on the financial position of BPCE and that of the other affiliates thus called upon to provide support under the principle of financial solidarity.

Investors in BPCE’s securities could suffer losses if BPCE and all of its affiliates were to be subject to liquidation or resolution procedures.

The EU regulation on the Single Resolution Mechanism No. 806/214 and the EU directive for the recovery and resolution of banks No. 2014/59, as amended by the EU directive No. 2019/879 (the “BRRD”), as transposed into French law in Book VI of the French Monetary and Financial Code, give the resolution authorities the power to impair BPCE securities or, in the case of debt securities, to convert them to equity.

Resolution authorities may write down or convert capital instruments, such as BPCE’s Tier 2 subordinated debt securities, if the issuing institution or the group to which it belongs is failing or likely to fail (and there is no reasonable prospect that another measure would avoid such failure within a reasonable time period), becomes non-viable, or requires extraordinary public support (subject to certain exceptions). They shall write down or convert capital instruments before opening a resolution proceeding, or if doing so is necessary to maintain the viability of an institution. Any write-down or conversion of capital instruments shall be effected in order of seniority, so that Common Equity Tier 1 instruments are to be written down first, then additional Tier 1 instruments are to be written down or converted to equity, followed by Tier 2 instruments. If the write-down or conversion of capital instruments is not sufficient to restore the financial health of the institution, the bail-in power held by the resolution authorities may be applied to write down or convert eligible liabilities, such as BPCE’s senior non-preferred and senior preferred securities.

At December 31, 2022, total Tier 1 capital amounted to €69.7 billion and Tier 2 prudential capital to €12.7 billion. The senior non-preferred debt instruments amounted to €26.8 billion at that date, of which €22.5 billion had a maturity of more than one year and were therefore eligible for TLAC and MREL at December 31, 2022.

As a result of the complete legal solidarity, and in the extreme case of a liquidation or resolution proceeding, one or more affiliates may not find itself subject to court-ordered liquidation, or be affected by resolution measures within the meaning of the “BRRD”, without all affiliates and BPCE also being affected. In accordance with Articles L. 613-29 and L. 613-5-5 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the judicial liquidation proceedings and resolution measures are therefore brought in a coordinated manner with regard to the central institution and all of its affiliates.

Article L. 613-29 also provides that, in the event of court-ordered liquidation proceedings being brought against all affiliates, the external creditors (of the same rank or enjoying identical rights) of all affiliates would be treated equally according to the ranking of the creditors and regardless of whether they are attached to a particular affiliated entity. As a result, investors in AT1 instruments and other pari passu securities would be more affected than investors in Tier 2 instruments and other pari passu securities, which in turn would be more affected than investors in external senior non-preferred debt, which in turn would be more affected than investors in external senior preferred debt. Similarly, in the event of resolution, and in accordance with Article L. 613-55-5 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, identical depreciation and/or conversion rates would be applied to debts and receivables of the same rank, regardless of their attachment to a particular affiliated entity in the order of the hierarchy recalled above. Due to the systemic nature of Groupe BPCE and the assessment currently made by the resolution authorities, resolution measures would be more likely to be taken than the opening of judicial liquidation proceedings. A resolution procedure may be initiated against BPCE and all affiliated entities if (i) the default of BPCE and all affiliated entities is proven or foreseeable, (ii) there is no reasonable expectation that another measure could prevent this failure within a reasonable timeframe and (iii) a resolution measure is required to achieve the objectives of the resolution: (a) guarantee the continuity of critical functions, (b) avoid material adverse impacts to financial stability, (c) protect State resources by minimizing the use of exceptional public financial support and (d) protect client funds and assets, particularly those of depositors. Failure of an institution means that it does not respect requirements for continuing authorization, it is unable to pay its debts or other liabilities when they fall due, it requires extraordinary public financial support (subject to limited exceptions), or the value of its liabilities exceeds the value of its assets.

In addition to the bail-in power, resolution authorities are provided with broad powers to implement other resolution measures with respect to failing institutions or, under certain circumstances, their groups, which may include (without limitation): the total or partial sale of the institution’s business to a third party or a bridge institution, the separation of assets, the replacement or substitution of the institution as obligor in respect of debt instruments, modifications to the terms of debt instruments (including altering the maturity and/or the amount of interest payable and/or imposing a temporary suspension on payments), discontinuing the listing and admission to trading of financial instruments, the dismissal of managers or the appointment of a temporary administrator (administrateur spécial) and the issuance of new equity or own funds.

The exercise of the powers described above by resolution authorities could result in the partial or total write-down or conversion to equity of the capital instruments and the debt instruments issued by BPCE, or may substantially affect the amount of resources available to BPCE to make payments on such instruments, potentially causing BPCE investors to incur losses.

Tax legislation and its application in France and in countries where Groupe BPCE operates are likely to have an adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s profits.

As a multinational banking group that carries out large and complex international transactions, Groupe BPCE (particularly Natixis) is subject to tax legislation in a large number of countries throughout the world, and structures its activity in compliance with applicable tax rules. Changes in tax schemes by the competent authorities in these countries could materially impact Groupe BPCE’s profits. Groupe BPCE manages its activities with a view to creating value from the synergies and sales capabilities of its various constituent entities. It also works to structure financial products sold to its customers from a tax efficiency standpoint. The structure of intra-group transactions and financial products sold by entities of Groupe BPCE are based on its own interpretations of applicable tax regulations and laws, generally based on opinions given by independent tax experts, and, as needed, on decisions or specific interpretations by the competent tax authorities. It is possible that in the future tax authorities may challenge some of these interpretations, as a result of which the tax positions of Groupe BPCE entities may be disputed by the tax authorities, potentially resulting in tax re-assessments, which may in turn have an adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s results.

3. RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

3.1 Adequacy of risk management systems

The Group Risk and Compliance Committee, chaired by the Chairman of the Management Board, met five times in 2022 to review the adequacy of Groupe BPCE’s risk management systems, and validated the annual review of the Group’s risk policies. These systems cover all risks, as described in the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 on internal control as amended by the Order of February 25, 2021.

The coverage of risks was found to be adequate, consistent with the risk appetite framework validated by the BPCE Management Board and Supervisory Board, and related closely to the Group’s strategy and budget oversight.

3.2 Risk appetite

All risks are covered by central and local risk management systems, in line with the Group’s risk appetite and strategy.

Groupe BPCE’s Supervisory Board unanimously approved the Group’s risk appetite framework: quantitative indicators, resilience threshold for each indicator and associated governance. During its annual review, the Supervisory Board examined the Group’s risk appetite in December 2022 and its deliberation was unanimously approved.

Risk appetite guidelines

As a decentralized and united cooperative group, Groupe BPCE structures its activity around share capital, held predominantly by the regional institutions, and centralized market funding, optimizing the resources allocated to the entities.

Groupe BPCE:

through its cooperative nature, is firmly committed to generating recurring and resilient income for its cooperative shareholders and investors by offering the best service to its customers;

must preserve the solvency, liquidity and reputation of each Group entity – a duty assumed by the central institution through the oversight of consolidated risks, a risk policy and shared tools;

consists of regional banks, which own the Group and its subsidiaries. In addition to normal management operations, in the event of a crisis, solidarity mechanisms between Group entities ensure the circulation of capital and prevent the entities or the central institution from defaulting;

focuses on the structural risks of its full-service banking model, with a predominant retail banking component in France, while incorporating other business lines necessary to provide quality service to all of its customers;

diversifies its exposures by developing certain activities in line with its strategic plan:

development of the Corporate & Investment Banking, bancassurance and asset management businesses,

international expansion (predominantly Corporate & Investment Banking and asset management, with a more targeted approach for retail banking customers).

Groupe BPCE’s risk appetite is defined as the level of risk it is willing to accept with the goal of increasing its profitability while maintaining solvency. This risk appetite must be aligned with the institution’s operating environment, strategy and business model, while making customer interests the top priority. In determining its risk appetite, Groupe BPCE aims to steer clear of any major pockets of concentration and to optimize capital allocation.

In terms of risk profile, Groupe BPCE incurs risks intrinsically associated with its retail banking and Corporate & Investment Banking activities. Changes to its business model are increasing the Group’s exposure to some types of risks, particularly risks related to asset management and international businesses.

The Group does not conduct business unless it has the associated risks sufficiently under control, nor does it exercise proprietary trading activities. Activities with high risk-reward profiles are strictly controlled.

In all activities, entities and regions of operation, the Group undertakes to meet the highest standards of ethics, conduct, best execution and transaction security.

Risk appetite framework and groupwide implementation

The risk appetite framework is based on a master document providing a qualitative and quantitative description of the risks that Groupe BPCE is willing to assume, and describing the governance and operating guidelines in effect.

The implementation of the risk appetite framework is centered on four key components: (i) the definition of groupwide standards, (ii) the existence of a set of limits in line with those defined by regulations, (iii) the distribution of expertise and responsibilities between the entities and the central institution and (iv) the operation of the governance process within the Group and the different entities, enabling the efficient and resilient application of the risk appetite framework.

The Group’s risk appetite framework is regularly updated (at least annually) and is centered on a series of successive limits associated with separate respective authorization levels, i.e.:

an observation or tolerance threshold, which if breached, calls for BPCE Management Board members to decide either to require the breach to be corrected or to allow the transaction to go ahead on an exceptional basis;

a RAF limit (risk appetite framework) or resilience threshold, the breach of which would pose a potential risk to the continuity and/or stability of the business. Any such breach must be reported to the BPCE Supervisory Board and addressed by a specific action plan validated by the Board;

an extreme limit in conjunction with the Group’s resolution and recovery plan which, if breached, could jeopardize the Group’s very survival. This extreme limit concerns certain indicators adopted in respect of the Group’s risk appetite.

A quarterly dashboard is prepared by the Group’s Risk division, for the purpose of regularly and extensively monitoring all risk indicators and reporting to the supervisory body or/and any committee thereof.

The risk appetite framework is adapted by the entities for consistent groupwide implementation.

The Risk division issues an annual compliance notice to the institutions in their annual draft proposal, ensuring a high level of consistency between the risk appetites implemented locally and that of the Group.

Robust financial strength

Groupe BPCE enjoys high liquidity and solvency levels:

in terms of solvency, the Group is able to absorb, if need be, the occurrence of a risk at entity or Group level;

in terms of liquidity, the Group has a significant reserve consisting of cash and securities enabling it to meet regulatory requirements, pass stress tests and access central bank unconventional financing mechanisms. It also has a sufficient amount of high-quality liquid assets eligible for market funding mechanisms and those offered by the European Central Bank.

The Group ensures the robustness of this system by implementing global or dedicated stress tests such as those for climate risk management, which are carried out regularly. They are intended to verify the Group’s resilience, particularly in the event of a serious crisis.

Summary of the Group’s risk profile in 2022

The following risks are incurred by the Group because of its business model:

Emerging risks

Groupe BPCE places great importance on anticipating and managing emerging risks in today’s constantly changing environment. To this end, a prospective analysis identifying the risks that could impact the Group is carried out every six months and presented to the Risk and Compliance Committee, followed by the Board’s Risk Committee.

The macroeconomic context has deteriorated sharply since the beginning of 2022 and has led to a more pessimistic view than what was projected in terms of the result generated by the Group’s activities and the level of risk. In addition, the Covid crisis and the consequences of the crisis in Ukraine have profoundly changed the environment in which the Group’s activities are carried out. They have greatly increased the intensity of the shocks caused by the various types of risk affecting our business lines.

The forthcoming slowdown in economic growth, combined with high and potentially long-term inflation, poses an increased risk of a deterioration in credit portfolios, in particular for certain customer segments with vulnerabilities (business sectors sensitive to the secondary effects of the war in Ukraine and/or inflation, customers with an already high level of debt, etc.).

The vigilance regarding interest rate and investment risks is also increased given the highly unfavorable impact that the rise in interest rates and inflation could have on the Group’s profitability in the short and medium term.

The international geopolitical environment is an ongoing source of concern, with various geopolitical tensions continuing to weigh on general economic conditions and fueling uncertainties.

As the economy and financial services have grown increasingly digitized, banks have had to remain constantly vigilant against cyber threats. The sophistication of cyber attacks and potential vulnerability of their IS systems are both major risks for Groupe BPCE, in conjunction with the expectations of the regulatory authority.

The Group is very attentive to changes in the regulatory environment and to the supervisor’s requests, in particular on new provisioning standards, the management and monitoring of leveraged loans, guidelines on non-performing loans, etc.

Climate change is an integral part of the risk management policy, with operational variations being rolled out.

Lastly, operational risks are receiving close attention, notably with the application of crisis management systems when necessary.

3.3 Risk management

Governance of risk management

Risk management is governed by two main bodies at Group level: the Supervisory Board, which is supported by the Board’s Risk Committee, and the Executive Management Committee, of which the Head of Risk Management is a member.

Chaired by the Chairman of the Management Board, the Group Risk and Compliance Committee, an umbrella committee, sets the broad outlines of the risk policy and examines issues related to non-financial risks (specifically those related to banking, insurance and investment service compliance, and to financial security), annually reviews the risk appetite framework, and approves a prospective risk analysis twice a year.

Organization of risk management

Groupe BPCE’s Risk division and General Secretariat – in charge of compliance and permanent control – measure, monitor and manage risks, pursuant to the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 as amended by the Order of February 25, 2021, on internal control.

They ensure that the risk management system is effective, complete and consistent, and that risk-taking is consistent with the guidelines for the business (particularly the targets and resources of the Group and its institutions).

These duties are formalized in Groupe BPCE’s Internal Control Charter, an umbrella charter. It is based on the two charters of the control functions, namely the Internal Audit Charter and the Group Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter.

The various departments of the Group Risk division are involved in all risks (credit, financial, operational, climate and non-banking investments) by acting on:

the risk policy and the resulting standards;

permanent monitoring and control;

coordination.

The departments of the Group’s Risk division:

Management

Monitoring

Control

present the Management Board and Supervisory Board with a risk appetite framework for the Group and ensure its implementation and roll-out at each major entity;

help draw up risk policies on a consolidated basis, inform overall risk limits, contribute to discussions on capital allocation and ensure that portfolios are managed in accordance with these limits and allocations;

define and implement standards and methods for consolidated risk measurement, risk-taking approval, risk control and reporting, and compliance with risk regulations;

oversee the risk information system, working closely with the IS departments, while defining the standards to be applied for the measurement, control, reporting and management of risks;

are functionally subordinate to the risk and compliance functions, participating in the work of local Risk Committees or receiving the results of their work, coordinating the departments and approving the appointment or dismissal of all new Heads of Risk Management, Heads of Compliance, or Heads of Risk and Compliance meeting with the relevant managers and/or teams during national or local meetings and during checks on site or at BPCE;

help disseminate risk and compliance awareness and promote the sharing of best practices throughout the Group.

carry out the annual macro-level risk mapping exercise, factoring in the overall risk policy, risk appetite and annual permanent control plan, which is part of the internal control system;

conduct permanent monitoring of limit breaches and their resolution, centralize risk data and prepare forward-looking risk reports on a consolidated basis;

help the Groupe BPCE Management Board to identify emerging risks, concentration of risk and other various developments, and to devise strategy and adjust risk appetite;

perform stress tests with the goal of identifying areas of risk and the Group’s resilience under various predetermined shock scenarios.

assess and control the level of risk across the Group;

conduct controls to ensure that the operations and internal procedures of Group companies comply with legal, professional, or internal standards applicable to banking, financial and Insurance activities;

implement a permanent second-level Group control system for the risks of the institutions and the sensitive activities of the Group Risk division.

SPECIAL COMMITTEES

Several committees are responsible for defining Groupwide methodology standards for measuring, managing, reporting and consolidating all risks throughout the Group.

Group Risk and Compliance Committee

The Group Risk and Compliance Committee is a decision-making and supervisory committee. It is an umbrella committee for all the Group’s risks, set up in accordance with regulatory provisions, in particular Articles 223 to 232 of the amended French Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014.

Group Counterparty and Credit Risk Committees

Several types of committees have been established to manage credit risk for the entire Group, meeting at varying frequencies depending on their roles (ex-post or decision-making analysis) and their scope of authority.

Group Market Risk Committees

The Group has also established decision-making and supervisory committees for both market and structural ALM risks. The frequency of their meetings is tailored to the needs of the Group and its institutions.

Non-Financial Risk Committee

This committee meets quarterly and includes the various Groupe BPCE business lines affected by non-compliance and operational risks. It examines information system security, business continuity and accounting review issues. Its objective is to validate action plans targeting these risks, which are included in the Group’s macro-level risk map.

It also performs consolidated supervision of losses, incidents and alerts, including reports made to the Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution (ACPR), the French prudential supervisory authority for the banking and insurance sector, under Article 98 of Ministerial Order A-2014-11-03 as amended by the Order of February 25, 2021, for non-financial risks.

ALM Committee

The Asset and Liability Management Committee is a decision-making and supervisory committee for Asset/Liability management, interest rate risk and liquidity management.

Climate Risk Committee

This umbrella committee on the Group’s physical climate, transition, liability and environmental risks meets three times a year, in response, in particular, to the regulatory provisions of the ECB and the ACPR.

Model Risk Management Committee

This committee proposes to the governance a resilient model risk management framework, making it possible to propose risk indicators and any associated thresholds to the bodies, to monitor the evolution of the portfolio of models, to ensure the proper dissemination of the model risk management framework within the Group.

Risk governance at Group institutions

The Group’s Risk division and General Secretariat oversee the Group’s risk management, compliance and permanent control functions, focusing on the management of credit, financial, operational, climate and non-compliance risks, extended to business continuity, financial control and information system security functions. They ensure that the risk policies of the affiliates and subsidiaries comply with those of Groupe BPCE.

The Risk and/or Compliance divisions of subsidiaries not subject to the banking supervision regulatory framework are functionally subordinate to Groupe BPCE’s Risk division and General Secretariat.

The strong functional authority is exercised by the Head of Risk Management and by the Secretary General, both members of Groupe BPCE’s Executive Management Committee. It enables risk controls to be performed objectively, as each Group entity’s operational functions are independent from its risk and compliance functions. It also promotes a risk management and compliance culture and the application of shared risk management standards, and ensures that managers are given independent, objective and detailed information on the Group’s risk exposures and any possible deterioration in its risk profile.

Group institutions are responsible for defining, monitoring and managing their risk levels, as well as producing reports and data for submission to the central institution’s Risk division and General Secretariat. They ensure the quality, reliability and completeness of the data used to control and monitor risks at the company level and on a consolidated basis, in line with Group risk standards and policies.

In the course of their work, the Group’s institutions rely on the Group Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter. The charter specifies that each institution’s supervisory body and executive management promote the risk management culture at all levels of their organization.

A twofold assessment of a) risk management functions and b) compliance functions is conducted annually by the Risk Committee of the Groupe BPCE Supervisory Board and sent to the management of the Group’s main establishments.

STANDARD RISK GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE AT A GROUP INSTITUTION

Risk Governance

ORGANIZATION

The Risk Governance and Control department is responsible for coordinating and leading the risk and compliance functions, in conjunction with the Corporate Secretary’s office, and for the second level permanent control of the Risk function within Groupe BPCE. The Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter calls for the Group Risk division and General Secretariat to participate, at their own initiative, in the annual performance assessment of the Heads of the Permanent Control functions, particularly risk and/or compliance, in consultation with the Chairman of the Management Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

The Risk Governance and Control department deploys the entire system on a daily basis and contributes to the overall supervision of Group risks, primarily through:

oversight and updates of key risk and compliance function documents such as charters and standards;

analysis of the work done by the Executive Committees on the risks incurred by the Banques Populaires, the Caisses d’Epargne and the subsidiaries;

coordination of the risk management and compliance function events through a series of national Risk Management and Compliance Days, including discussions and exchanges on risk- and compliance-related issues, presentations on the work done by the functions, training and sharing of best practices in the credit, financial, operational, climate and compliance fields between all Group institutions. Risk Management and Compliance Days also provide opportunities to strengthen groupwide solidarity in the risk management and/or compliance professions in today’s ever-changing regulatory environment. In addition, audio conferences and regional meetings are very frequently attended by the Heads of Risk Management and Compliance of the networks and subsidiaries to address current topics and events;

second-level permanent control of Groupe BPCE’s Risk function, as well as the sensitive activities of the Group’s Risk division, via a dedicated department;

a document library dedicated to the functions;

measuring the level of risk and compliance culture in the Group’s institutions via a dedicated self-assessment;

the performance of operational efficiency work (effective benchmark standards), work related to the risk-based approach (half-yearly risk and compliance reporting, risk appetite framework, macro-mapping of risks, etc.);

the follow-up of all recommendations issued by supervisors and by the General internal audit in the area of risk management and permanent control;

a twofold assessment of a) the risk management functions and b) the compliance functions is conducted every year and presented to the Risk Committee of the Groupe BPCE Supervisory Board;

managing the institutions’ risk appetite framework: definition in line with the Group framework, consolidation and reporting to the bodies;

support for new Heads of Risk Management and/or Compliance via a dedicated program and the annual training plan for the risk and compliance functions;

frequent on-site meetings with the Heads of Risk Management and/or Compliance and teams of the Banques Populaires, Caisses d’Epargne and subsidiaries;

in addition to the Operational Committee meetings attended by the Risk division, General Meetings held with each of the main BPCE subsidiaries: Global Financial Services (Natixis), Crédit Foncier, Banque Palatine, BPCE International (extinctive management), the subsidiaries of the Financial Solutions & Expertise division, and Oney for a comprehensive review with the Head of Risk Management and/or Compliance;

distribution of a newsletter (“Mag R&C”) to the heads of Group institutions, the heads of the various functions, including sales, and the employees of the risk, compliance and permanent control functions as well as all Group employees.

For coordination purposes, the Risk Governance and Control department relies on a half-yearly report drawn up by the institutions, aimed at ensuring that the various components of the local systems are properly implemented and operate under satisfactory conditions, particularly with respect to banking regulations and Group charters. The findings of this report improve operational efficiency and optimize best practices throughout the Group.

Activities specifically focused on the Lagarde report are being monitored in conjunction with the Group’s institutions. There is also a system in place to monitor anomalies observed at Group institutions, aimed at ensuring that business is conducted properly and the rules of ethics are applied.

Lastly, a global transformation program for the Risk function and the Risk division was initiated in 2022 (called Triple A) in order to optimize and strengthen work in these areas. This program covers all risk areas, including IT and HR.

HIGHLIGHTS

contribution to the Risk division’s transformation projects;

review of the risk appetite framework by integrating Leverage Finance and HCSF indicators;

creation, in the fourth quarter of 2022, of a permanent risk control unit in the Group Risk division, in charge of the second-level permanent control of Groupe BPCE’s Risk function, as well as the sensitive activities of the Group’s Risk division;

grouping of the risk and risk culture functions;

implementation of a dashboard to monitor governance and risk control work;

establishment of a project manager in charge of coordinating the regulatory watch of the risk perimeter.

Risk and compliance culture

To promote and strengthen the risk and compliance culture at all levels, the Risk and Compliance department of the Risk Governance department is focused on developing risk and compliance training and awareness programs at all Group levels, establishing regular communication on risk and compliance issues throughout the Group, and disseminating and measuring the risk and compliance culture.

Training

Risk & Compliance Academy

37 training courses, including:

Risk pursuit

a compliance program (for the risk, compliance and audit functions)

a specific program for the Inspection Générale division

a certification program dedicated to the Risk and Compliance departments set up in Paris Dauphine

Banking risk awareness quiz: 200 questions/4 topics (credit risks, financial risks, non-financial risks and banking environment risks) targeting the employees of the Banques Populaires, the Caisses d’Epargne and the subsidiaries

Climate Risk Pursuit

Climate risk awareness quiz: 200 questions targeting the employees of the Banques Populaires, the Caisses d’Epargne and the subsidiaries

Members of the supervisory bodies and risk committees of the BPs and CEs

Annual training provided for Fédération Nationale des Banques Populaires and Fédération Nationale des Caisses d’Epargne: risks, compliance and security

Member of the Board of BPCE SA

 Risk, compliance and IT security training

Communication

The R&C Hour

Topics intended for the Risk and Compliance departments of the Group’s institutions and BPCE SA’s employees (live + replay): Basel IV, crypto-assets (impacts in terms of risk management and compliance), ESG risks (overview, Pillar III publications and market challenges), real estate markets, economic news, feedback on climate stress tests.

Regulatory holiday book

Examination of regulatory issues (regulatory outlook, response from regulators and supervisors on Covid-19, etc.)

Regulatory communication

Coordination of the risk and compliance Chapters of the regulatory reports (universal registration document, Pillar III, annual report on internal control, ICAAP)

Sharing of best practices

Sharing of best practices and cross-analyses between operational entities and control functions

Coordination of Commitment managers of the BPs, CEs and subsidiaries

Risk assessment of sales functions at Group institutions (New Product Committee, implementation and updating of sales processes)

Sharing best practices by pooling local risk management systems

Measurement of the risk and compliance culture

Self-assessment of the level of risk and compliance culture: R&C EVAL system

139 questions on the risk and compliance culture, based on the recommendations of the Financial Stability Board 2014, Agence Française Anticorruption 2017 and the European Banking Authority 2021 guidelines allowing a self-assessment and the implementation of action plans

Macro-level risk mapping of institutions

The macro-level risk map plays a central role in an institution’s overall risk management system: by identifying and rating its risks, in particular through the evaluation of its risk management system, each institution in the Group has its own risk profile and priority risks. This risk-based approach serves to update the risk appetite and the permanent/periodic control plans of Group institutions on a yearly basis.

Action plans targeting high-priority risks are defined with the goal of reducing and/or managing risks.

The results of the macro-level risk mapping process contribute to the Group’s Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), by identifying the main risks under the risk management and prudential approach, included in the annual report on internal control, the ICAAP report and the universal registration document (risk factors section).

In 2022, as in previous years, a consolidation of the macro-level risk mapping was carried out for each network. Each institution is able to compare the results of its own macro-level risk mapping with those of its network. Action plans set up by the institutions to address their priority risks were also consolidated.

The macro-risk mapping is integrated into the Priscop permanent control management tool, which makes it possible to automate the risk-control links in the risk management system.

Macro-level risk mapping was performed at Group level in 2022 by consolidating the macro-level risk maps of the parent company institutions and subsidiaries.

Lastly, the Risk Governance and Control department is responsible for validating the Group’s models outside Natixis and the General Secretariat (human resources and Budget) of the Group Risk division.

Consolidated risk oversight

ORGANIZATION

In addition to the risk supervision conducted both individually and by type of risk, Groupe BPCE’s Risk division also performs consolidated monitoring of the Group’s risks. A Group risk dashboard is produced quarterly. It contains a quarterly Group risk dashboard, which is used to monitor the risk appetite defined by the Group as well as for comprehensive monitoring of risks based on an analysis of the Group’s risk profile in each area (mapping of risk-weighted assets, credit risks and counterparty risks – by customer segment –, market risks, structural ALM risks, non-financial risks and risks related to insurance businesses). In addition to the dashboard, a monthly flash report provides the Group with a more responsive and updated overview of Group risks.

The Group Risk division also conducts or coordinates cross-business risk analyses and specific stress tests on the Group’s main portfolios or activities and, if needed, for the entities. It has also developed half-year forward-looking risk analyzes aimed at identifying economic risk factors (known and emerging; international, national and regional), circumstantial threats (regulations, etc.) and their potential impact on the Group. These forward-looking analyses are presented at meetings of the Group Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee.

In addition, it carries out risk measurements on a portfolio basis. It reviews and validates risk models developed internally. Lastly, it contributes to efforts to define internal capital requirements as well as internal and external solvency stress tests aimed at measuring the Group’s sensitivity to a series of risk factors and its resilience in the event of a severe shock, by determining impacts in terms of cost of risk and RWA.

Stress testing system

Groupe BPCE has been developing stress tests since 2011 that can be performed using the risk modules for Group strategic analysis purposes and regulatory purposes.

There are two types of stress tests:

internal stress tests (including reverse stress tests);

regulatory stress tests (including in particular the EBA’s 2021 stress test published on July 30, 2021).

 

The governance of the Group’s stress testing system is based on a comprehensive approach covering all Group entities, taking into consideration their specific characteristics, and covering the following risks:

credit risk: change in cost of risk and risk-weighted assets;

securitization portfolio and counterparty risk: change in impairment and risk-weighted assets;

market risks: market shocks, change in securities portfolios and risk-weighted assets;

operational risks;

insurance risk.

 

Risks associated with sovereign exposures are addressed according to their accounting classification in market risk or credit risk.

 

 

The methodologies used to determine the projections are based on:

the methodology stipulated by the ECB and the EBA for regulatory stress tests;

internal methodologies adapted to the Group’s business model, as part of the budget exercise and risk management.

 

Several scenarios are tested in order to assess all impacts:

Baseline scenario

Baseline scenario comprising the budget scenario

ICAAP adverse scenarios

Scenarios that are both severe and plausible to provide relevant information on risk and resilience under the ICAAP.

Adverse Preventive Recovery Plan scenarios

Scenarios used as part of the Preventive Recovery Plan to assess the Group's ability to recover.

Reverse scenarios

Scenarios performed in advance of the stress scenarios to estimate ex ante the required severity for ICAAP and PPR.

Models are used for each risk category to determine the impacts of scenarios on the various income statement items and capital requirements.

3.4 Internal control

The Group control system relies on three levels of controls, in accordance with banking regulations and sound management practices (two levels of permanent controls and one level of periodic control), as well as the establishment of consolidated control processes in accordance with provisions approved by BPCE’s Management Board.

STRUCTURE OF GROUPE BPCE’S INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM

Permanent control system

The organization of permanent control in the Group is specified in the Internal Control Charter (updated on July 23, 2020) in paragraph 3 and in the DRCCP Charter (updated on December 9, 2021) in paragraphs 2 and 5 in accordance with the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 (revised on February 25, 2021), in particular in Article 12.

In terms of governance, the assessment of the permanent control system is the responsibility of the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee (or 3CI or CCFC in its local implementation).

The permanent control system is based on the taxonomy of controls, which includes definitions of control methods.

The system comprises two types of level 1 controls (first line of defense LOD1) carried out by employees carrying out operational activities. These employees identify the risks associated with their activity and comply with the procedures and limits set:

level 1.1 consists of production controls (detection of production anomalies, compliance with internal rules and procedures) usually carried out on an ongoing basis;

level 1.2 consists of controls aimed at identifying risks/compliance with rules/procedures carried out by line managers (a line manager control implies a control distinct from the person who carried it out) or by a separate team dedicated to level 1 control. The formalization of procedures and operating modes describing the controlled operational activities are the responsibility of the first line of defense.

The system also includes two types of level 2 controls (second line of defense LOD2) performed by agents at the central and local levels:

level 2.1 consists of controls aimed at verifying that the risks have been identified and managed by the first level of control in accordance with the rules and procedures provided for. They are carried out by employees of departments dedicated exclusively to risk management, compliance, security, permanent control or specialized functions that do not perform level 1 controls: These controls are formalized and assessed;

level 2.2 concerns overall system controls or quality controls performed by each business line of an institution as the head of the Group or of BPCE as the central institution. These controls are formalized and assessed. In the last quarter of 2022, the Risk division set up a department dedicated to carrying out permanent controls of the Risk function and sensitive activities within its scope.

COORDINATION OF PERMANENT CONTROLS IN INSTITUTIONS

In accordance with the Group’s Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter, it is recommended that a permanent control coordination function be set up in each institution or Group head office covering the entire Risk/Compliance/Security area. In the absence of a dedicated department, these missions are the responsibility of the Head of Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control or the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of Compliance, it being understood that the designated Executive Officer remains responsible for the consistency and effectiveness of the control, within the meaning of the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 as amended by the Order of February 25, 2021.

COORDINATION OF PERMANENT CENTRAL CONTROLS

In the General Secretariat, the main role of the Group Coordination of Permanent Controls department is to coordinate the Group’s level 1 and 2 permanent control system. In this context, it:

proposes standards and methodological guides for the exercise of permanent control in Groupe BPCE;

monitors the application of control standards, i.e. the framework document governing the Group’s permanent control system – operational adaptation of the Internal Control Charter – and the control sampling standard, which is based on random, representative samples. To that end, all annual control plans of retail banking institutions are centralized and analyzed each year;

assists the business lines in the review of controls and to ensure their risk coverage is complete. The various permanent control standards are overseen and constantly updated and expanded in the tool;

performs consolidated reporting of control results for the Group Internal Control Committee;

manages the system.

PERMANENT CONTROL CULTURE

The control culture has been strengthened by the implementation of a certification in permanent control of the banking and insurance business lines validated by the external body France Competence. This certification is intended for the level 1 and level 2 permanent control functions but also for the LOD2 functions.

HIGHLIGHTS

The scope of the Group’s control system has been extended to the BPCE Assurance and Payments entities. This group of entities joined the Priscop platform.

Two new standards have been added to the system:

- the documentation standard of the Group’s permanent controls, which covers the formalization of their expected results, the control methods and the information necessary for the controller in charge of carrying out the controls;

- the standard on the principles for reporting the results of controls in 3CI/CCFC.

New reports have been developed to enable institutions to monitor the progress of the annual control plan

a sharepoint has been implemented to assess, via a rating, the quality of an institution’s permanent control system in relation to its priority risks;

a review mission has been launched on the quality and completeness of the control documentation for the scope of controls common to all institutions, with the aim of uploading this documentation to the Priscop platform;

Structure of integrated control functions

The Group Risk division and the Group General Secretariat are responsible for permanent controls at Group level, and the General internal audit for periodic control.

The permanent and periodic control functions of affiliates and subsidiaries, subject to banking supervision, are functionally subordinate, as Consolidated Control departments, to BPCE’s corresponding Central Control divisions and report to their entity’s executive body.

These ties have been formally defined in charters for each function, covering:

a standardized opinion on the appointments and dismissals of Heads of permanent/periodic control functions at direct affiliates and subsidiaries;

reporting, information and whistleblowing obligations;

drafting of standard practices by the central institution set out in Group standards, definition or approval of control plans.

The entire system was approved by the Management Board on December 7, 2009, and presented to the Audit Committee on December 16, 2009 and to the BPCE Supervision Board. The Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter was reviewed in December 2021 and the body of standards consists of three Group charters covering all activities:

The Group’s Internal Control Charter is the umbrella charter. It is based on two specific charters:

the Internal Audit Charter; and

the Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter.

Internal Control Coordination Committee

The Chairman of the BPCE Management Board is responsible for ensuring the consistency and effectiveness of the internal control system. A Group Internal Control Coordination Committee, chaired by the Chairman of the Management Board, meets periodically.

This committee is responsible for dealing with all issues relating to the consistency and effectiveness of the Group internal control system, as well as the results of risk management and internal control work and follow-up work.

The committee’s main responsibilities include:

validating the Group Internal Control Charter, the Group Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter and the Group Internal Audit Charter;

reviewing dashboards and reports on Group control results, and presenting permanent control coordination initiatives and results;

validating action plans to be implemented in order to achieve a consistent and efficient Group permanent control system, and assessing progress made on corrective measures adopted subsequent to recommendations issued by the General internal audit , the national or European supervisory authorities, and the Permanent Control functions;

reviewing the Group’s internal control system, identifying any shortcomings, and suggesting appropriate solutions to further secure the institutions and the Group;

presenting the results of institution controls or benchmarks;

deciding on any cross-business initiatives or measures aimed at strengthening the Group’s internal control system;

ensuring consistency between measures taken to strengthen permanent control and risk areas identified during the consolidated macro-level risk mapping exercise.

The members of the Executive Management Committee in charge of Risk Management (Group Risk division) and of Compliance and Permanent Controls (General Secretariat), and the Head of the General internal audit , are members of this committee. Where applicable, the Internal Control Coordination Committee may hear reports from operational managers about measures they have taken to apply recommendations made by internal and external control bodies.

Periodic control (level 3)

ORGANIZATION AND ROLE OF THE GENERAL INTERNAL AUDIT

DUTIES

In accordance with the duties incumbent on the central institution, and pursuant to the rules of collective solidarity, the General internal audit is responsible for periodically verifying the operation of all Group institutions and providing their executive managers with reasonable assurance of their financial strength.

In that role, it ensures the quality, effectiveness, consistency and efficiency of their control system as well as their risk management. The division’s scope of authority covers all risks, all institutions and all activities, including those that are outsourced.

Its top priorities are to assess and to report to the executive and decision-making bodies of the entities and the Group as a whole on:

the adequacy of the entities’ governance framework;

the compliance with laws, regulations and rules by entities;

the adequacy and compliance of policies and procedures with regard to the risk appetite of the entities;

the effectiveness of the organization, particularly that of the first and second lines of defense;

the quality of its financial position;

the reliability and integrity of accounting and management information;

the consistency, adequacy and operation of risk assessment and management systems;

the integrity of the processes guaranteeing the reliability of the entities’ methods and techniques, as well as the assumptions and information sources used for its internal models;

the quality and use of risk detection and assessment tools and the measures taken to mitigate them;

the security of information systems and their adequacy with regard to regulatory requirements;

the control of essential critical or important services;

the level of risks actually incurred;

the quality of the business continuity system;

the effective implementation of the recommendations made.

Reporting to the Chairman of the Management Board, the General internal audit performs its duties independently of the Operational and Permanent Control divisions.

REPRESENTATION ON GROUP GOVERNANCE BODIES AND RISK COMMITTEES

In the interest of exercising its duties and contributing effectively to the promotion of an auditing culture, the Head of the General internal audit takes part, without voting rights, in the central institution’s key Risk Management Committees.

As indicated above, the Head of the General internal audit is a member of the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee and has a standing invitation to participate in the Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee and the Audit Committee of BPCE, the Risk Committee and Audit Committee of Natixis, and the Risk Committee and Audit Committee of the Group’s main subsidiaries (FSE division, Banque Palatine, Oney, Crédit Foncier, BPCE International).

SCOPE OF AUTHORITY

To fulfill its duties, the General internal audit establishes and maintains an inventory of the Group’s auditing scope, which is defined in coordination with the Internal Audit departments of the Group institutions.

It makes sure that all institutions, activities and corresponding risks are covered by comprehensive audits, performed at frequencies defined according to the overall risk level of each institution or activity, which must not exceed five years for banking activities.

In so doing, the General internal audit takes into account not only its own audits, but also those conducted by the supervisory authorities and the Local internal audit.

The annual audit plan is defined with the Chairman of the BPCE Management Board, and presented to the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee and the Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee. It is also transmitted to the national and European supervisors.

REPORTING

General internal audit audits contain recommendations prioritized by order of importance, which are regularly monitored (at least once every six months).

The division reports the findings of its work to the executive managers of the audited companies and to their supervisory body. It also reports to the Chairman of the Management Board, the Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee and the Supervisory Board of BPCE. It provides them with a report on the implementation of its major recommendations, as well as those of the Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution (ACPR), the French prudential supervisory authority for the banking and insurance sector, and the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM). It sees to the expedient execution of any corrective measures to the internal control system, in accordance with Article 26 of the amended Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 on internal control, and may call on the Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee to address any measures that have not been executed.

RELATIONS WITH THE PERMANENT CONTROL DIVISIONS OF THE CENTRAL INSTITUTION

In the central institution, the Head of the General internal audit maintains regular relations and shares information with the heads of the units in the scope of inspection, and more specifically with the divisions in charge of level 2 controls.

The heads of these divisions are responsible for notifying the Head of the General internal audit in a timely manner of any disruption or major incident that comes to their attention. The Head of the General internal audit and the Heads of Group Risk Management and Group Compliance and Security notify each other in a timely manner of any inspection or disciplinary procedure initiated by the supervisory authorities and in general of any external audits brought to their attention.

INSPECTION ACTIVITIES IN 2022

The completion of the 2022 audit plan was marked by the resumption of on-site missions and the continuation of the catch-up of international missions.

The General internal audit carried out 93% of its audit plan (compared to 82% in 2021), i.e. 71 of the 75 missions planned, including 6 additional ones added during the year.

The new organization of the function linked to the Pléiade project was put in place for the second wave of missions with the creation of the Natixis CIB Internal Audit department and the functional reporting of CIB, NIM, BPCE Assurances and Natixis Algérie audits to BPCE’s Inspection Générale.

The whistleblowing system, revised in 2021 to support institutions/business lines in the convergence towards “0 late recommendations for all issuers combined”, has been rolled out to institutions and has been stepped up by the General internal audit. It monitors the recommendations of the Supervisors on a quarterly basis and monitors the recommendations issued by itself every six months. It followed up on all the recommendations issued by the third line of defense on the Group (Internal Audits, Group Inspection Générale, former Natixis Inspection Générale and Supervisors) as of December 31, 2022.

AUDIT FUNCTION

STRUCTURE OF THE AUDIT FUNCTION

The General internal audit carries out its duties within the framework of business line operations. Its operating procedures - for the purposes of consolidated supervision and optimal use of resources - are set out in a charter approved by BPCE’s Management Board on December 7, 2009; the latter was redesigned and approved on December 12, 2022.

The aim of this structure is to cover all of the Group’s operational or functional units over a reasonable number of fiscal years, according to the associated risk, and to achieve efficiency between the various complementary audits conducted by the Internal Audits teams of Group entities.

The Local internal audit of the direct affiliates and subsidiaries are functionally subordinate to the General internal audit and report to the executive branch of their entity.

These ties are strictly replicated at the level of each company in the Group, which is itself a parent company.

This strong functional subordination is also based on operating rules and the Group Internal Audit Standards applicable by the entire function. It is reflected as follows:

the existence of a single groupwide Audit Charter. It defines the end purpose, powers, responsibilities and general structure of the Internal Audit function in the overall internal control system, and applies to all Group companies supervised on a consolidated basis. This charter is implemented via thematic standards (audit resources, audit of the sales network, audit assignments, follow-up of recommendations, etc.);

the appointment and dismissal of the Heads of Internal Audit of affiliates or direct subsidiaries are subject to the prior approval of the Head of the Groupe BPCE Inspection Générale division;

the annual evaluations of the Heads are transmitted to the Head of the Group BPCE Inspection Générale division;

the General internal audit ensures that each entity’s Local internal audit holds the necessary resources to perform its duties and adequately cover the multi-year audit plan;

the multi-year and annual audit programs carried out by the Local internal audit of the Group institutions are approved in conjunction with the General internal audit, which is kept regularly informed of their completion or of any change in scope;

the General internal audit issues a formal letter of opinion and, where applicable, any reservations on the multi-year audit plan, the quality of work performed and the audit reports submitted to the General internal audit, and the resources allocated both in terms of number of employees and expertise;

the Local internal audit applies the standards and methods defined and distributed by BPCE’s General internal audit, and refers to the audit guides which are, as a matter of principle, common to all Internal Audit function auditors;

in the course of conducting on-site audits, the BPCE’s General internal audit periodically verifies that Group companies comply with the Group’s Internal Audit standards;

the 2022 changes to the charter mainly concern the reaffirmation of the strong link between local Internal Audits and the General internal audit, the independence of audit directors, the strengthening of audit work assessment systems and integration of the concept of CSR.

The following items are transmitted to the General internal audit:

the Internal Audit reports of the Group institutions, as they are produced;

copies of the annual reports of the entities prepared in accordance with Articles 258 to 264 of the amended Ministerial Order A-2014-11-03 on internal control;

the presentations made by the Heads of Internal Audit to the Risk Committees, and the minutes of these meetings;

the presentations made to the supervisory body on internal control activities and findings, and extracts of the minutes of the meetings where they were examined.

The rules governing oversight of the inspection function between Natixis and the central institution fall within the framework of the Group audit function.

WORK OF THE SUPPORT FUNCTIONS IN 2022

As a corollary of the Pléiade project to restructure Groupe BPCE’s business lines, the widening of the scope of intervention of the Standards & Methods division continued in 2022 with a gradual ramp-up in areas other than Retail, in particular the activities of the new GFS division (Global Financial Services, formerly Natixis), continued monitoring of the recommendations in conjunction with supervisors, and participation in the work to revise the Internal Audit Charter mentioned above as well as the Missions standard (validated by BPCE’s Executive Management Committee on October 25, 2022). The Missions standard now includes the assessment of the quality of data processing in the risk approach (through a data quality assessment and on the basis of the BCBS 239 principles). It also reaffirms the principle of maintaining the audit trail and the traceability of data processing.

In April 2022, the organization of the Data division was reviewed with a new manager and the arrival of new profiles such as a Data Engineer. The division’s ambition is to strengthen its positioning within the Inspection department, to set up a robust data infrastructure using new tools, to facilitate the use of data for the benefit of the audit by accentuating its automation, and increase productivity. New data techniques have emerged in 2022 to increase the share of audit based on data analysis such as the exploration of the NLP (Natural Language Processing) for mass analysis of committee minutes.

The project owner’s activity remained focused on the implementation of the new OMEGA audit mission management tool, replacing SAIG-RECO. The data migration was carried out correctly in October and the various modules (including the multi-year audit plans and the risk assessment of the Internal Audit departments of the institutions as well as the follow-up of recommendations) were put into production in accordance with the set workload plan.

3.5 Recovery Plan

BPCE’s Supervisory Board approved the Group’s Recovery Plan for 2022.

The plan is in line with European regulatory measures on the recovery and resolution of banks and investment firms, and with the provisions of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

The objective of the Recovery Plan is to identify measures to restore the Group’s financial solidity in the event it deteriorates significantly.

The plan presents the options available to the Group to launch a crisis management system. It assesses the relevance of the different options in various crisis scenarios and the methods and resources available for their implementation.

The Recovery Plan is mainly based on the:

Group’s organizational structure and the specific implications of its cooperative status;

identification of the Group’s critical responsibilities;

capital and liquidity management systems;

analysis of financial crisis scenarios;

identification of options impacting the restoration of the Group’s financial position and their impacts on the Group’s business model;

preventative oversight of leading indicators on financial and economic conditions;

establishment of the organizational structures needed to implement the recovery.

This system is monitored and coordinated by a permanent office at BPCE.

The Recovery Plan is kept up to date and approved by the Supervisory Board, aided by its Risk Committee for these purposes.

The Recovery Plan is updated annually on these various components (description of the Group, analysis of scenarios, analysis of the options available).

4. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL ADEQUACY

4.1 Regulatory framework

Credit institutions’ capital is regularly monitored in accordance with regulations defined by the Basel Committee.

These regulations were reinforced following the introduction of Basel III, with an increase in the level of regulatory capital requirements and the introduction of new risk categories.

The Basel III recommendations were incorporated in EU directive 2013/36/EU (Capital Requirements Directive – CRD IV) and Regulation No. 575/2013 (Capital Requirements Regulation – CRR) of the European Parliament and of the Council amended by Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 (the “CRR2”). As of January 1, 2014, all EU credit institutions are subject to compliance with the prudential requirements set out in these texts.

Credit institutions subject to CRD and CRR are thus required to continuously observe:

the Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio;

the Tier 1 ratio, i.e. CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital;

the total capital ratio, i.e. Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital; and

as of January 1, 2016, the capital buffers which can be used to absorb losses in the event of tensions.

These buffers include:

a capital conservation buffer, comprised of Common Equity Tier 1, aimed at absorbing losses in times of serious economic stress,

a countercyclical buffer, aimed at protecting the banking sector from periods of excess aggregate credit growth. This Common Equity Tier 1 surcharge is supposed to be adjusted over time in order to increase capital requirements during periods in which credit growth exceeds its normal trend and to relax them during slowdown phases,

a systemic risk buffer for each Member State aimed at preventing and mitigating the systemic risks that are not covered by regulations (low for Groupe BPCE given its countries of operation),

the different systemic risk buffers aimed at reducing the risk of failure of systemically important financial institutions. These buffers are specific to each bank. Groupe BPCE is on the list of other systemically important institutions (O-SIIs) and global systemically important institutions (G-SIIs). As these buffers are not cumulative, the highest buffer applies.

The capital ratios are equal in terms of the relationship between capital and the sum of:

credit and dilution risk-weighted assets;

capital requirements for the prudential supervision of market risk and operational risk, multiplied by 12.5.

Through December 31, 2019, these ratios were subject to a phase-in calculation aimed at gradually transitioning from Basel 2.5 to Basel III.

In 2022, Groupe BPCE is required to observe a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% under Pillar I, a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% and, lastly, a minimum total capital ratio of 8%.

Alongside Pillar I minimum capital requirements, Groupe BPCE is subject to additional Tier 1 capital requirements:

as of January 1, 2019, the Tier 1 capital conservation buffer is 2.5% of the total amount of risk exposures;

Groupe BPCE’s countercyclical buffer equals the EAD-weighted average of the buffers defined for each of the Group’s countries of operation. Groupe BPCE’s maximum countercyclical buffer as from January 1, 2019 is 2.5%. With the majority of Groupe BPCE’s exposure being located in countries whose countercyclical buffer was set at zero, the Group considers that this rate will be very close to 0%;

the G-SII buffer has been set at 1% for the Group;

the systemic risk buffer is applied to all exposures located in the Member State setting this buffer and/or to sectoral exposures located in the same Member State. As most of Groupe BPCE’s exposures are located in countries whose systemic risk buffer has been set at 0%, the Group considers that this rate will be very close to 0%.

Credit institutions must comply with the prudential requirements, which are based on three pillars that form an indivisible whole:

Pillar I

Pillar I sets minimum requirements for capital. It aims to ensure that banking institutions hold sufficient capital to provide a minimum level of coverage for their credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The bank can use standardized or advanced methods to calculate its capital requirement.

 

2021

2022

Minimum regulatory capital requirements

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

4.5%

4.5%

Total Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)

6.0%

6.0%

Regulatory capital (T1 + T2)

8.0%

8.0%

Additional requirements

 

 

Capital conservation buffer

2.5%

2.5%

G-SII buffer applicable to Groupe BPCE(1)

1.0%

1.0%

Maximum countercyclical buffer applicable to Groupe BPCE(2)

2.5%

2.5%

Maximum total capital requirements for Groupe BPCE

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

10.5%

10.5%

Total Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)

12.0%

12.0%

Regulatory capital (T1 + T2)

14.0%

14.0%

(1)

G-SII buffer: global systemic buffer.

(2)

The countercyclical buffer requirement is calculated quarterly.

Pillar II

Pillar II establishes a process of prudential supervision that complements and strengthens Pillar I.

It consists of:

an analysis by the bank of all of its risks, including those already covered by Pillar I;

an estimate by the bank of the capital requirement for these risks;

a comparison by the banking supervisor of its own analysis of the bank’s risk profile with the analysis conducted by the bank, in order to adapt its choice of prudential measures where applicable, which may take the form of capital requirements exceeding the minimum requirements or any other appropriate technique.

For 2022, the total capital ratio in force for Groupe BPCE under Pillar II (P2R) is 10.00%, plus a 2.50% capital conservation buffer and a 1% global systemic buffer.

Pillar III

The purpose of Pillar III is to establish market discipline through a series of reporting requirements. These requirements – both qualitative and quantitative – are intended to improve financial transparency in the assessment of exposure to risks, risk assessment procedures and capital adequacy.

4.2 Scope of application

Regulatory scope

Groupe BPCE is required to submit consolidated regulatory reports to the European Central Bank (ECB), the supervisory authority for Euro zone banks. Pillar III is therefore prepared on a consolidated basis.

The regulatory scope of consolidation is established based on the statutory scope of consolidation. The main difference between these two scopes lies in the consolidation method for insurance companies, which are accounted for by the equity method within the regulatory scope, regardless of the statutory consolidation method.

The following insurance companies are accounted for by the equity method within the prudential scope of consolidation:

Surassur;

BPCE Assurances;

Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions;

Prépar-Vie;

Prépar-IARD;

Oney Insurance;

Oney Life.

The following insurance companies are accounted for by the equity method within both the statutory and regulatory scopes of consolidation:

Caisse de Garantie Immobilière du Bâtiment;

Parnasse Garanties.

In addition, since the second quarter of 2020, the Versailles entity is consolidated using the equity method. This change, which concerns only the regulatory scope, since the entity is still considered to be under control within the meaning of IFRS, follows a detailed analysis of the regulatory texts. The latter stipulate that non-financial entities that do not constitute ancillary services within the meaning of the standard are accounted for using the equity method for the purposes of reporting ratios. This decision, approved by the Group’s bodies, allows for an alignment of the scopes used to calculate liquidity and solvency.

EU CC2 ‒ TRANSITION FROM ACCOUNTING BALANCE SHEET TO PRUDENTIAL BALANCE SHEET

The table below shows the transition from an accounting balance sheet to a prudential balance sheet for Groupe BPCE at December 31, 2022.

The differences between the statutory and regulatory scopes of consolidation can be attributed to restatements for subsidiaries excluded from the regulatory scope of consolidation (see description of regulatory scope of consolidation below) and the reincorporation of intra-group transactions associated with these subsidiaries.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

Balance sheet in the

published financial

statements

According to the

regulatory scope of

consolidation

References

At end of period

At end of period

 

ASSETS - BREAKDOWN BY ASSET CLASSES ACCORDING TO THE BALANCE SHEET IN THE PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1

Cash and amounts due from central banks

171,318

171,381

 

2

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

192,751

192,909

 

3

o/w debt instruments

23,517

23,444

 

4

o/w equity instruments

34,515

34,515

 

5

o/w loans (excluding repurchase agreements)

6,917

6,917

 

6

o/w repurchase agreements

64,850

64,941

 

7

o/w trading derivatives

48,195

48,335

 

8

o/w security deposits paid

14,755

14,756

 

9

Hedging derivatives

12,700

12,700

 

10

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

44,284

44,505

 

11

Securities at amortized cost

27,650

27,741

 

12

Loans and advances to banks at amortized cost

97,694

97,361

 

13

Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost

826,953

826,535

 

14

Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios

(6,845)

(6,845)

 

15

Insurance business investments

125,783

632

 

16

Current tax assets

706

712

 

17

Deferred tax assets

4,951

4,674

1

18

Accrued income and other assets

14,423

14,295

 

19

Non-current assets held for sale

219

219

 

20

Net participating benefit

4,752

 

 

21

Investments accounted for using equity method

1,674

4,803

 

22

Investment property

750

750

 

23

Property, plant and equipment

6,077

6,071

 

24

Intangible assets

1,087

930

2

25

Goodwill

4,207

4,156

2

 

TOTAL ASSETS

1,531,134

1,403,528

 

 

LIABILITIES - BREAKDOWN BY LIABILITY CLASSES ACCORDING TO THE BALANCE SHEET IN THE PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1

Central banks

9

9

 

2

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

184,747

180,410

3

3

o/w securities sold short

22,892

22,892

 

4

o/w other liabilities issued for trading purposes

74,471

74,471

 

5

o/w trading derivatives

48,301

48,441

 

6

o/w security deposits received

10,174

10,254

 

7

o/w financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

28,909

24,352

 

8

Hedging derivatives

16,286

16,286

 

9

Debt securities

243,373

242,624

 

10

Amounts due to banks and similar

139,117

136,458

 

11

Amounts due to customers

693,970

697,302

 

12

Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios

389

389

 

13

Current tax liabilities

1,806

1,802

 

14

Deferred tax liabilities

1,966

1,889

1

15

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

20,087

19,774

 

16

Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

162

162

 

17

Liabilities related to insurance policies

122,831

 

 

18

Provisions

4,901

4,856

 

19

Subordinated debt

18,932

18,733

3

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

1,448,576

1,320,695

 

1

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

2

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

82,079

82,075

4

3

Share capital and additional paid-in capital

28,692

28,692

 

4

Consolidated reserves

48,845

48,840

 

5

Gains and losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income

591

592

 

6

Net income for the period

3,951

3,951

 

7

Non-controlling interests

479

758

5

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

82,558

82,833

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

Balance sheet in the

published financial

statements

According to the

regulatory scope of

consolidation

References

At end of period

At end of period

 

ASSETS - BREAKDOWN BY ASSET CLASSES ACCORDING TO THE BALANCE SHEET IN THE PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1

Cash and amounts due from central banks

186,317

186,460

 

2

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

198,919

198,707

 

3

o/w debt instruments

30,451

30,181

 

4

o/w equity instruments

47,617

47,617

 

5

o/w loans (excluding repurchase agreements)

7,497

7,497

 

6

o/w repurchase agreements

56,170

56,183

 

7

o/w trading derivatives

43,712

43,756

 

8

o/w security deposits paid

13,473

13,473

 

9

Hedging derivatives

7,163

7,163

 

10

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

48,598

48,753

 

11

Securities at amortized cost

24,986

24,982

 

12

Loans and advances to banks at amortized cost

94,140

93,827

 

13

Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost

781,097

781,825

 

14

Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios

5,394

5,394

 

15

Insurance business investments

135,228

669

 

16

Current tax assets

465

464

 

17

Deferred tax assets

3,524

3,541

1

18

Accrued income and other assets

13,830

13,764

 

19

Non-current assets held for sale

2,241

2,241

 

20

Investments accounted for using equity method

1,525

5,378

 

21

Investment property

758

758

 

22

Property, plant and equipment

6,396

6,361

 

23

Intangible assets

997

816

2

24

Goodwill

4,443

4,393

2

 

TOTAL ASSETS

1,516,021

1,385,495

 

 

LIABILITIES - BREAKDOWN BY LIABILITY CLASSES ACCORDING TO THE BALANCE SHEET IN THE PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1

Central banks

6

6

 

2

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

191,768

189,303

3

3

o/w securities sold short

25,974

25,974

 

4

o/w other liabilities issued for trading purposes

86,424

86,424

 

5

o/w trading derivatives

40,434

40,457

 

6

o/w security deposits received

9,616

9,646

 

7

o/w financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

29,320

26,802

 

8

Hedging derivatives

12,521

12,521

 

9

Debt securities

237,419

235,088

 

10

Amounts due to banks and similar

155,391

152,020

 

11

Amounts due to customers

665,317

668,421

 

12

Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios

184

184

 

13

Current tax liabilities

1,313

1,299

 

14

Deferred tax liabilities

1,049

838

1

15

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

20,115

19,956

 

16

Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale

1,946

1,946

 

17

Liabilities related to insurance policies

125,081

 

 

18

Provisions

5,330

5,276

 

19

Subordinated debt

18,990

18,786

3

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

1,436,429

1,305,645

 

1

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

2

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

78,884

78,881

4

3

Share capital and additional paid-in capital

28,240

28,240

 

4

Consolidated reserves

45,126

45,119

 

5

Gains and losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income

1,516

1,518

 

6

Net income for the period

4,003

4,004

 

7

Non-controlling interests

707

969

5

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

79,591

79,850

 

4.3 Composition of regulatory capital

Regulatory capital

Regulatory capital is determined in accordance with Regulation No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament of June 26, 2013 on capital (“CRR”) amended by Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 (“CRR2”).

It is divided into three categories: Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Deductions are made from these categories.

These categories are broken down according to decreasing degrees of solidity and stability, duration and degree of subordination.

BPCE 01 – REGULATORY CAPITAL

 

12/31/2022

Basel III

12/31/2021

Basel III Phased-in(1)

Share capital and additional paid-in capital

28,692

28,240

Consolidated reserves

48,840

45,119

Net income for the period

3,951

4,004

Gains and losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income

592

1,518

Consolidated equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

82,075

78,881

Perpetual deeply subordinated notes classified as other comprehensive income

-

-

Consolidated equity attributable to equity holders of the parent excluding perpetual deeply subordinated notes classified as other comprehensive income

82,075

78,881

Non-controlling interests

164

193

o/w prudential filters

-

-

Deductions

(5,994)

(4,825)

o/w goodwill(2)

(4,139)

(4,176)

o/w intangible assets(2)

(792)

(649)

o/w irrevocable payment commitments

(964)

-

Prudential restatements

(6,580)

(4,485)

o/w shortfall of credit risk adjustments to expected losses

(189)

(203)

o/w prudent valuation

(869)

(702)

o/w insufficient coverage for non-performing exposures Pillar II

(957)

(613)

Common Equity Tier 1(3)

69,665

69,764

Additional Tier-1 capital

-

-

Tier 1 capital

69,665

69,764

Tier-2 capital

12,759

12,951

TOTAL REGULATORY CAPITAL

82,424

82,715

(1)

Phased-in: after taking phase-in arrangements into account.

(2)

Including non-current assets and entities held for sale classified as held for sale.

(3)

The Common Equity Tier 1 included €28,723 million in cooperative shares (after taking allowances into account) on December 31, 2022 and €27,924 million in 2021.

A detailed breakdown of regulatory capital by category, as required by Implementing Regulation No. 1423/2013, is published at the following address: https://groupebpce.com/en/investors/results-and-publications/pillar-iii.

Details of debt instruments recognized as additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, other instruments eligible for TLAC, as well as their characteristics, as required by Implementing Regulation No. 1423/2013 are published at https://groupebpce.com/en/investors/results-and-publications/pillar-iii.

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

CORE CAPITAL AND DEDUCTIONS

Common Equity Tier 1 consists of:

share capital;

additional paid-in capital or merger premiums;

reserves, including revaluation differences and gains or losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income;

retained earnings;

net income attributable to equity holders of the parent;

non-controlling interests in banking or related subsidiaries for the share after CET1 eligibility caps.

The following deductions are made:

treasury shares held and measured at their carrying amount;

intangible assets (excluding the amount of prudently valued software, exempt from deduction) including start-up costs and goodwill;

deferred tax assets and liabilities that rely on future profitability;

prudential filters resulting from CRR Articles 32, 33, 34 and 35: gains or losses on cash flow hedges, gains on transactions in securitized assets, own credit risk;

negative amounts arising from the comparison between provisions and expected losses (in this calculation, performing loans are clearly separated from loans in default);

equity interests in eligible banking, financial and insurance institutions, according to the rules on allowances for these holdings and the phase-in period;

value adjustments arising from the prudent valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value according to a prudential method, deducting any value adjustments;

irrevocable payment commitments;

defined benefit pension fund assets net of related deferred tax liabilities;

insufficient hedging of non-performing exposures under Pillar I and Pillar II.

These deductions are supplemented by capital items that are not covered by CRR2.

BPCE 02 – CHANGES IN CET1 CAPITAL

in millions of euros

CET1 capital

12/31/2021

69,764

Cooperative share issues

793

Income net of proposed dividend payout

3,193

Other items(1)

(4,086)

12/31/2022

69,665

(1)

Of which change in gains and losses recognized directly in other items of income not filtered -€970 million, and deduction of irrevocable payment commitments -€964 million

BPCE03 ‒ BREAKDOWN OF NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS (MINORITY INTERESTS)

in millions of euros

Non-controlling interests

CARRYING AMOUNT (REGULATORY SCOPE) – 12/31/2022

758

Perpetual deeply subordinated notes classified as non-controlling interests

-

Ineligible non-controlling interests

(543)

Proposed dividend payout

-

Caps on eligible non-controlling interests

(51)

Non-controlling interests (excluding other items)

164

Other items

-

PRUDENTIAL AMOUNT – 12/31/2022

164

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

Additional Tier 1 capital includes:

subordinated instruments issued in compliance with the restrictive eligibility criteria set forth by CRR Article 52;

additional paid-in capital related to these instruments.

Deductions comprise equity interests in eligible banking, financial and insurance institutions, according to the rules on allowances for these holdings.

BPCE04 ‒ CHANGE IN AT1 CAPITAL

in millions of euros

AT1 capital

12/31/2021

-

Redemptions

-

Issues

-

Foreign exchange effect

-

Other adjustments

-

12/31/2022

-

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital consists of:

subordinated instruments issued in compliance with the restrictive eligibility criteria set forth by CRR Article 63;

additional paid-in capital related to Tier 2 items;

the amount arising from provisions in excess of expected losses (in this calculation, performing loans are clearly separated from loans in default).

Deductions comprise equity interests in eligible banking, financial and insurance institutions, according to the rules on allowances for these holdings.

BPCE 05 – CHANGES IN TIER 2 CAPITAL

in millions of euros

Tier-2 capital

12/31/2021

12,951

Redemption of subordinated notes

(750)

Prudential haircut

(2,285)

New subordinated note issues

2,467

Phase-in deductions and adjustments

24

Foreign exchange effect

353

12/31/2022

12,759

4.4 Regulatory capital requirements and risk-weighted assets

In accordance with Regulation No. 575/2013 (CRR) of the European Parliament as amended by Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 (the “CRR2”), credit risk exposures can be measured using two approaches:

the “standardized” approach, based on external credit ratings and specific risk weightings according to Basel exposure classes;

the “internal ratings based” (IRB) approach, based on the financial institution’s internal ratings system, broken down into two categories:

the Foundation IRB approach – banks use only their probability of default estimates for this approach,

the Advanced IRB approach – banks use all their internal component estimates for this approach, i.e. probability of default, loss given default, exposure at default and maturity.

The methodology applied for IRB approaches is described in greater detail in Section 5 “Credit risk.”

In addition to the requirements related to counterparty risk in market transactions, the regulation of June 26, 2013 provides for the calculation of an additional charge to hedge against the risk of loss associated with counterparty credit risk (CCR). Capital requirements for the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) are determined using the Standardized Approach.

EU OV1 – OVERVIEW OF RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS

The table below complies with the CRR format, presenting capital requirements for credit and counterparty risks, before the CVA and after the application of risk mitigation techniques.

in millions of euros

Risk-Weighted Assets

Total capital

requirements

a

b

c

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

12/31/2022

1

Credit risk (excluding CCR)

385,572

368,035

30,846

2

o/w standardized approach

158,104

149,609

12,648

3

o/w simple IRB approach (F-IRB)

69,231

62,865

5,539

4

o/w referencing approach

82

40

7

EU 4a

o/w equities under the simple risk-weighted approach

33,602

36,372

2,688

5

o/w advanced IRB approach (A-IRB)

117,346

111,765

9,388

6

Counterparty credit risk – CCR

14,182

14,399

1,135

7

o/w standardized approach

2,808

3,468

225

8

o/w internal model method (IMM)

3,459

4,357

277

0

o/w mark-to-market

-

-

-

EU 8a

o/w exposures on a CCP

404

328

32

EU 8b

o/w credit valuation adjustment – CVA

2,911

2,536

233

9

o/w other CCRs

4,600

3,711

368

15

Settlement risk

65

11

5

16

Securitization exposures in the banking book (after cap)

4,408

4,100

353

17

o/w SEC-IRBA approach

506

387

40

18

o/w SEC-ERBA (including IAA)

1,559

1,781

125

19

o/w SEC-SA approach

2,108

1,596

169

EU 19a

o/w 1,250%/deduction

235

336

19

20

Market risk

15,365

15,142

1,229

21

o/w standardized approach

8,195

9,571

656

22

o/w internal models approach

7,170

5,571

574

EU 22a

Large exposures

-

-

-

23

Operational risk

41,266

39,741

3,301

EU 23a

o/w basic indicator approach

-

-

-

EU 23b

o/w standardized approach

41,266

39,741

3,301

EU 23c

o/w advanced measurement approach

-

-

-

24

Amounts below the deduction thresholds (before weighting of risk of 250%)

5,354

5,258

428

29

TOTAL

460,858

441,428

36,869

BPCE06 ‒ RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS BY TYPE OF RISK AND BUSINESS LINE

in millions of euros

 

Basel III

Total

Credit risk(1)

CVA

Market risk

Operational

risk

Retail banking

12/31/2021

282,824

56

1,563

25,377

309,821

12/31/2022

302,549

87

1,256

26,499

330,391

Global Financial Services

12/31/2021

62,187

2,248

10,465

10,788

85,688

12/31/2022

66,403

2,488

10,612

11,624

91,127

Others

12/31/2021

38,998

231

3,114

3,576

45,919

12/31/2022

32,364

337

3,497

3,143

39,340

TOTAL RISK-WEIGHTED
ASSETS

12/31/2021

384,009

2,536

15,142

39,741

441,428

12/31/2022

401,316

2,911

15,365

41,266

460,858

(1)

Including settlement-delivery risk and other risk exposure amounts.

EU INS1 ‒ NON-DEDUCTED PARTICIPATIONS IN INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

Exposure value

Risk-weighted

exposure

1

Equity instruments held in insurance or reinsurance companies or insurance holding companies not deducted from capital

2,567

9,498

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

Exposure value

Risk-weighted

exposure

1

Equity instruments held in insurance or reinsurance companies or insurance holding companies not deducted from capital

3,468

12,832

4.5 Management of Group capital adequacy

The methods used by Groupe BPCE to calculate risk-weighted assets are described in Section 4.4 “Regulatory capital requirements and risk-weighted assets.”

Regulatory capital and capital ratios

BPCE07 ‒ REGULATORY CAPITAL AND BASEL III PHASED-IN CAPITAL RATIOS

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Basel III

12/31/2021

Basel III phased-in

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

69,665

69,764

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

-

-

TOTAL TIER 1 (T1) CAPITAL

69,665

69,764

Tier 2 (T2) capital

12,759

12,951

TOTAL REGULATORY CAPITAL

82,424

82,715

Credit risk exposure

401,251

383,998

Settlement/delivery risk exposure

65

11

CVA risk exposure

2,911

2,536

Market risk exposure

15,365

15,142

Operational risk exposure

41,266

39,741

TOTAL RISK EXPOSURE

460,858

441,428

Capital adequacy ratios

 

 

Common Equity Tier-1 ratio

15.1%

15.8%

Tier-1 ratio

15.1%

15.8%

Total capital adequacy ratio

17.9%

18.7%

CHANGES IN GROUPE BPCE’S CAPITAL ADEQUACY IN 2022

The Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 15.1% at December 31, 2022 versus 15.8% at December 31, 2021.

Several exceptional items impacted the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio in 2022:

the decrease in OCI, mainly due to the increase in rates (-41 basis points);

the regulatory obligation to re-deduct irrevocable payment commitments (-18 basis points).

The change in the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio in 2022 can also be attributed to:

the growth in Common Equity Tier 1, driven in particular by retained earnings (+69 basis points) and the collection of cooperative shares (+17 basis points), but mitigated by the increase in the deduction for insufficient provisioning of non-performing loans (-9 basis points);

the increase in risk-weighted assets related to the activity (-70 basis points).

At 15.1%, Groupe BPCE’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio on December 31, 2022 was also significantly higher than the minimum requirement defined by the European Central Bank (ECB) during the 2022 Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP). The total capital ratio stood at 17.9% on December 31, 2022, i.e. above the ECB’s minimum requirement, compared to 18.7% on December 31, 2021.

GROUPE BPCE CAPITAL ADEQUACY MANAGEMENT POLICY

Capital and total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) targets are determined according to Groupe BPCE’s target ratings, in line with prudential constraints.

Capital adequacy management is therefore subject to a high management buffer which not only greatly exceeds prudential constraints on capital adequacy ratios, but is also well below the trigger for the Maximum Distributable Amount.

Capital and TLAC management is thus less sensitive to prudential changes (e.g. not dependent on G-SIB classification). As a result, the Group very predominantly builds its total loss absorbing capacity from CET1 and additionally from subordinated MREL-eligible and TLAC-eligible debt (mainly Tier 2 capital and senior non-preferred debt). The issues of these eligible debts are carried out by BPCE.

Finally, in addition to TLAC, Groupe BPCE carries bail-inable debt, the majority of which is accepted for the calculation of MREL: accordingly, senior preferred debt issued by BPCE is eligible for MREL, with Groupe BPCE leaving the possibility of meeting MREL requirements open, beyond its total loss absorbing capacity, with any bail-inable debt instrument.

The Single Resolution Board set the Group’s MREL requirement in February 2022 (equivalent to 25.05% of the risk-weighted assets), which has now been met with room to spare. As a result, the Group does not need to modify or increase its issuance program.

With regard to the subordination constraint, Groupe BPCE complies with Articles 92a 1(a) and 494 of CRR Regulation No. 575/2013 providing for a requirement of 21.5% of RWA since 2022. The subordination requirement in the leverage base is set at 6.75% since 2022 pursuant to Article 92a 1(b) of the CRR.

CAPITAL ALLOCATION EQUITY AND SOLVENCY MANAGEMENT

The Group implemented action plans over the course of 2022 aimed specifically at ensuring the capital adequacy of its networks and its subsidiaries. BPCE thus subscribed to a Tier 2 issue by Banque Palatine for €25 million and CEGC for €150 million.

LEVERAGE RATIO

The entry into force of the Capital Requirements Regulation, known as CRR2, makes the leverage ratio a binding requirement as from June 28, 2021. The minimum requirement for this ratio to be met at all times is 3%.

This regulation authorizes certain exemptions in the calculation of exposures concerning regulated savings transferred to Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations for the totality of the centralized outstandings and Central Bank exposures for a limited period (pursuant to ECB decision 2021/27 of June 18, 2021).

This last exemption, in force until March 31, 2022, made it possible to avoid the impact of the increase in central bank assets that began at the time of the Covid-19 crisis. The reference date for the calculation of this adjusted requirement was set at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2021, the Group’s adjusted requirement amounted to: 3.23%.

The leverage ratio is not sensitive to risk factors and as such, it is considered as a measure that complements the solvency and liquidity management system, which already limits the size of the balance sheet. The leverage ratio is projected and managed at the same time as Groupe BPCE’s solvency trajectory. The risk of excessive leverage is also measured in the internal stress test via the projection of the regulatory leverage ratio.

Groupe BPCE’s leverage ratio, calculated according to the capital requirements regulation, known as CRR2, was 5.02% at December 31, 2022, based on phased-in Tier 1 capital.

EU LR1 ‒ LRSUM ‒ TRANSITION FROM BALANCE SHEET TO LEVERAGE EXPOSURE

 

 

a

Applicable amount

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

1

TOTAL ASSETS AS PER PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1,531,134

1,516,021

2

Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

(127,606)

(130,526)

3

(Adjustment for securitized exposures that meet the operational requirements for the recognition of risk transference)

-

-

4

(Adjustment for temporary exemption of exposures to central bank (if applicable))

-

(172,768)

5

(Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognized on the balance sheet pursuant to the applicable accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio total exposure measure in accordance with paragraph 1 of point (i) of Article 429a of CRR)

-

-

6

Adjustment for regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets subject to trade date accounting

-

-

7

Adjustment for eligible cash pooling transactions

-

-

8

Adjustments for derivative financial instruments

(26,294)

(17,374)

9

Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs)

8,997

7,766

10

Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e. conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)

99,231

92,026

11

(Adjustment for prudent valuation adjustments and specific and general provisions which have reduced Tier 1 capital)

-

-

EU-11a

(Adjustment for exposures excluded from the leverage ratio total exposure measure in accordance with paragraph 1 of point (c) of Article 429a of the CRR)

(4,028)

-

EU-11b

(Adjustment for exposures excluded from the leverage ratio total exposure measure in accordance with paragraph 1 of point (j) of Article 429a of the CRR)

(85,047)

(76,596)

12

Other adjustments

(7,707)

(5,693)

13

TOTAL EXPOSURE MEASURE

1,388,681

1,212,857

FINANCIAL CONGLOMERATE RATIO

As an institution exercising banking and Insurance activities, Groupe BPCE is also required to comply with a financial conglomerate ratio. This ratio is determined by comparing the financial conglomerate’s total capital against all the regulatory capital requirements for its banking and insurance activities.

The financial conglomerate ratio demonstrates that the institution’s prudential capital sufficiently covers the total regulatory capital requirements for its banking activities (in accordance with CRR2) and insurance sector activities, in accordance with the Solvency 2 regulation.

The calculation of surplus capital is based on the statutory scope. Insurance company capital requirements, determined for the banking capital adequacy ratio by weighting the equity-method value, are replaced with capital requirements based on the solvency margin. The capital requirements within the banking scope are determined by multiplying the risk-weighted assets by the applicable rate under Pillar II, i.e. 14.77% at December 31, 2022, compared to 14.26% at December 31, 2021.

On December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s surplus capital amounted to €16 billion.

Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process

SREP-ICAAP PROCESS

As the supervisory authority under Pillar II, the ECB conducts an annual assessment of banking institutions. This assessment, referred to as the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), is primarily based on:

an evaluation based on information taken from prudential reports;

documentation established by each banking institution, including in particular the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP);

an assessment of governance & risks, the business model, share capital and liquidity.

Based on the conclusions of the SREP carried out by the ECB in 2022, Groupe BPCE shall maintain a consolidated Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 9.53% on January 1, 2023, including:

1.50% in respect of Pillar II requirements (excluding Pillar II guidance);

2.50% in respect of the capital conservation buffer;

1.00% in respect of the buffer for global systemically important banks (G-SIB buffer);

0.03% in respect of the countercyclical buffer.

The corresponding total capital requirement will be 13.53% (excluding Pillar II guidance).

with a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 15.1% at the end of 2022, Groupe BPCE has exceeded the specific capital requirements set by the ECB;

as regards the internal capital adequacy assessment under Pillar II, the principles defined in the ICAAP/ILAAP guidelines published by the ECB in February 2018 were applied in Groupe BPCE’s ICAAP. The assessment is thus carried out using two different approaches:

a “normative” approach aimed at measuring the impact of internal stress tests within three years of the initial Pillar I regulatory position,

an “economic” approach aimed at identifying, quantifying and hedging risks using internal capital over the short-term (one year) and using internal methodologies. The methodologies developed by Groupe BPCE provide a better assessment of risks that are already covered under Pillar I, and also an additional assessment of risks that are not covered by Pillar I.

The results obtained using these two approaches confirmed the Group’s financial soundness and no capital buffer is necessary in addition to the existing regulatory buffers.

Outlook

The objectives of the new 2021-2024 strategic plan are, with regard to the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, to exceed 15.5%, and with regard to the subordinated MREL ratio (i.e. TLAC), to exceed 23.5%.

The Group remained on the list of G-SIBs (Global Systemically Important Banks) in November 2022.

MREL – TLAC

In addition to capital adequacy ratios, ratios aimed at verifying the Group’s capacity to carry out a bail-in in the event of default are implemented via the Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) and Total Loss Absorbing Capacity. This second ratio is known as TLAC, according to the terminology of the Financial Stability Board, and in Europe it is defined in the BRRD directive and the CRR regulation as subordinated MREL. Groupe BPCE has established internal monitoring of these indicators.

The senior unsecured debt at more than one year and the Group’s equity make up the numerator of the MREL ratio. The Group’s current MREL requirement was received in February 2022.

The updated total MREL requirement was set at 25.05% of the Group’s risk-weighted assets. The total MREL ratio reached 30.4% at December 31, 2022, compared with 31.1% at December 31, 2021.

For subordinated MREL, the numerator only includes junior liabilities through senior non-preferred debt because BPCE has renounced for the time being the use of a senior preferred debt allowance.

The TLAC ratio serves the same purpose as subordinated MREL and only applies to G-SIBs. CRR2, published at the same time as BRRD2, transcribed TLAC into positive law in the form of a minimum subordinated MREL requirement applicable to G-SIBs. As indicated above, the Group has set its own TLAC target above the regulatory requirement, which is 21.53% of RWAs in 2023, i.e. 18% plus the 3.53% solvency buffers.

TLAC (Total Loss Absorbing Capacity) amounted to €109.5 billion at the end of December 2022. The subordinated MREL ratio was 23.8% on December 31, 2022 compared to 24.8% on December 31, 2021.

4.6 Detailed quantitative disclosures

The detailed quantitative disclosures relating to capital management and capital requirements in the following tables enhance the information in the previous section under Pillar III.

EU LI3 ‒ EXPLANATION OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE STATUTORY AND PRUDENTIAL SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION

All companies consolidated by the equity method are associates.

Entity name

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

Accounting

consolidation

method

Prudential consolidation method(1)

Description

of the entity

Full

consolidation

Proportionate

consolidation

Equity

method

Not

conso-

lidated

Not

deducted

Deducted

I- CONSOLIDATING ENTITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I-1 - Banque Populaire banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANQUE POPULAIRE ALSACE LORRAINE CHAMPAGNE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE AQUITAINE CENTRE ATLANTIQUE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE AUVERGNE RHÔNE ALPES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE BOURGOGNE FRANCHE-COMTÉ

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE DU NORD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE DU SUD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE GRAND OUEST

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE MÉDITERRANÉE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE MÉDITERRANÉE MONACO BRANCH

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE OCCITANE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE RIVES DE PARIS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE POPULAIRE VAL DE FRANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BRED - BANQUE POPULAIRE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CASDEN - BANQUE POPULAIRE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CRÉDIT COOPÉRATIF

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

I-2 - Caisses d’Epargne

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAISSE D’EPARGNE AQUITAINE POITOU-CHARENTES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE BRETAGNE PAYS DE LOIRE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE CÔTE D’AZUR

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE CÔTE D’AZUR, MONACO BRANCH

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE D’AUVERGNE
ET DU LIMOUSIN

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE DE BOURGOGNE FRANCHE-COMTÉ

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE DE MIDI-PYRÉNÉES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE HAUTS DE FRANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE HAUTS DE FRANCE, BELGIUM BRANCH

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE ÎLE-DE-FRANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE LANGUEDOC-ROUSSILLON

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE LOIRE-CENTRE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE LOIRE DRÔME ARDÈCHE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE GRAND EST EUROPE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE NORMANDIE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE PROVENCE-ALPES-CORSE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CAISSE D’EPARGNE RHÔNE ALPES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

I-3 - BPCE SA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BPCE SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

I-4 - Mutual Guarantee Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32 MUTUAL GUARANTEE COMPANIES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Guarantee companies

I-5 - BP/CE/BPCE SA Multiple-Holder Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II- “RELATED” INSTITUTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GEDEX DISTRIBUTION

NI

X

 

 

 

 

Financial company

SOCIÉTÉ FINANCIÈRE DE LA NEF

NI

X

 

 

 

 

Financial company

SOCOREC

NI

X

 

 

 

 

Financial company

SOFISCOP SUD EST

NI

X

 

 

 

 

Guarantee company

SOMUDIMEC

NI

X

 

 

 

 

Guarantee company

C.M.G.M.

NI

X

 

 

 

 

Guarantee company

EDEL

EQ

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

III- SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III-1 - Banque Populaire subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACLEDA

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Credit institution

ADRAXTRA CAPITAL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

AURORA

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Holding

BANQUE CALÉDONIENNE D’INVESTISSEMENT

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE DE SAVOIE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE DE TRANSITION ÉNERGETIQUE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial investment advisory services

BANQUE FRANCO LAO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BCEL

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Credit institution

BCI MER ROUGE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BCP LUXEMBOURG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BIC BRED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BIC BRED (Suisse) SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BP DÉVELOPPEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

BPA ATOUTS PARTICIPATIONS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

BRED BANK CAMBODIA PLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial company

BRED BANK FIJI LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BRED COFILEASE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

BRED GESTION

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BRED IT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

IT services

BRED SALOMON ISLAND

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BRED VANUATU

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BTP BANQUE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BTP CAPITAL CONSEIL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial investment advisory services

BTP CAPITAL INVESTISSEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

CADEC

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Private equity

CAISSE DE GARANTIE IMMOBILIÈRE DU BÂTIMENT

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance

COFEG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Consulting

COFIBRED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

COOPEST

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Private equity

COOPMED

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Private equity

CREPONORD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment and real estate leasing

ECOFI INVESTISSEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Portfolio management

EPBF

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Payment institution

ESFIN

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Private equity

ESFIN GESTION

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Portfolio management

EURO CAPITAL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

FCC ELIDE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

French securitization fund (FCT)

FINANCIÈRE DE LA BP OCCITANE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

FINANCIÈRE IMMOBILIÈRE DERUELLE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate investment

FONCIÈRE BFCA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate investment

FONCIÈRE DU VANUATU

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate development/management, real estate investment

FONCIÈRE VICTOR HUGO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

GARIBALDI CAPITAL DÉVELOPPEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

GARIBALDI PIERRE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

GESSINORD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

GROUPEMENT DE FAIT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

I-BP INVESTISSEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

IMMOCARSO SNC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

INGEPAR

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial investment advisory services

INFORMATIQUE BANQUES POPULAIRES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

IT services

IRR INVEST

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

MULTICROISSANCE SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Portfolio management

NAXICAP RENDEMENT 2018

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

NAXICAP RENDEMENT 2022

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

NAXICAP RENDEMENT 2024

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

NJR INVEST

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

OUEST CROISSANCE SCR

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

PARNASSE GARANTIES

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance

PARTICIPATIONS BP ACA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

PERSPECTIVES ENTREPRISES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

PLUSEXPANSION

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

PRÉPAR COURTAGE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Insurance brokerage

PRÉPAR-IARD

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Non-life insurance

PRÉPAR-VIE

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Life insurance and endowment

PROMÉPAR GESTION

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Portfolio management

RIVES CROISSANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

SAS ALPES DÉVELOPPEMENT DURABLE INVESTISSEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

SAS GARIBALDI PARTICIPATIONS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SAS SOCIÉTÉ IMMOBILIÈRE DE LA RÉGION RHÔNE ALPES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SAS SUD CROISSANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

SAS TASTA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

SASU BFC CROISSANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

SAVOISIENNE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

SBE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

SCI BPSO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI BPSO BASTIDE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI BPSO MÉRIGNAC 4 CHEMINS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI BPSO TALENCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI CREDITMAR IMMOBILIER

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI DU CRÉDIT COOPÉRATIF DE SAINT-DENIS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI FAIDHERBE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI POLARIS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI PYTHÉAS PRADO 1

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI PYTHÉAS PRADO 2

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI SAINT-DENIS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SEGIMLOR

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SI ÉQUINOXE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

SIPMÉA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate development/management, real estate investment

SOCIÉTÉ CENTRALE DU CRÉDIT MARITIME MUTUEL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

SOCIÉTÉ D’EXPANSION BOURGOGNE FRANCHE-COMTÉ

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

SOCIÉTÉ IMMOBILIÈRE PROVENÇALE ET CORSE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

SOCREDO

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Credit institution

SOFIAG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial company

SOFIDER

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial company

SPIG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Property leasing

SUD PARTICIPATIONS IMMOBILIÈRES (formerly SAS FINANCIÈRE IMMOBILIÈRE 15)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Housing real estate development

TISE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

TRANSIMMO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate agent

UNION DES SOCIÉTÉS DU CRÉDIT COOPÉRATIF (GIE)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

VAL DE FRANCE IMMO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

VAL DE FRANCE TRANSACTIONS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

VIALINK

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Data processing

III-2 - Caisses d’Epargne subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SAS 42 DERUELLE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

AFOPEA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

BANQUE BCP SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE DE NOUVELLE-CALÉDONIE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE DE TAHITI

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANQUE DU LÉMAN

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BATIMAP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

BATIMUR

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

BATIROC BRETAGNE PAYS DE LOIRE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment and real estate leasing

BDR IMMO 1

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

BEAULIEU IMMO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

BRETAGNE PARTICIPATIONS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

CAPITOLE FINANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

CE DÉVELOPPEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

CE DÉVELOPPEMENT II

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

CEBIM

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

CEPAC FONCIÈRE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

CEPAC INVESTISSEMENT ET DÉVELOPPEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

CEPRAL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investments in real estate development

COZYNERGY HOLDING

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Fund management

COZYNERGY SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Engineering and technical studies

ENR-CE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

French securitization fund (FCT)

FCP MIDI PYRENEES PLACEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment funds

FERIA PAULMY

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

FONCEA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

GIE CE SYNDICATION RISQUES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Guarantee company

IMMOCEAL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

INCITY

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

IT-CE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

IT services

MIDI FONCIÈRE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

PHILAE SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SA CEPAIM

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SAS FONCIÈRE DES CAISSES D’EPARGNE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

SAS FONCIÈRE ECUREUIL II

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

SAS LOIRE CENTRE IMMO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate investment

SAS NSAVADE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

SC RESIDENCE ÎLOT J

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Real estate operations

SC RESIDENCE JEAN MERMOZ

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Real estate operations

SC RESIDENCE LATECOERE

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Real estate operations

SC RESIDENCE LE CARRE DES PIONNIERS

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Real estate operations

SC RESIDENCE LES AILES D’ICARE

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Real estate operations

SC RESIDENCE SAINT EXUPÉRY

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI 339 ÉTATS UNIS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI ADOUR SERVICES COMMUNS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI AVENUE WILLY BRANDT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI BLEU RÉSIDENCE LORMONT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI CRISTAL IMMO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI DANS LA VILLE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI DU RIOU

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI EUROTERTIA IMMO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI FONCIÈRE 1

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

SCI G 102

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI G IMMO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI GARIBALDI OFFICE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI L APOUTICAYRE LOGEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI LA FAYETTE BUREAUX

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

SCI LABEGE LAKE H1

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI LANGLADE SERVICES COMMUNS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI LE CIEL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI LE RELAIS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI LEVISEO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI LOIRE CENTRE MONTESPAN

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI MIDI - COMMERCES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI MIDI MIXT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI MONTAUDRAN PLS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI MURET ACTIVITES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI ROISSY COLONNADIA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI SHAKE HDF

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI TETRIS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SCI TOURNON

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SNC ECUREUIL 5 RUE MASSERAN

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

SOCIÉTÉ HAVRAISE CALÉDONIENNE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SODERO PARTICIPATIONS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

SPPICAV AEW FONCIÈRE ECUREUIL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

III-3 - BPCE subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALBIANT-IT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

IT systems and software consulting

BANCO PRIMUS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BANCO PRIMUS Spain

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

BATILEASE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate leasing

BPCE ACHATS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

BPCE BAIL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate leasing

BPCE CAR LEASE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Long-term vehicle leasing

BPCE ENERGECO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

BPCE EXPERTISE IMMOBILIER (formerly CRÉDIT FONCIER EXPERTISE)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate valuation

BPCE FACTOR

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Factoring

BPCE FINANCEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Consumer credit

BPCE INFOGÉRANCE ET TECHNOLOGIE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

IT services

BPCE LEASE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

BPCE LEASE IMMO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate leasing

BPCE LEASE MADRID – Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment and real estate leasing

BPCE LEASE MILAN – Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment and real estate leasing

BPCE LEASE NOUMÉA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

BPCE LEASE RÉUNION

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

BPCE LEASE TAHITI

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Equipment leasing

BPCE SERVICES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding company activities

BPCE SOLUTIONS INFORMATIQUE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

IT systems and software consulting

BPCE PERSONAL CAR LEASE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Long-term vehicle leasing

BPCE SERVICES FINANCIERS (formerly CSF-GCE)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

BPCE SFH

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Funding

BPCE SOLUTIONS CLIENTS (formerly BPCE SOLUTIONS CRÉDIT)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

BPCE SOLUTIONS IMMOBILIÈRES (formerly CRÉDIT FONCIER IMMOBILIER)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

CICOBAIL SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate leasing

CO ASSUR CONSEIL ASSURANCE SA (BROKERAGE)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Insurance brokerage advisory

COMPAGNIE EUROPÉENNE DE GARANTIES ET DE CAUTIONS

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance

FONDS DE GARANTIE ET DE SOLIDARITÉ BPCE - FONDS DELESSERT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Mutual guarantee fund

FIDOR BANK AG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Digital loan institution

GCE PARTICIPATIONS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

INTER-COOP SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate leasing

LEASE EXPANSION SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

IT operational leasing

MAISON FRANCE CONFORT PROU INVESTISSEMENTS

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Real estate development

MIDT FACTORING A/S

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Factoring

MIFCOS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment property

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL AP LTD – HONG KONG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL AU CASABLANCA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL CO LTD – SHANGHAI

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL CONSULTING PRIVATE LTD – MUMBAI

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL CORP – NEW YORK

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL DO BRAZIL CONSULTARIA LTDA – SAO PAULO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL GmbH – FRANKFURT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL LTD – LONDON

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD – SINGAPORE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL SRL – MILAN

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL SA – MADRID

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL SARL – TUNIS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL SP. ZOO – WARSAW

FC

X

 

 

 

 

International development and consulting services

SOCFIM

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

SOCFIM PARTICIPATIONS IMMOBILIÈRES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

SOCRAM BANQUE

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Credit institution

SPORTS & IMAGINE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services company

Sud-Ouest Bail

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate leasing

SURASSUR

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Reinsurance

ONEY group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ONEY BANK

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

FLANDRE INVESTMENT SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution, electronic payment systems, new technologies and holding company

ONEY SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS EFC SAU (SPAIN)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage

BA FINANS (RUSSIA)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage, financial institution

ONEY PENZFORGALMI SZOLGALTATO KFT.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

ONEY MAGYARORSZAG ZRT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

GEFIRUS SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution, electronic payment systems, new technologies and holding company

IN CONFIDENCE INSURANCE SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution, electronic payment systems, new technologies and holding company

ONEY HOLDING LIMITED (MALTA)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

ONEY LIFE (PCC) LIMITED (MALTA)

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance

ONEY INSURANCE (PCC) LIMITED (MALTA)

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance

ONEY POLSKA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Intermediation

Financial institution

ONEY SERVICES SP ZOO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Intermediation

Financial institution

ONEY FINANCES (ROMANIA)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage

SMARTNEY

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage, financial institution

ONEY (Portugal branch)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage

ONEYTRUST SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution, electronic payment systems, new technologies and holding company

ONEY SPA (ITALY)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage

ONEY UKRAINE (UKRAINE)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage

ONEY GmbH

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Services, business development consulting

Groupe BPCE International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BPCE INTERNATIONAL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Specialized credit institution

BPCE INTERNATIONAL HO CHI MINH CITY (Vietnam Branch)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Specialized credit institution

BPCE MAROC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate development

FRANSA BANK

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Credit institution

OCÉORANE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial investment advisory services

Crédit Foncier group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CFG COMPTOIR FINANCIER DE GARANTIE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Guarantee company

COFIMAB

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate agent

COMPAGNIE DE FINANCEMENT FONCIER

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial company

CRÉDIT FONCIER DE FRANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CRÉDIT FONCIER DE FRANCE (BELGIUM BRANCH)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

FONCIER PARTICIPATIONS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

FONCIÈRE D’ÉVREUX

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

GRAMAT BALARD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

SOCIÉTÉ D’INVESTISSEMENT ET DE PARTICIPATION IMMOBILIÈRE (SIPARI)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

Banque Palatine Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARIES ASSURANCES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Insurance brokerage

BANQUE PALATINE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

CONSERVATEUR FINANCE

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Fund management

PALATINE ASSET MANAGEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset Management

Global Financial Services division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NATIXIS PFANDBRIEFBANK AG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

Azure Capital Holdings Pty Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

M&A advisory services

The Azure Capital Trust

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

Azure Capital Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS AUSTRALIA PTY Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

Saudi Arabia Investment Company

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS BELGIQUE INVESTISSEMENTS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment company

EDF INVESTISSEMENT GROUPE

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Investment company

Vermilion (Beijing) Advisory Company Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

M&A advisory services

Natixis Partners Iberia, SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

M&A advisory services

NATIXIS NORTH AMERICA LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

Solomon Partners, LP (formerly Peter J. Solomon Company LP)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

M&A advisory services

Solomon Partners Securities Company LLC (formerly Peter J. Solomon Securities Company LLC)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage

NATIXIS FUNDING CORP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Other financial company

VERSAILLES

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Securitization vehicle

NATIXIS SECURITIES AMERICAS LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage

NATIXIS FINANCIAL PRODUCTS LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Derivatives transactions

NATIXIS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate finance

NATIXIS REAL ESTATE CAPITAL LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate finance

CM REO HOLDINGS TRUST

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Secondary markets finance

CM REO TRUST

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Secondary markets finance

MSR TRUST

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate finance

NATIXIS US MTN PROGRAM LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Issuing vehicle

NATIXIS SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

NATIXIS IMMO DEVELOPPEMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Housing real estate development

CONTANGO TRADING SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Brokerage company

NATIXIS PARTNERS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

M&A advisory services

SPG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Mutual fund

NATIXIS MARCO

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment company - (extension of activity)

NATIXIS INNOV

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

INVESTIMA 77

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS ALTERNATIVE HOLDING LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

FENCHURCH PARTNERS LLP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

M&A advisory services

VERMILION PARTNERS (UK) LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

VERMILION PARTNERS LLP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

M&A advisory services

NATIXIS ASIA LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Other financial company

NATIXIS HOLDINGS (HONG KONG) LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

VERMILION PARTNERS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

VERMILION PARTNERS LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS GLOBAL SERVICES (INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Operational support

BLEACHERS FINANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Securitization vehicle

DF EFG3 LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS JAPAN SECURITIES CO, Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS STRUCTURED PRODUCTS LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Issuing vehicle

NATIXIS TRUST

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS REAL ESTATE FEEDER SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment company

NATIXIS ALTERNATIVE ASSETS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS STRUCTURED ISSUANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Issuing vehicle

NATIXIS BANK JSC, MOSCOW

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Banking

NATIXIS ZWEIGNIEDERLASSUNG DEUTSCHLAND-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS CANADA-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS SHANGHAI-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS BEIJING-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS DUBAI-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS NEW YORK-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS MADRID-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS LONDON-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS HONG KONG-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS MILAN-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS TOKYO-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS LABUAN-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS PORTO-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

Natixis Seoul-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS SINGAPORE-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS TAIWAN-Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial institution

NATIXIS COFICINE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Finance company (audiovisual)

AEW Invest GmbH

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Investment Managers Australia Pty Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Investors Mutual Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Australia Pty Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis IM Canada Holdings Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

Natixis Investment Managers Korea Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

AEW Korea LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis IM Korea Limited (NIMKL)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

AEW CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW PARTNERS V, INC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW PARTNERS VI, INC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW PARTNERS VII, INC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW SENIOR HOUSING INVESTORS II INC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Partners X GP, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Value Investors Asia II GP Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Partners Real Estate Fund VIII, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Senior Housing Investors III LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Aew Senior Housing Investors IV LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Partners Real Estate Fund IX, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Cold Ops MM, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW EHF GP, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Core Property (US) GP, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Seaport Strategic Property Program I Co-Investors, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

ALPHASIMPLEX GROUP LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AURORA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

CASPIAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

EPI SLP LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

EPI SO SLP LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

GATEWAY INVESTMENT ADVISERS, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

HARRIS ALTERNATIVES HOLDING INC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

HARRIS ASSOCIATES LP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

HARRIS ASSOCIATES SECURITIES, LP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

HARRIS ASSOCIATES, INC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

LOOMIS SAYLES & COMPANY, INC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

LOOMIS SAYLES & COMPANY, LP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

LOOMIS SAYLES ALPHA, LLC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

LOOMIS SAYLES DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

LOOMIS SAYLES DISTRIBUTORS, LP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

LOOMIS SAYLES TRUST COMPANY, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Ostrum AM US LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

NATIXIS ASG HOLDINGS, INC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Flexstone Partners LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

Natixis Advisors, LLC (formerly Natixis Advisors, LP)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Distribution, LLC (formerly Natixis Distribution, LP)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS INTERNATIONAL, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

NIM-os, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Media and digital

VAUGHAN NELSON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

VAUGHAN NELSON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Mirova US LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers US Holdings, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

Mirova US LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

SunFunder Inc.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private debt management company

Natixis IM innovation

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Europe SA (formerly AEW SA)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW (formerly AEW Ciloger)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate management

DARIUS CAPITAL CONSEIL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Financial investment advisory services

DNCA Finance

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Dorval Asset Management

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Flexstone Partners SAS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Mirova

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Management of venture capital mutual funds

Natixis Investment Managers International

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Ostrum AM (New)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis TradEx Solutions

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS PARTICIPATIONS 1

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS PARTICIPATIONS 3

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

NAXICAP PARTNERS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Management of venture capital mutual funds

OSSIAM

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

SEVENTURE PARTNERS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

SEEYOND

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers Participations 5 (formerly MV Credit France)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

Thematics Asset Management

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Vauban Infrastructure Partners

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Loomis Sayles Capital Re

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW EUROPE ADVISORY LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW EUROPE CC LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW EUROPE HOLDING Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW EUROPE INVESTMENT LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW EUROPE LLP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW GLOBAL ADVISORS (EUROPE) LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW GLOBAL LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW GLOBAL UK LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW UK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Promote LP Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW EVP GP LLP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

LOOMIS SAYLES INVESTMENTS Ltd (UK)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS UK LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Investment Managers UK (Funds) Limited (UK), LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Operational support

Mirova UK Limited (formerly Mirova Natural Capital Limited)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

MV Credit Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

MV Credit LLP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW ASIA LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS HONG KONG LIMITED

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers International Hong Kong Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

PURPLE FINANCE CLO 1

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Securitization vehicle

PURPLE FINANCE CLO 2

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Securitization vehicle

Asahi Natixis Investment Managers Co. Ltd

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Distribution

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS JAPAN CO, LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Japan Corporation

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Value Investors Asia III GP Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW APREF Investors, LP

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

SunFunder East Africa Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private debt management company

AEW EUROPE SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW EUROPE GLOBAL LUX

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW VIA IV GP Partners SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW VIA V GP Partners SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW APREF GP SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Core Property (US) Lux GP, SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

KENNEDY FINANCEMENT Luxembourg

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Investment company – Asset management

KENNEDY FINANCEMENT Luxembourg 2

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Central corporate treasury – Asset management

Loomis Sayles Alpha Luxembourg, LLC

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Loomis Sayles Euro Investment Grade Credit

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

MV Credit SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis IM Mexico, S. de R.L de C.V.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Loomis Sayles (Netherlands) B.V.

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

AEW CENTRAL EUROPE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers Singapore Limited

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Asia Pte Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

LOOMIS SAYLES INVESTMENTS ASIA Pte Ltd

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Flexstone Partners SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers Switzerland SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS SECURITIES INVESTMENT CONSULTING CO. LTD

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers Uruguay SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Investment Managers SA, Zweignierderlassung Deutschland

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Investment Managers International Zweignierderlassung Deutschland

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Aew Asia Limited Australian branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers SA, Belgian Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Investment Managers Middle East

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Investment Managers, Branch in Spain

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

AEW Europe LLP, Spain branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Investment Managers, Branch In Spain

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

MV Credit SARL, France branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

AEW Italian Branch (formerly AEW Ciloger Italian Branch)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

DNCA Finance, Milan Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Manager, Italy Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Seeyond Italy branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Ostrum Asset Management Italia

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

DNCA Finance Branch Luxembourg

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Loomis Sayles & Company, LP, Dutch branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

AEW – Dutch branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate management

Natixis Investment Managers International, Netherlands

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

AEW Central Europe Czech

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Mirova Sweden Subsidiary

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset management

Natixis Investment Managers, Nordics Subsidiary

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Distribution

Natixis Private Equity

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Private equity

Natixis Wealth Management Luxembourg

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Banking

Natixis Wealth Management

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Credit institution

VEGA INVESTMENT MANAGERS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Mutual fund holding company

1818 IMMOBILIER

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

TEORA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Insurance brokerage company

Massena Partners SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset manager and investment advisory firm

Massena Wealth Management SARL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset manager and investment advisory firm

Massena Partners – Branch

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Asset manager and investment advisory firm

NATIXIS INTERÉPARGNE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Employee savings plan management

NATIXIS ALGÉRIE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Banking

S.C.I ALTAIR 1

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

S.C.I. ALTAIR 2

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

FONCIÈRE KUPKA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

NATIXIS FONCIÈRE SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate investment

Insurance division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BPCE ASSURANCES

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance company holding company

NA

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance company holding company

BPCE LIFE

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Life insurance

BPCE LIFE France branch

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Life insurance

BPCE IARD (formerly ASSURANCES BANQUE POPULAIRE IARD)

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Property damage Insurance

BPCE Prévoyance

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Personal protection Insurance

ADIR

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Property damage Insurance

FRUCTIFONCIER

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance real estate investments

BPCE Vie

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance

RÉAUMUR ACTIONS

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

NAMI INVESTMENT

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance real estate investments

ECUREUIL VIE DÉVELOPPEMENT

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance

BPCE RELATION ASSURANCES

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Services company

SCI DUO PARIS

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Real estate management

Fonds TULIP

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investments (Securitization funds)

DNCA INVEST NORDEN

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

AAA ACTIONS AGRO ALIMENTAIRE

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

SCPI IMMOB EVOLUTIF

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance real estate investments

OPCI FRANCEUROPE IMMO

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

SELECTIZ

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

SELECTIZ PLUS FCP 4DEC

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

ALLOCATION PILOTÉE ÉQUILIBRE C

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

MIROVA EUROPE ENVIRONNEMENT C

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

Vega Euro Rendement FCP RC

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

Vega Europe Convictions fund

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

SCPI Atlantique Mur Régions

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance investment mutual fund

BPCE ASSURANCES IARD (formerly BPCE ASSURANCES)

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Insurance company

BPCE ASSURANCES PRODUCTION SERVICES

FC

 

 

X

 

 

Service providers

Payments divison

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BPCE PAYMENT SERVICES (formerly NATIXIS PAIEMENTS SOLUTION)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Banking services

BPCE PAYMENTS (formerly Shiva)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

BPH (formerly NATIXIS PAYMENT HOLDING)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

XPOLLENS (formerly S-MONEY)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Payment services

PAYPLUG

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Payment services

DALENYS SA

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

DALENYS INTERNATIONAL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

DALENYS FINANCE

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

DALENYS PAYMENT

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Payment services

SWILE

EQ

 

 

X

 

 

Payment services, Service vouchers and Online services for employees

Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BPCE IMMO EXPLOITATION (formerly NATIXIS IMMO EXPLOITATION)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Real estate operations

III-4 - CE Holding Participations subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CE HOLDING PARTICIPATIONS

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

CE CAPITAL

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

HABITAT EN RÉGION SERVICES

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Holding

III-5 - Local savings companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

185 Local savings companies (LSCs)

FC

X

 

 

 

 

Cooperative shareholders

(1)

Prudential consolidation method:

FC Full consolidation

EQ Equity method

JA Joint activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EU CC1 – COMPOSITION OF REGULATORY CAPITAL BY CATEGORY

The following table is presented in the format of Appendix VI, Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No. 1423/2013 of December 20, 2013. For simplicity, the descriptions presented below are those of Appendix VI, i.e. phased-in terms.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

 

 

Amount

Source based on

balance sheet

reference

numbers/letters

according to the

regulatory scope

of consolidation

Amount

Source based on

balance sheet

reference

numbers/letters

according to the

regulatory scope

of consolidation

 

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 (CET1) CAPITAL: INSTRUMENTS AND RESERVES

1

Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

28,678

4

28,225

4

2

Retained earnings

3,071

4

3,252

4

3

Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)

44,736

4

41,750

4

EU-3a

Fund for general banking risks

-

-

-

-

4

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (3) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from CET1

-

-

-

-

5

Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1)

164

5

193

5

EU-5a

Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend

3,193

4

3,561

4

6

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments

79,842

-

76,980

-

 

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 (CET1) CAPITAL: REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS

7

Additional value adjustments (negative amount)

(869)

-

(702)

-

8

Intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(4,931)

2

(4,826)

2

10

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount)

(896)

1

(699)

1

11

Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges of financial instruments that are not valued at fair value

(597)

-

65

-

12

Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

(189)

-

(203)

-

13

Any increase in equity that results from securitized assets (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

14

Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing

(199)

-

109

-

15

Defined-benefit pension fund assets (negative amount)

(99)

-

-

-

16

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negative amount)

(8)

-

(8)

-

17

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

18

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

19

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

EU-20a

Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1,250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative

-

-

-

-

EU-20b

of which: qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

EU-20c

of which: securitization positions (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

EU-20d

of which: free deliveries (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

21

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) of the CRR are met) (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

22

Amount exceeding the 17.65% threshold (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

23

of which: direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

-

-

-

-

24

Not applicable

-

-

-

-

25

of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences

-

-

-

-

EU-25a

Losses for the current fiscal year (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

EU-25b

Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET1 items except where the institution suitably adjusts the amount of CET1 items insofar as such tax charges reduce the amount up to which those items may be used to cover risks or losses (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

27

Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceed the AT1 items of the institution (negative amount)

(22)

-

(22)

-

27a

Other regulatory adjustments

(2,367)

-

(930)

-

28

Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

(10,177)

-

(7,216)

-

29

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

69,665

-

69,764

-

 

ADDITIONAL TIER 1 (AT1) CAPITAL: INSTRUMENTS

30

Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

-

-

-

-

33

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1

-

-

-

-

EU-33a

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a (1) CRR subject to phase out from AT1

-

-

-

-

EU-33b

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b (1) CRR subject to phase out from AT1

-

-

-

-

34

Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minority interests not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

-

-

-

-

35

of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out

-

-

-

-

36

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments

-

-

-

-

 

ADDITIONAL TIER 1 (AT1) CAPITAL: REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS

37

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

38

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

40

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

(22)

-

(22)

-

42

Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 items of the institution (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

42a

Other regulatory adjustments to AT1 capital

-

-

-

-

43

Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

(22)

-

(22)

-

44

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

-

-

-

-

45

Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)

69,665

-

69,764

-

 

TIER 2 (T2) CAPITAL: INSTRUMENTS

46

Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

13,483

3

13,699

3

47

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2 as described in Article 486(4) CRR

-

-

6

-

EU-47a

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a (2) CRR subject to phase out from T2

-

-

-

-

EU-47b

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b (2) CRR subject to phase out from T2

105

3

117

3

48

Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (including minority interests and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

-

-

-

-

50

Credit risk adjustments

889

-

736

-

51

Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments

14,478

-

14,558

-

 

TIER 2 (T2) CAPITAL: REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS

52

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount)

(25)

-

(25)

-

53

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

54

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

55

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

(1,693)

-

(1,582)

-

EU-56a

Qualifying eligible liabilities deductions that exceed the eligible liabilities items of the institution (negative amount)

-

-

-

-

EU-56b

Other regulatory adjustments to T2 capital

-

-

-

-

57

Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital

(1,718)

-

(1,607)

-

58

Tier 2 (T2) capital

12,759

-

12,951

-

59

Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)

82,424

-

82,715

-

60

Total risk exposure amount

460,858

-

441,428

-

 

CAPITAL RATIOS AND REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING BUFFERS

61

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

15.12%

-

15.80%

-

62

Tier 1 capital

15.12%

-

15.80%

-

63

Total equity

17.88%

-

18.74%

-

64

Total CET1 capital requirements of the institution

9.15%

-

9.33%

-

65

of which: capital conservation buffer requirement

2.50%

-

2.50%

-

66

of which: countercyclical buffer requirement

0.03%

-

0.02%

-

67

of which: systemic risk buffer requirement

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

EU-67a

of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer

1.00%

-

1.00%

-

68

Common Equity Tier 1 available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk exposure amount)

9.12%

-

9.99%

-

 

AMOUNTS BELOW THE THRESHOLDS FOR DEDUCTION (BEFORE RISK WEIGHTING)

72

Direct and indirect holdings of own funds and eligible liabilities of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions)

1,152

-

1,337

-

73

Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount below 17.65% thresholds and net of eligible short positions)

2,403

-

2,910

-

75

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 17.65% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) of the CRR are met)

2,951

-

2,348

-

 

APPLICABLE CAPS ON THE INCLUSION OF PROVISIONS IN TIER 2

76

Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardized approach (prior to the application of the cap)

-

-

-

-

77

Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardized approach

1,989

-

1,893

-

78

Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal ratings-based approach (prior to the application of the cap)

889

-

736

-

79

Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach

1,122

-

1,051

-

 

CAPITAL INSTRUMENTS SUBJECT TO PHASE-OUT ARRANGEMENTS (ONLY APPLICABLE BETWEEN JANUARY 1, 2014 AND JANUARY 1, 2022)

80

Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements

-

-

-

-

81

Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

-

-

-

-

82

Current cap applicable on AT1 instruments subject to phase out

-

-

-

-

83

Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

-

-

-

-

84

Current cap applicable on T2 instruments subject to phase out

-

-

6

-

85

Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

10

-

55

-

BPCE08 – ADDITIONAL TIER 1 CAPITAL

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Basel III

12/31/2021

Basel III phased-in

AT1 capital instruments ineligible but benefiting from a grandfathering clause(1)

-

-

Holdings of AT1 instruments of financial sector entities more than 10%-owned

-

-

Transitional adjustments applicable to AT1 capital

-

-

ADDITIONAL TIER 1 (AT1) CAPITAL

-

-

(1)

Amount after application of the transitional provisions: corresponds to 10% of the outstanding perpetual subordinated notes at 12/31/2021.

BPCE09 ‒ ISSUES OF DEEPLY SUBORDINATED NOTES

Issuer

Issue date

Currency

Amount in
original currency

(in millions)

Net outstandings

(in millions of euros)

Prudential net
outstandings

(in millions of euros)

 

 

 

-

-

-

TOTAL

 

 

 

-

-

Details of debt instruments recognized as Tier 1 capital, as well as their terms, as required by Implementing Regulation No. 1423/2013 are published at the following address: https://groupebpce.com/en/investors/results-and-publications/pillar-iii,

BPCE10 – TIER 2 CAPITAL

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Basel III

12/31/2021

Basel III

phased-in(1)

Eligible Tier 2 capital instruments

13,483

13,699

Own Tier 2 instruments

(25)

(25)

Tier 2 capital instruments ineligible but benefiting from a grandfathering clause(1)

105

123

Holdings of Tier 2 instruments of financial sector entities more than 10%-owned

(1,693)

(1,582)

Transitional adjustments applicable to Tier 2 capital

-

-

Excess provision over expected losses

889

736

TIER 2 CAPITAL

12,759

12,951

(1)

Amount after application of the transitional provisions: corresponds to 10% of the outstanding perpetual subordinated notes at 12/31/2021.

BPCE11 ‒ ISSUES OF SUBORDINATED NOTES

Issuer

Issue date

Maturity date

Currency

Amount in
original
currency

(in millions)

Outstandings

(in millions of euros)

Prudential net
outstandings

(in millions of euros)

BPCE

07/18/2013

07/18/2023

EUR

1,000

1,000

109

BPCE

10/22/2013

10/22/2023

USD

1,500

1,406

227

BPCE

01/21/2014

07/21/2024

USD

1,500

1,406

437

BPCE

04/16/2014

04/16/2029

GBP

750

845

845

BPCE

07/25/2014

06/25/2026

EUR

350

350

244

BPCE

07/25/2014

06/25/2026

EUR

525

525

366

BPCE

07/11/2014

07/11/2024

USD

800

750

229

BPCE

09/15/2014

03/15/2025

USD

1,250

1,171

517

BPCE

09/30/2014

09/30/2024

EUR

410

410

144

BPCE

01/30/2015

01/30/2025

JPY

27,200

193

81

BPCE

01/30/2015

01/30/2025

JPY

13,200

94

39

BPCE

02/17/2015

02/17/2027

EUR

240

240

197

BPCE

02/17/2015

02/17/2027

EUR

371

371

306

BPCE

03/24/2015

03/12/2025

EUR

375

375

165

BPCE

04/17/2015

04/17/2035

USD

270

253

253

BPCE

04/29/2015

04/17/2035

USD

100

94

94

BPCE

04/29/2015

04/17/2035

USD

30

28

28

BPCE

06/01/2015

06/01/2045

USD

130

122

122

BPCE

09/29/2015

09/29/2025

CHF

50

51

28

BPCE

12/11/2015

12/11/2025

JPY

25,100

178

105

BPCE

12/11/2015

12/11/2025

JPY

500

4

2

BPCE

03/17/2016

03/17/2031

EUR

60

60

60

BPCE

03/17/2016

03/17/2036

USD

150

141

141

BPCE

04/01/2016

04/01/2026

USD

750

703

457

BPCE

04/22/2016

04/22/2026

EUR

750

750

496

BPCE

05/03/2016

05/03/2046

USD

200

187

187

BPCE

07/19/2016

07/19/2026

EUR

696

696

494

BPCE

07/13/2016

07/13/2026

JPY

17,300

123

87

BPCE

10/13/2021

01/13/2042

EUR

900

900

900

BPCE

10/13/2021

10/13/2046

EUR

850

850

850

BPCE

10/19/2021

10/19/2042

USD

750

703

703

BPCE

10/19/2021

10/19/2032

USD

1,000

937

937

BPCE

12/01/2021

11/30/2032

GBP

500

564

564

BPCE

12/16/2021

12/16/2031

JPY

74,600

530

530

BPCE

12/16/2021

12/16/2036

JPY

5,800

41

41

BPCE

01/14/2022

01/14/2037

USD

800

750

750

BPCE

02/02/2022

02/02/2034

EUR

1,000

1,000

1,000

BPCE

03/02/2022

03/02/2032

EUR

500

500

500

BPCE

07/07/2022

07/07/2032

JPY

26,600

189

189

BPCE

12/15/2022

12/15/2032

JPY

8,400

60

60

CFF

03/06/2003

03/06/2023

EUR

10

10

-

TOTAL

 

 

 

 

19,557

13,483

EU CCYB1 ‒ GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF CREDIT EXPOSURES RELEVANT FOR THE CALCULATION OF THE COUNTERCYCLICAL CAPITAL BUFFER

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

General credit
exposures

Relevant credit
exposures –
Market risk

Securi-
tization
expo-
sures
Value at
Risk for
the
banking
book

Total
exposure
value

Capital requirements

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

Capital
requir-
ement
weights

(%)

Counter-
cyclical
buffer
rate

(%)

Exposure
value
under
the
standar-
dized
approach

Expo-
sure
value
under
the IRB
approach

Sum of
long and
short
positions
of
trading
book
exposures
for SA

Value of
trading
book
expo-
sures
for
internal
models

Relevant
credit
risk
expo-
sures ‒
Credit
risk

Relevant
credit
expo-
sures –
Market
risk

Relevant
credit
exposures

Securi-
tization
positions
in the
banking
book

Total

010

BREAKDOWN BY COUNTRY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bulgaria

-

2

-

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

-

0.00%

1.00%

 

Czech Republic

14

11

-

-

-

25

1

-

-

1

16

0.00%

1.50%

 

Denmark

252

88

12

-

-

352

22

-

-

23

283

0.08%

2.00%

 

Estonia

-

3

-

-

-

4

-

-

-

-

4

0.00%

1.00%

 

United Kingdom

1,206

7,722

166

43

1,587

10,725

314

6

20

339

4,234

1.15%

1.00%

 

Hong Kong

264

2,337

29

-

208

2,838

83

1

3

87

1,084

0.29%

1.00%

 

Iceland

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

-

0.00%

2.00%

 

Luxembourg

2,109

7,925

44,798

176

505

55,513

437

3

4

444

5,552

1.51%

0.50%

 

Norway

336

381

24

-

-

741

26

1

-

27

334

0.09%

2.00%

 

Romania

12

11

-

-

-

23

1

-

-

1

14

0.00%

0.50%

 

Sweden

93

173

33

-

-

299

12

2

-

14

172

0.05%

1.00%

 

Slovakia

10

6

3

29

-

48

1

-

-

1

9

0.00%

1.00%

 

Other countries weighted at 0%

176,847

700,846

10,307

14,548

20,133

922,680

28,059

134

326

28,519

356,489

96.82%

0.00%

020

TOTAL

181,143

719,506

55,371

14,798

22,433

993,251

28,957

145

353

29,455

368,191

100.00%

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

General credit
exposures

Relevant credit
exposures – Market
risk

Securiti-
zation
exposures
Value at
risk for
the
banking
book

Total
exposure
value

Capital requirements

Total

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

Capital
requir-
ement
weights

(%)

Counter-
cyclical
buffer
rate (%)

Exposure
value
under
the
standar-
dized
appro-
ach

Expo-
sure
value
under
the IRB
approach

Sum of
long and
short
positions
of
trading
book
exposures
for SA

Value of
trading
book
expo-
sures
for
internal
models

Relevant
credit
risk
expo-
sures ‒
Credit
risk

Relevant
credit
expo-
sures –
Market
risk

Relevant
credit
exposures

Securiti-
zation
positions
in the
banking
book

010

BREAKDOWN BY COUNTRY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bulgaria

-

5

-

-

-

5

-

-

-

-

1

0.00%

0.50%

 

Czech Republic

31

5

-

-

-

36

2

-

-

2

28

0.01%

0.50%

 

Hong Kong

39

2,853

25

0

0

2,916

86

-

-

86

1,079

0.30%

1.00%

 

Luxembourg

1,747

7,230

41,093

176

327

50,574

540

4

4

548

6,844

1.93%

0.50%

 

Norway

324

586

65

0

-

976

190

1

-

191

2,383

0.67%

1.00%

 

Slovakia

28

1

6

29

-

65

2

-

-

2

21

0.01%

1.00%

 

Other countries weighted at 0%

170,602

666,015

13,559

14,626

18,096

882,898

27,029

247

324

27,601

345,008

97.09%

0.00%

020

TOTAL

172,771

676,696

54,748

14,832

18,423

937,470

27,849

252

328

28,429

355,364

100.00%

 

EU CCYB2 – AMOUNT OF INSTITUTION-SPECIFIC COUNTERCYCLICAL CAPITAL BUFFER

in millions of euros

a

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

1

Total risk exposure amount

460,858

441,428

2

Institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer rate

0.03%

0.02%

3

Institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer requirement

119

86

EU PV1 – PRUDENT VALUATION ADJUSTMENT (PVA)

in millions of euros

a

b

c

d

e

EU e1

EU e2

f

g

h

12/31/2022

Risk category

Category level AVA ‒
Valuation uncertainty

Total AVA
category
post-
diversi-
fication

Of which:
Total core
approach in
the trading
book

Of which:
Total core
approach in
the banking
book

Category level AVA

Equities

Interest
rates

Foreign
exchange

Credit

Commodities

Unearned
credit
spreads
AVA

Investment
and
funding
costs AVA

1

Market price uncertainty

132

16

5

286

1

47

37

262

62

200

3

Close-out costs

177

16

11

92

-

47

-

172

49

123

4

Concentrated positions

131

-

-

3

-

-

-

134

132

2

5

Early termination

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6

Model risk

52

8

29

27

-

56

-

86

78

8

7

Operational risk

22

2

1

19

-

-

-

43

8

35

10

Future administrative costs

19

136

5

9

2

-

-

170

170

-

12

TOTAL ADDITIONAL VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS (AVAS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

869

500

369

in millions of euros

a

b

c

d

e

EU e1

EU e2

f

g

h

12/31/2021

Risk category

Category level AVA ‒
Valuation uncertainty

Total AVA
category
post-
diversi-
fication

Of which:
Total core
approach in
the trading
book

Of which:
Total core
approach in
the banking
book

Category level AVA

Equities

Interest
rates

Foreign
exchange

Credit

Commodities

Unearned
credit
spreads
AVA

Investment
and
funding
costs AVA

1

Market price uncertainty

124

13

7

176

1

26

16

182

72

110

3

Close-out costs

65

3

9

119

4

26

-

115

62

53

4

Concentrated positions

132

-

-

4

-

-

-

136

133

3

5

Early termination

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6

Model risk

60

2

2

2

-

3

-

35

35

-

7

Operational risk

9

1

1

15

-

-

-

26

9

17

10

Future administrative costs

21

173

5

8

-

-

-

208

207

1

12

TOTAL ADDITIONAL VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS (AVAS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

702

518

184

EU LR2 – LRCOM – LEVERAGE RATIO

The leverage ratio compares Tier 1 capital to an exposure calculated quarterly on the basis of the balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets assessed using a prudential approach. Derivatives and repurchase agreements are subject to specific restatements. The commitments given are allocated a conversion factor in accordance with Article 429 (10) of the CRR.

in millions of euros

Exposures for leverage ratio purposes

under the CRR

a

b

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

ON-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES AND SFTS)

1

On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs, but including collateral)

1,273,563

1,272,343

2

Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the applicable accounting framework

-

-

3

(Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions)

(12,134)

(12,448)

4

(Adjustment for securities received under securities financing transactions that are recognized as an asset)

-

-

5

(General credit risk adjustments to on-balance sheet items)

-

-

6

(Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital)

(7,707)

(5,693)

7

Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)

1,253,723

1,254,203

DERIVATIVE EXPOSURES

8

Replacement cost associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions (i.e. net of eligible cash variation margin)

17,554

13,236

EU-8a

Derogation for derivatives: replacement costs contribution under the simplified standardized approach

-

-

9

Add-on amounts for potential future exposure associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions

25,644

26,686

EU-9a

Derogation for derivatives: Potential future exposure contribution under the simplified standardized approach

-

-

EU-9b

Exposure determined under original exposure method

-

-

10

(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (SA-CCR)

-

-

EU-10a

(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (simplified standardized approach)

-

-

EU-10b

(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (original exposure method)

-

-

11

Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives

37,945

16,727

12

(Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)

(34,268)

(10,655)

13

Total derivative exposures

46,875

45,994

SECURITIES FINANCING TRANSACTION (SFT) EXPOSURES

14

Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjustment for sales accounting transactions

68,930

62,934

15

(Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)

-

-

16

Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets

8,997

7,766

EU-16a

Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Articles 429e (5) and 222 CRR

-

-

17

Agent transaction exposures

-

-

EU-17a

(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure)

-

-

18

Total securities financing transaction exposures

77,927

70,700

OTHER OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES

19

Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount

220,917

207,507

20

(Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts)

(121,686)

(115,481)

21

(General provisions associated with off-balance sheet exposures deducted in determining Tier 1 capital)

-

-

22

Off-balance sheet exposures

99,231

92,026

EXCLUDED EXPOSURES

EU-22a

(Exposures excluded from the leverage ratio total exposure measure in accordance with point (c) of Article 429a (1) of the CRR)

(4,028)

-

EU-22b

(Exposures exempted in accordance with point (j) of Article 429a (1) of the CRR (on and off balance sheet))

(85,047)

(76,596)

EU-22c

(Excluded exposures of public development banks Public sector investments)

-

-

EU-22d

(Excluded promotional loans of public development banks: Promotional loans granted by a public development credit institution)

-

-

EU-22e

(Excluded passing-through promotional loan exposures by non-public development banks (or units))

-

-

EU-22f

(Excluded guaranteed parts of exposures arising from export credits)

-

-

EU-22g

(Excluded excess collateral deposited at triparty agents)

-

-

EU-22h

(Excluded CSD related services of CSD/institutions in accordance with point (o) of Article 429a (1) of the CRR)

-

-

EU-22i

(Excluded CSD related services of designated institutions in accordance with point (p) of Article 429a (1) of the CRR)

-

-

EU-22j

(Reduction of the exposure value of pre-financing or intermediate loans)

-

-

EU-22k

(Total exempted exposures)

(89,075)

(76,596)

CAPITAL AND TOTAL EXPOSURE MEASURE

23

Tier 1 capital

69,665

69,764

24

Total exposure measure

1,388,681

1,212,857

LEVERAGE RATIO

25

Leverage ratio (in %)

5.02%

5.75%

EU-25

Leverage ratio (without the adjustment due to excluded exposures of public development banks Public sector investments) (in %)

5.02%

5.75%

25a

Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) (in %)

5.02%

5.03%

26

Regulatory minimum leverage ratio requirement (in %)

3.00%

3.23%

EU-26b

Additional leverage ratio requirements (in %)

0.00%

0.00%

CHOICE OF TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS AND RELEVANT EXPOSURES

EU-27b

Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure

-

-

DISCLOSURE OF MEAN VALUES

28

Mean of daily values of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivable

89,378

72,800

29

Quarter-end value of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables

68,930

62,934

30

Total exposures (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)

1,409,128

1,222,724

30a

Total exposures (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)

1,409,128

1,395,492

31

Leverage ratio (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)

4.94%

5.71%

31a

Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)

4.94%

5.00%

EU LR3 ‒ LRSPL: BREAKDOWN OF BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES, SFTS AND EXEMPTED EXPOSURES)

in millions of euros

a

b

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Exposures for

leverage ratio

purposes under

the CRR

Exposures for
leverage ratio
purposes under
the CRR

EU-1

TOTAL ON-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES, SFT AND EXEMPTED EXPOSURES), OF WHICH:

1,172,480

1,010,531

EU-2

Trading book exposures

61,189

81,385

EU-3

Banking book exposures, of which:

1,111,291

929,147

EU-4

Covered bonds

1,041

913

EU-5

Exposures considered as sovereign

252,826

80,664

EU-6

Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organizations and PSE not treated as sovereigns

61,554

63,413

EU-7

Institutions

13,662

21,759

EU-8

Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage

407,317

374,404

EU-9

Retail exposures

117,038

103,601

EU-10

Corporate customers

191,326

170,593

EU-11

Exposures in default

18,100

17,935

EU-12

Other exposures (e.g. equity, securitizations, and other non-credit obligation assets)

48,427

95,865

EU INS2 ‒ FINANCIAL CONGLOMERATE ‒ INFORMATION ON CAPITAL AND CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIO

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

a

b

1

Additional capital requirements of the financial conglomerate (amount)

3,104

2,871

2

Financial conglomerate capital adequacy ratio (in %)

18.06%

18.70%

EU KM2 – KEY INDICATORS – TLAC RATIO

in millions of euros

b

c

d

e

f

12/31/2022

09/30/2022

06/30/2022

03/31/2022

12/31/2021

 

OWN FUNDS AND ELIGIBLE LIABILITIES, RATIOS AND COMPONENTS OF THE RESOLUTION GROUP

1

TLAC equity and eligible liabilities

109,503

111,868

110,486

110,269

109,407

2

Risk-weighted assets (RWA)

460,858

460,514

459,214

448,000

441,428

3

TLAC ratio (in % of RWA)

23.76%

24.29%

24.06%

24.61%

24.78%

4

Leverage exposure measure

1,388,681

1,408,372

1,335,218

1,242,971

1,212,857

5

TLAC ratio (in % of leverage exposure)

7.89%

7.94%

8.15%

8.87%

9.02%

6a

Does the exemption from subordination allowed by Article 72b (4) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 apply? (5% exemption)

n.a

n.a

n.a

n.a

n.a

6b

Aggregate amount of permitted non-subordinated eligible liabilities instruments if the subordination discretion as per Article 72b (3) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 is applied (max 3.5% exemption)

n.a

n.a

n.a

n.a

n.a

6c

If a capped subordination exemption applies under Article 72b (3) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, the amount of funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities and that is recognized under row 1, divided by funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded Liabilities and that would be recognized under row 1 if no cap was applied (in %)

n.a

n.a

n.a

n.a

n.a

NB: As part of the annual resolvability analysis, Groupe BPCE chose to waive the option provided for by Article 72b (3) of the CRR to use preferred senior debt to comply with the TLAC and subordinated MREL.

EU TLAC 1 – COMPOSITION TLAC RATIO

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

a

b

G-SII requirement

for own funds and

eligible liabilities

(TLAC)

Capital adequacy
and eligible
liabilities and
eligible liabilities
applicable to EISm
(TLAC)

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

69,665

69,764

2

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

-

-

6

Tier 2 (T2) capital

12,759

12,951

11

TLAC eligible capital

82,424

82,715

12

Eligible liabilities instruments issued directly by the resolution entity that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)

13,250

8,849

EU-12a

Eligible liabilities instruments issued by other entities within the resolution group that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)

-

-

EU-12b

Eligible liabilities instruments that are subordinated to excluded liabilities, issued prior to 06/27/2019
(subordinated grandfathered)

9,273

13,542

EU-12c

Tier 2 instruments with a residual maturity of at least one year to the extent they do not qualify as Tier 2 items

4,555

4,300

13

Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered pre cap)

-

-

EU-13a

Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities issued prior to 06/27/2019 (pre-cap)

-

-

14

Amount of non-subordinated instruments eligible, where applicable after application of Article 72b (3) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013

-

-

17

TLAC-eligible liabilities items before adjustments

27,079

26,692

EU-17a

of which: subordinated liabilities

27,079

26,692

18

TLAC-eligible equity items before adjustments

109,503

109,407

19

(Deduction of exposures between MPE resolution groups)

-

-

20

(Deduction of investments in other eligible liabilities instruments)

-

-

22

TLAC-own funds and eligible liabilities after adjustments

109,503

109,407

23

Risk-weighted assets (RWA)

460,858

441,428

24

Total leverage exposure measure

1,388,681

1,212,857

25

TLAC ratio (in % of RWA)

23.76%

24.78%

26

TLAC ratio (in % of leverage exposure)

7.89%

9.02%

27

CET1 (as a percentage of TREA) available after meeting the resolution group’s requirements

2.24%

3.27%

28

Overall institution-specific capital buffer requirement

3.53%

3.52%

29

of which: capital conservation buffer requirement

2.50%

2.50%

30

of which: countercyclical buffer requirement

0.03%

0.02%

31

of which: systemic risk buffer requirement

0.00%

0.00%

EU-31a

of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer

1.00%

1.00%

EU-32

Total amount of excluded liabilities referred to in Article 72a (2) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013

641,866

660,311

The creditor hierarchy for items included in the TLAC is as follows by order of repayment priority: senior non-preferred debt, subordinated debt eligible as Tier 2 capital on issuance and subordinated debt eligible as Tier 1 capital on issuance.

Eligible liabilities and their features are published at the following address: https://groupebpce.com/en/investors/results-and-publications/pillar-iii

EU TLAC 3A: RANK IN THE HIERARCHY OF CREDITORS ‒ RESOLUTION GROUP

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Hierarchy in the event of insolvency

TOTAL

1

2

4

(lowest rank)

 

(highest rank)

Description of insolvency rank

CET1 capital

Tier 2

Senior non-preferred debt

 

Liabilities and own funds

69,665

19,430

26,776

115,871

of which: excluded liabilities

-

-

-

-

Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities

69,665

19,430

26,776

115,871

Of which instruments eligible for the TLAC ratio

69,665

17,314

22,524

109,503

of which: residual maturity ≥ 1 year < 2 years

-

2,617

3,676

6,293

of which: residual maturity ≥ 2 years < 5 years

-

8,991

10,405

19,396

of which: residual maturity ≥ 5 years < 10 years

-

4,554

8,363

12,918

of which: residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities

-

1,646

79

1,725

of which: perpetual securities

69,665

-

-

69,665

5. CREDIT RISKS

The Group Risk division adapted its crisis management framework in 2022 to the new geopolitical and economic context induced by the Russia-Ukraine conflict and the ensuing increase in the cost of energy, generating high inflation and a rise in interest rates. Initiatives have been put in place to identify the sectors and counterparties that would be most impacted by this new crisis, both at the level of individual, professional and corporate customers.

5.1 Credit risk management

As part of its prerogatives, the Credit Risk division is responsible for the following main tasks:

defining and implementing the standards and methods for risk taking and management within the Group’s consolidated scope in accordance with regulations;

participating in risk measurement and management systems;

establishing the principles of Risk division through global risk caps and monitoring compliance with them;

defining and reviewing the Group’s risk management systems by drawing up Group credit risk policies and defining individual limits on shared counterparties;

analyzing the non-delegated grant files of the Group’s subsidiaries and examine the main files managed in the Watchlist;

assessing and controlling the level of credit risk across the Group;

coordinating the Credit Risk functions, in particular through very frequent audio-conferences, national days, regional platforms or thematic working groups;

monitoring the various portfolios by type of client, asset class and sector;

building and managing credit risk applications.

5.1.1 Credit risk management

The overall credit risk policy is governed in particular by the risk appetite system, structured around the definition of the level of risk and risk appetite indicators. The balance between the search for profitability and the level of risk accepted is reflected in Groupe BPCE’s credit risk profile and is reflected in the Group’s credit risk management policies. Groupe BPCE refrains from engaging in activities over which it has insufficient control. Activities with high risk-reward profiles are identified and strictly controlled.

In general, Groupe BPCE’s credit approval process is based first and foremost on the customer’s ability to repay the loan, i.e. future cash flows, with clearly identified sources and channels and a reasonably realistic probability of occurrence.

Credit risk measurement relies on internal rating systems tailored to each category of customer and transaction. The Risk division is responsible for defining and verifying the performance of these rating systems.

An internal rating methodology common to all Groupe BPCE institutions (specific to each customer segment) is applied for “individual and professional customers”, as well as for “corporate customers”, “real estate professionals”, “project financing”, “central banks and other sovereign exposures”, “central governments”, “public-sector and similar entities” and “financial institutions”.

A dedicated governance structure is in place for the construction of all credit risk management, granting and classification systems.

Each standard, policy, system or method is the focus of workshops, organized and led by the Risk division teams, made up of Group representatives. The purpose of these workshops is to define the rules and expectations for each topic addressed, as it relates to the Group’s risk appetite and regulatory constraints. These topics are then decided by a Group committee made up of executive managers.

Compliance with regulatory and internal caps and limits is regularly checked by the Group Risk and Compliance Committee and the Risk Committees of the Supervisory Board. Each institution is responsible for ensuring compliance with internal limits.

The Group Risk division also defines, for all institutions, the common framework of Level 2 permanent controls (CPN2) for credit risks and contributes to the coordination of Level 1 controls.

The Risk function is organized according to the principle of subsidiarity with a strong functional link:

each institution in Groupe BPCE has a Risk division covering credit and counterparty risks. Each

institution manages its risks in accordance with Group standards and prepares a risk report

every six months;

each Head of Risk is in close contact with the Group Chief Risk Officer. The latter reports to the

Chairman of the Management Board of Groupe BPCE and is a member of the Executive

Management Committee;

Credit approval decisions deployed or adapted at each Group institution are supervised within a system made up of:

risk policies and sector policies;

regulatory caps, Group internal caps, internal caps for institutions in the Banque Populaire and Caisses d’Epargne networks and all BPCE subsidiaries;

a set of Group internal limits covering the major categories of counterparties (a company made up of a parent and its subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis, for the main asset classes excluding retail, supplemented as needed by local limits; predominantly based on the internal rating approach, these methodologies are used to define the maximum risk that Groupe BPCE is willing to take;

at each Group institution, a pro-con analysis or counter-analysis procedure involving the Risk function, which holds the right to veto decisions, calling on the higher-level Credit Committee for arbitration where necessary, or the duly authorized representative.

HIGHLIGHTS

The year was marked by the outbreak of the war in Ukraine, which led to an increase in energy costs and high inflation, requiring a rise in central bank key rates. The monitoring system inherited from the Covid crisis has been adapted to take into account the new geopolitical and economic context.

The requirement was also maintained for the operational integration of the main standards, rules and policies in institutions in order to guarantee uniform implementation within the Group.

5.1.2 Credit risk supervision system

5.1.2.1 CREDIT RISK SUPERVISION SYSTEM

The system of internal caps used across the Group, which are lower than the regulatory caps, is aimed at increasing the division of risks and is applied to all Group entities.

The internal caps system used by the institutions is lower than or equal to the Group internal caps, and is applied to the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks and the subsidiaries.

A Groupwide set of individual limits has also been established for the major counterparties as well as exposure levels for countries and industries. These limits apply to all Group institutions. The individual limits system in place, aimed at dividing up risks and making them individually acceptable in terms of each institution’s profits and capital position, i.e. without including the value of collateral, to define the maximum amount of acceptable risk for a given counterparty. The aim of this position is to neutralize the operational risk associated with the recognition of collateral and with execution in the event the institution is required to call in the collateral.

Risk monitoring is organized on a sector-by-sector basis via a sector watch shared with all the Group’s institutions. Sector policies and limits have been established for that purpose.

On behalf of the Group Risk and Compliance Committee, the Risk division measures and verifies that these risk supervision mechanisms (individual and topical limits) are correctly implemented at each institution.

The Group Supervisory Board is kept informed as Group internal caps are monitored, and is notified of any breaches of limits defined in accordance with the risk appetite framework.

The quarterly Group risk dashboard is used to monitor consumption of risk-weighted assets in the Group’s main asset classes: it compares any differentials in terms of changes between gross exposures and consumption of RWA.

By using these systems, the Group is able to accurately monitor the change in capital needed to cover risks in each asset class, while also observing any changes in the quality of the asset classes in question.

Correlation risk is governed by a special decision-making process, where a counterparty offers its own shares as collateral. A top-up clause is systematically required on such transactions.

For wrong-way risk, usually associated with collateral swaps between credit institutions, BPCE’s liquidity reserve procedure defines this criterion as follows: “the counterparty to the repo and the securities received as collateral for that repo shall not be included in the same regulatory group.”

However, these transactions may be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, under a special decision-making process, where the collateral consists exclusively of retail loans serving to finance residential real estate.

5.1.2.2 QUALITY ASSESSMENT OF LOAN OUTSTANDINGS AND IMPAIRMENT POLICY

From a regulatory standpoint, Article 118 of the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 on internal control specifies that “at least once each quarter, supervised companies must perform an analysis of changes in the quality of their loan commitments.” In particular, this review should determine, for material transactions, whether any reclassifications need to be conducted among the internal risk credit risk assessment categories and, if necessary, the appropriate allocations to non-performing loans and charges to provisions.

When a counterparty is placed on either a local Watchlist (WL) or the Group WL, supervision of the counterparty in question is enhanced (Performing WL) or the decision is made to record an appropriate provision (Default WL).

Statistical provisions for performing loans, calculated at Group level for the networks in accordance with IFRS 9 requirements, are measured using a methodology validated by Group committees (reviewed by an independent unit and validated by the Group Models Committee and the RCCP Standards & Methods Committee). These provisions include scenarios of changes in the economic environment determined each year by the Group’s Economic Research team, coupled with probabilities of occurrence reviewed quarterly by the Group Watchlist and Provisions Committee.

The allocated provisioning is calculated by taking into account the present value of the guarantees in a prudent approach.

Any defaulted exposures not covered by provisions shall be subject to enhanced justification requirements to explain why no provision has been recorded.

For credit transactions, Groupe BPCE is not required to carry out netting of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet transactions.

During 2022, Groupe BPCE continued to implement a prudent IFRS 9 provisioning policy, in an uncertain economic context due to the ongoing health crisis.

Following a reduction in the uncertainties associated with the economic scenarios, the methodological adjustments implemented in the fourth quarter of 2020 concerning the 60% mitigation factor and the twelve-month delay in the NBI projection were lifted at the closing of the first quarter 2022.

The review of ratings for professional customers and small companies that benefited from a SGL or a moratorium was lifted at the closing of the fourth quarter of 2022 when it was estimated that the impact of SGLs and moratoria on their rating had become limited.

Debt instruments classified as financial assets at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income, loan commitments and financial guarantees given that are not recognized at fair value through profit or loss, as well as lease receivables and trade receivables, shall be systematically impaired or covered by a provision for expected credit losses (ECL).

Impairment is recorded, for financial assets which have not been individually subject to ECL, based on observed past losses but also on reasonable and supportable DCF forecasts.

Financial instruments are divided into three categories (Stages) depending on the increase in credit risk observed since initial recognition. A specific credit risk measurement method applies to each category of instrument:

1. Stage 1 (S1)

2. Stage 2 (S2)

3. Stage 3 (S3)

Loan outstandings for which credit risk has not increased materially since the initial recognition of the financial instrument. The impairment or the provision for credit risk corresponds to 12-month expected credit losses.

Performing loans for which credit risk has increased materially since the initial recognition of the financial instrument are transferred to this category. The impairment or the provision for credit risk is determined on the basis of the financial instrument’s lifetime expected credit losses.

Impaired exposures, within the meaning of IFRS 9, for which there is objective evidence of impairment loss due to an event which represents a known credit risk occurring (e.g. non-repayment of the loan at its normal term, collective proceeding, past due payments recorded by the customer, customer unable to finance an investment in new equipment, etc.) after the initial recognition of the instrument in question. This category covers receivables for which a default event has been identified, as defined in Article 178 of the EU regulation of June 26, 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions.

The Group implements a provisioning policy for its corporate customers. This policy lays the foundations for the calculation of loan impairment and defines the methodology for determining individual impairment based on expert opinion. It also defines the components (credit risk measurement, accounting principles on the impairment of customer receivables under IFRS and French GAAP) and data to include in a non-performing loan or disputed loan assessment, as well as essential items to include in a provisioning record.

A corporate provisioning policy for Group exposures of less than €15 million has been defined and implemented.

The methodology section for determining individual impairment based on expert opinion defines impairment approaches: going concern, gone concern, combined approach.

Groupe BPCE applies the contagion principle when identifying groups of customer counterparties, through the ties binding the groups together.

A methodology concerning the practice of applying haircuts to the value of collateral, taking into account inevitable contingencies, has been defined and implemented.

Impairment for credit risk amounts to 12-month expected credit losses or lifetime expected credit losses, depending on the level of increase in credit risk since initial recognition (Stage 1 or Stage 2 asset). A set of qualitative and quantitative criteria is used to assess the increase in credit risk.

A significant increase in credit risk is measured on an individual basis by taking into account all reasonable and supportable information and by comparing the default risk on the financial instrument at the reporting date with the default risk on the financial instrument at the date of initial recognition. Any significant increase in credit risk shall be recognized before the transaction is impaired (Stage 3).

In order to assess a significant increase in credit risk, the Group implemented a process based on rules and criteria which apply to all Group entities:

for the portfolios of individual customers, professionals and small and medium-sized companies, the quantitative criterion is based on the measurement of the difference between the counterparty’s rating at the time of granting and its rating at the closing date. This difference - or denotch - is measured on a master scale common to all these counterparties. The number of denotches before downgrading to status 2 depends on the rating at grant;

for the large corporate, bank and specialized financing loan books, it is based on the change in rating since initial recognition;

these quantitative criteria are accompanied by a set of qualitative criteria, including the existence of a payment more than 30 days past due, the classification of the contract as at-risk, the identification of forbearance exposure or the inclusion of the portfolio on a Watchlist;

exposures rated by the large corporates, banks and specialized financing software tool are also downgraded to Stage 2 depending on the sector rating and the level of country risk.

Exposures for which there is objective evidence of impairment loss due to an event representing a counterparty risk and occurring after initial recognition will be considered as impaired and classified as Stage 3. Identification criteria for impaired assets are similar to those under IAS 39 and are aligned with the default criterion. The accounting treatment of restructuring operations due to financial hardships is similar to their treatment under IAS 39.

 

 

The expected credit losses on Stage 1 or Stage 2 financial instruments are measured as the product of several inputs:

 

cash flows expected over the lifetime of the financial instrument, discounted at the valuation date – these flows are determined according to the characteristics of the contract, its effective interest rate and the level of prepayment expected on the contract;

loss given default (LGD);

probabilities of default (PD), for the coming year in the case of Stage 1 financial instruments and until the contract’s maturity in the case of Stage 2 financial instruments.

The Group draws on existing concepts and mechanisms to define these inputs, and in particular on internal models developed to calculate regulatory capital requirements and on projection models used in the stress test system. Certain adjustments are made to comply with the specifics of IFRS 9.

 

 

IFRS 9 inputs:

aim to provide an accurate estimate of expected credit losses for accounting provision purposes, whereas prudential inputs are more cautious for regulatory framework purposes. Several of the safety buffers applied to prudential inputs are therefore restated;

shall allow expected credit losses to be estimated until the contract’s maturity, whereas prudential inputs are defined to estimate 12-month expected losses. 12-month inputs are thus projected over long periods;

shall be forward-looking and take into account the expected economic environment over the projection period, whereas prudential inputs correspond to through-the-cycle estimates (for PD) or downturn estimates (for LGD and the flows expected over the lifetime of the financial instrument). Prudential PD and LGD inputs are therefore also adjusted to reflect forecasts of future economic conditions.

Inputs are adjusted to economic conditions by defining three economic scenarios over a three-year period. The variables defined in each of these scenarios allow for the distortion of the PD and LGD inputs and the calculation of an expected credit loss for each economic scenario. Projections of inputs for periods longer than three years are based on the mean reversion principle. The models used to distort the PD and LGD inputs are based on those developed for the stress test system for consistency reasons.

The models for calculating the various parameters used to calculate provisions (PD, LGD, segmentation, etc.) are regularly updated to ensure that they maintain their accuracy, meet the regulator's expectations and more generally to improve their relevance.

The economic scenarios are associated with probabilities of occurrence, making it possible to calculate the average probable loss, which is used as the IFRS 9 impairment amount.

These scenarios are defined using the same organization and governance as those defined for the budget process, requiring an annual review based on proposals from the Economic Research department. For consistency purposes, the baseline scenario serves as the budget scenario. Two variants – an optimistic view and a pessimistic view – are also developed around this scenario. The probability of occurrence of each scenario is reviewed on a quarterly basis by the Group Watchlist and Provisions Committee. The inputs thus defined are used to measure expected credit losses for all rated exposures, whether they were subject to the IRB or the standardized approach for the calculation of risk-weighted assets. For unrated exposures (insignificant for Groupe BPCE), prudent valuation rules are applied by default.

The IFRS 9 input validation process is fully aligned with the Group’s existing model validation process. The validation of the parameters follows a review process by an independent internal model validation unit, then the review of this work is presented to the Group Model Committee. Finally, quarterly monitoring of recommendations by the Group Model Committee has replaced annual monitoring.

5.1.2.3   FORBEARANCE, PERFORMING AND NON-PERFORMING EXPOSURES

Forbearance results from the combination of a concession and financial hardships, and may involve performing or non-performing loans. Forced restructuring, over indebtedness proceedings, or any kind of default as defined by the Group standard, which involves a forbearance measure as previously defined, results in classification as a non-performing forborne exposure.

The identification of these situations is based on an expert’s guide to the qualification of forbearance situations, in particular on short, medium and long-term financing of non-retail counterparties.

A permanent control system covering forbearance situations relating to non-retail exposures completes the system.

5.2 Risk measurement and internal ratings

Customer segment

12/31/2022

Banque

Populaire retail

banking network

Caisse

d’Epargne retail

banking network

Crédit

Foncier/Banque

Palatine/BPCE

International

subsidiaries

Natixis

BPCE SA

Central banks and other sovereign exposures

IRBF

Standard

Standard

IRBA

IRBF

Central administrations

IRBF

Standard

Standard

IRBA

IRBF

Public sector and similar entities

Standard

Standard

Standard

Standard

Standard

Institutions

IRBF

Standard

Standard

IRBA/Standard

IRBF

Corporates (Rev.(1) > €3m)

IRBF/Standard

IRBF/Standard

Standard

IRBA/Standard

Standard

Retail

IRBA

IRBA

Standard

Standard

 

(1)

Rev.: revenues.

The Oney subsidiary is approved for credit models applicable to retail customers in France. The Portugal, Spain, Russia, Hungary and Poland scopes use the standardized approach.

The BPCE Financement subsidiary is using the IRB approach on part of its portfolio.

in %

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

EAD

EAD

Standard

IRBF

IRBA

Standard

IRBF

IRBA

Central banks and other sovereign exposures

28%

55%

18%

26%

56%

18%

Central administrations

41%

30%

29%

39%

34%

27%

Public sector and similar entities

98%

0%

2%

99%

0%

1%

Institutions

45%

9%

46%

49%

9%

42%

Corporate customers

39%

24%

37%

39%

23%

39%

Retail

8%

0%

92%

9%

0%

91%

TOTAL

29%

19%

52%

29%

19%

52%

Internal rating system models are developed based on historical data for observed defaults and losses. They are used to measure the credit risks to which Groupe BPCE is exposed, expressed as a one-year probability of default (PD), as a Loss Given Default (LGD) and as Credit Conversion Factors (CCF), depending on the characteristics of the transactions.

These internal rating systems are also applied to risk supervision, authorization systems, internal limits on counterparties, etc., and may also serve as a basis for other processes, such as statistical provisioning.

The resulting risk metrics are then used to calculate capital requirements, once they have been validated by the supervisory authority in compliance with regulatory requirements.

The internal governance of rating systems is centered on the development, validation, monitoring and modification of these systems. Groupe BPCE’s Risk division works independently throughout the Group (Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, Natixis, and other subsidiaries) to review the performance and appropriateness of credit and counterparty risk models, as well as structural balance sheet risks, market risks, and non-financial risks, including operational risks. In performing this duty, the Group Risk division relies on robust governance defined as part of the Model Risk Management (MRM) system.

The Group has defined and launched a Model Risk Management (MRM) system to assess, reduce, monitor and communicate on model risk. Implementation of the new system is subject to an independent control presenting a high level of consistency. The principles of the system deal with the documentation, design, development, implementation, review, approval, ongoing supervision and use of models, all in the interest of ensuring their dependability. An MRM risk management policy has been defined for this purpose. This policy must promote an informed knowledge of how each model works, how it is used, its strengths, weaknesses and limitations. The policy is supplemented by a body of procedures defining the tools for monitoring the performance of the models, in particular the validation review, the monitoring of recommendations and the associated escalation processes, and the monitoring of the model portfolio through an inventory. The system is based on a specific tool deployed in Q4 2021 which manages the life cycle of the models. A Model Risk Management Committee is dedicated to the governance of the models.

As part of the project to merge the support functions between BPCE SA and Natixis, the Model Risk Management teams of the Natixis Risk department joined the Group Risk division on March 1, 2022. These teams are the “Risk Model Validation” team in charge of validating credit, market, counterparty and compliance risk models, the “Valuation Model Validation” team in charge of validating front office valuation models, and the “Model Governance Wholesale Banking” team in charge of the governance of models from the Natixis scope.

The Group’s validation process encompasses all types of quantitative models, and defines and specifies the duties and responsibilities of contributors involved throughout each model’s life cycle. A specific procedure defines the conditions for delegating validation, within a specific scope, to another entity besides the Group Risk division validation team: the entity in question must have the necessary expertise, be independent of the team developing the model, and have appropriate validation governance. The delegation is subject to the approval of the Model Risk Management Committee.

The internal validation process for new models or for changes to existing models is broken down into three steps:

1/

review of the model and its adequacy, conducted independently of the entities having worked on the development of the model. The Group Risk division’s validation teams report to departments that are independent of the modeling teams;

2/

review for a model of the Group’s retail entities by the Group Model Committee, composed of quantitative (modelers and validators) and business experts, who provide a technical opinion on the model. This committee is chaired by the Head of Risk Management, Deputy Chief Executive Officer and member of the Executive Management Committee;

or a review for a model specific to the scope of GFS by a Model Oversight Committee (MOC) composed of quantitative (modelers and validators) and business experts, who provide a technical opinion on the model. This committee is chaired by the Head of the Model Risk Management and Wholesale Banking Validation department;

3/

validation by the Umbrella Committee (Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Committee or Model Risk Management Committee), based on the technical opinion of the functional committee (Group Model Committee or Model Oversight Committee), which decides on the implementation of the necessary changes, particularly in processes and operational implementation. These changes are submitted, where applicable, to the European supervisory authority for prior approval, in accordance with regulations 529/2014 and 2015/942 on the monitoring of internal models used in determining capital requirements.

After the completion of this governance process, internal control reports and statements of decisions are made available to Group management (and supervisory authorities for internal models used to determine capital requirements). Each year, a summary of the performances and adequacy of internal models is presented to the Risk Committee of the Group Supervisory Board.

The Group Risk division relies on a formalized process describing the main steps taken in developing any new model. This document, which serves as a guide for the entire documentation and validation process, is based on:

a literary and general description of the model, indicating its scope of application (counterparty type, product type, business line, etc.), the main assumptions on which it is based, and any aspects not covered;

a descriptive diagram summarizing how the ultimately chosen model works, indicating the various inputs, processes and outputs;

a detailed description of the modeling steps and approach;

a literary description of the model’s main risk factors.

The internal models developed must meet demanding criteria in terms of risk discrimination and qualification and be assessed by the modeling teams as part of the procedure for assessing the model of the MRM system described above.

These models incorporate the regulatory changes enacted by the European Banking Authority under its IRB Repair program, aimed at improving the comparability of risk parameters input to the models.

The Groupe BPCE Risk division is responsible for reviewing the Group’s internal models whenever a new model is being developed or an existing model changed. It also performs the annual review of backtests on credit, market and Asset/Liability management risk models.

The validation team conducts independent analyses in compliance with a charter and procedures that describe interactions with the modeling entities and the steps of the review. This review is based on a set of qualitative and quantitative criteria, and addresses the following seven points:

data and parameters used by the model: analysis of the quality and representativeness of the data, the integrity of the controls, the error reports, the completeness of the data, etc.;

methodology and design: analysis of the theory underlying the model, analysis of approximations, calibration methods, risk indicators, aggregation rules, model benchmarking, accuracy and convergence analysis;

permanent monitoring: the validation team ensures the existence of a monitoring methodology for the model and assesses the risk associated with the implementation of this methodology;

model performance: assessment of the risk related to the performance of the model both during the design phase and periodically;

IT development: counter-implementation, code analysis, tests;

documentation: analysis of the quality and completeness of the methodological documentation received relating to modeling, IT code, model monitoring, data, model governance and IT development;

governance of the model: assessment of the model’s compliance with the Bank’s internal standards throughout the model’s life cycle.

The level of detail in the review is adjusted for the type of work examined. In any event, it must at least include a document review focusing on the quantitative aspects of rating systems. For a new model or a major change to an existing model, in addition to this review, the computer codes are checked and additional tests are run (comparative calculations).

In conclusion, the review provides an opinion on the validity of the models and the associated parameters. It also generates an opinion on compliance with prudential regulations. Where necessary, the review is accompanied by recommendations.

Finally, as a second line of defense, the model validation team performs an assessment of the model as part of the previously described MRM system.

The Group Risk division maps out all Group internal rating models, clearly indicating their scope in terms of Group segments and entities, as well as their main features, including a general score derived from the annual model review characterizing the performance and freshness of each model (age/year of development). This is now part of the Model Risk Management system.

The system has been enhanced by new models approved by the ECB that are being implemented. The models in question are PD rating models for “individual retail” customers and LGD estimation models for “individual retail” and “professional retail” customers. The new methodology for PD rating models aims to improve predictive power over customers without payment incidents. The new LGD calculation methodology aims to distinguish losses in the event a customer is downgraded to “disputed” (material loss) from losses in the event a customer is quickly restored to “performing” status (non-material loss stemming primarily from admin costs).

Other work has also been carried out on overhauling the rating models for “professional retail” customers and on estimating exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) for “individual and professional retail” customers, in particular in order to meet the new regulations coming into force in 2022. The models developed in 2018 were approved by the supervisor in 2019 while the new models are pending approval. BPCE Financement has redesigned its models to cover its entire portfolio of revolving loans (pending approval). In 2022, the ECB carried out a certification mission of these new models for the BPCE Financement revolving loan. The overhaul of the models for medium-sized business customers (revenue between €10 million and €500 million) resulted in approval by the ECB in 2022. Ex-ante information was provided to the ECB following the overhaul of the rating scale for large corporates (revenue in excess of €1 billion) and the rating methodologies of banks. A two-month ex-ante notification relating to the new “Banking Institutions” model was sent to the ECB following the overhaul of the OECD/non-OECD bank rating methodologies. Other methodological changes (i.e. grouped rating procedure for specialized lending and new matrix of links relating to the method for assessing the link between subsidiaries and their parent company) will also be submitted very soon in the form of a two-month ex-ante notification in 2022. Work to overhaul the TRR rating methodologies for large corporates and holding companies is underway with the aim of delivery to the validation division at the end of December 2023 and submission to the ECB in 2024.

The Oney subsidiary has been approved for retail customer credit models in France, with work underway to overhaul the system. The Portugal, Spain, Russia, Hungary and Poland scopes use the standardized approach.

The following table lists the internal credit models used by the Group for risk management purposes and, where authorized by the supervisor, to calculate capital requirements for the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, Natixis and its subsidiaries, Crédit Foncier and Banque Palatine.

Exposure

class

Portfolio

Number of

PD

(Probability

of Default)

models

Description/

Methodology

Portfolio

Number of

LGD (Loss

Given

Default)

models

Description/

Methodology

Number

of

CCF/EAD

(exposure

at

default)

Description/

Methodology

Sovereigns, central governments and central banks

Sovereigns and affiliates

1

Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables/economic and descriptive variables

Sovereigns and affiliates

1

Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables

1

Application of regulatory inputs

Portfolio with low default risk

Multilateral development banks

1

Expert criteria

 

 

 

 

 

Portfolio with low default risk

Public sector

Municipalities (communes), departments, regions, social housing agencies, hospitals, etc.

10(NA(1))

Expert criteria/statistical modeling (logistic regression)

 

 

 

 

 

Portfolio with low default risk

Institutions

OECD or non-OECD banks, brokers/dealers

3

Expert criteria

Banks

1

Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables

1

Application of regulatory inputs

Portfolio with low default risk

Corporate customers

Large corporates (Rev. > €1 billion)

5

Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables, depending on the business sector

 

 

 

 

 

Portfolio with low default risk

Small and medium-sized companies (Rev. > €3 million)

9 (o/w 2 NA)

Statistical models (logistic regression) or flat scores, on companies publishing parent company or consolidated financial statements, mainly based on balance sheet data depending on the business sector, and banking behavior/history

Other contracts (general, property investment companies, etc.)

7 (o/w 3 NA)

Models based on estimated losses, segmented by type of contract and guarantee, or expert criteria

2 (o/w 1 NA)

Conversion factors, segmented by type of contract

Non-profits and Insurance companies

2

Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables

Leasing

1

Models based on estimates of asset resale conditions, segmented by type of asset financed

 

 

Portfolio with low default risk

Specialized financing (real estate, asset pool, aircraft, etc.)

8 (o/w 1 NA)

Expert criteria based on features of financed goods/projects

Specialized financing (real estate, asset pool, aircraft, etc.)

5

Models based on estimates of asset resale conditions or future cash flows

 

 

Portfolio with low default risk

Retail

Individual customers

7

Statistical models (logistic regression) including behavioral and socioeconomic variables, differentiated by customer profile

Residential real estate

3 (o/w 1 NA)

Models based on estimated losses, segmented by type of contract and guarantee

3 (o/w 1 NA)

Conversion factors, segmented by type of contract

Professional customers (socioeconomic category differentiated according to certain sectors)

10

Statistical models (logistic regression) including balance sheet and behavioral variables

Residential real estate

5 (o/w 2 NA)

Statistical models (logistic regression) including behavioral and socioeconomic variables, or project description variables (quota, etc.), differentiated by customer profile

Other individual and professional customers

2

Models based on estimated losses, segmented by type of contract and guarantee

2

Conversion factors and flat-rate values, segmented by type of contract

Leasing

2

Models based on estimates of asset resale conditions, segmented by type of asset financed

 

 

Revolving loans

2

Statistical models (logistic regression) including behavioral and socioeconomic variables

Revolving loans

2

Models based on estimated losses, segmented by type of contract

2

Conversion factors, segmented by type of contract

(1)

NA refers to models not yet approved for the determination of capital requirements.

For retail customers, Groupe BPCE has established standardized internal ratings-based methods and centralized ratings applications used to assess the credit quality of its loan books for better risk supervision. For the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, they are also used to determine capital requirements under the Advanced IRB method.

The probability of default of retail customers is modeled by the Risk division, based in large part on the banking behavior of the counterparties. The models are segmented by type of customer, distinguishing between individual and professional customers (with or without balance sheets) and according to products owned. The counterparties in each segment are automatically classified using statistical models (usually logistic regression models) into similar and statistically separate risk categories. Probability of default is estimated for each of these categories, based on the observation of average default rates over the longest period possible so as to obtain a period representative of the possible variability of the observed default rates. These estimates are systematically adjusted by applying margins of conservatism to cover any uncertainties. For comparison purposes, risk reconciliation is carried out between internal ratings and agency ratings.

Loss given default (LGD) is an economic loss measured by incorporating all inherent factors in a transaction as well as the costs incurred during the collection process. LGD estimation models for retail customers are applied specifically to each network. LGD values are first estimated by product, and based on whether or not any collateral has been provided. Other factors may also be considered secondarily, where they can be used to statistically distinguish between degrees of loss. The estimation method employed is based on the observation of marginal collection rates, depending on how long the customer has been in default. The advantage of this method is that it can be directly used to estimate LGD rates applied to performing loans and ELBE rates applied to loans in default. Estimates are based on internal collection histories for exposures at default over an extended period. Two margins of conservatism are then systematically added: the first to cover estimate uncertainties and the second to mitigate any economic slowdown effect.

Groupe BPCE uses two models to estimate EAD. The first estimates a Credit Conversion Factor (CCF) for off-balance sheet exposures. This model is automatically applied when off-balance sheet exposures are deemed material (i.e. exceeding the limits set for each type of product). The second estimates a flat increase in the balance sheet for non-material off-balance sheet exposures.

Groupe BPCE has comprehensive systems for measuring non-retail customer risks, using either the Foundation IRB or Advanced IRB approach depending on the network and the customer segment. These systems can also be used to assess the credit quality of its loan books for better risk supervision.

The rating system consists in assigning a score to each counterparty. Given the Group’s cooperative structure, a network of officers is responsible for determining the customer’s rating for the Group based on the uniqueness of the score. The score assigned to a counterparty is usually suggested by a model, then adjusted and validated by Risk function experts after they perform an individual analysis. This process is applied to the entire Non-Retail portfolio, except the new models reserved for Small Enterprises (SEs), which are automatically rated (as with the Retail portfolio). The counterparty rating models are mainly structured according to the type of counterparty (corporates, institutions, public sector entities, etc.) and size of the company (measured by its annual revenues). When volumes are sufficient (SMEs, ISEs, etc.), the models rely on statistical modeling (logistic regression methods) of customer defaults, combined with qualitative questionnaires. Failing that, grids built by experts are used. These consist of quantitative elements (financial ratios, solvency, etc.) derived from financial data and qualitative elements assessing the customer’s economic and strategic dimensions. With respect to country risk, the system is based on sovereign ratings and country ratings that limit the ratings that can be given to non-sovereign counterparties. The Non-Retail rating scale is built using past Standard & Poor’s ratings to ensure the direct comparability in terms of risks with the rating agencies. For the new SE models, specific scales were defined for each model used to perform regulatory calculations. These scales are connected with the Non-Retail rating scale for internal risk management. For statistical models, the calibration of probabilities of default on the scales defined for regulatory calculations is based on the same principles as those set out for retail customers (in particular the historic representation of default rates, as well as the estimation of uncertainty margins).

LGD models (excluding retail customers) are predominantly applied by type of counterparty, type of asset, and whether or not any collateral has been provided. Similar risk categories are then defined, particularly in terms of collections, procedures and type of environment. LGD estimates are assessed on a statistical basis if the number of defaults is high enough (e.g. for the Corporate customers asset class). Past internal data on collections covering the longest possible period are used. If the number of defaults is not high enough, external databases and benchmarks are used to determine expert rates (e.g. for banks and sovereigns). Finally, some values are based on stochastic model, for loans in collection. Downturn LGD is checked and margins of conservatism are added if necessary.

Groupe BPCE uses two models to estimate EAD for corporates. The first estimates a Credit Conversion Factor (CCF) for off-balance sheet exposures. This model is automatically applied when off-balance sheet exposures are deemed material (i.e. exceeding the limits set for each type of product). The second estimates a flat increase in the balance sheet for non-material off-balance sheet exposures.

The rating methodologies for low-default portfolios are expert-based; qualitative and quantitative criteria (corresponding to the characteristics of the counterparty to be rated) are used to link the counterparty to a score and a rating, which is then linked to a PD. This PD is based on observation of external default data, but also on internal rating data. A PD range cannot be quantified due to the low number of internal defaults.

The “risk measurement and internal ratings” section describes the various approved models used by Groupe BPCE for the different exposures classes. Where the Group does not have an internal model authorized for use in determining capital requirements for a given exposure class, they have to be estimated based on corresponding inputs under the standardized approach. These inputs are based in particular on the credit assessments (ratings) performed by rating agencies recognized by the supervisory authority as meeting ECAI (External Credit Assessment Institutions) requirements, such as Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, Fitch Ratings and Banque de France for Groupe BPCE.

In accordance with Article 138 of regulation No. 575/2013 (Capital Requirements Regulation or CRR) on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms, where a counterparty has been rated by several rating agencies, the counterparty’s rating is determined on the basis of the second highest rating.

When an external credit rating directly applicable to a given exposure is required and exists for the issuer or for a specific issuance program, the procedures used to determine the weighting are applied in accordance with CRR Article 139.

For fixed-income securities (bonds), short-term external ratings of the bond take precedence over external ratings of the issuer. If there are no external ratings for the bond, the issuer’s long-term external rating is taken into account for senior debt only, except in the specific case of exposure to institutions whose risk weight is derived from the credit rating of the sovereign country in which it is established.

All three credit risk inputs are subject to yearly backtesting in order to verify the performance of the rating system. More specifically, backtesting is aimed at measuring the overall performance of models used, primarily to ensure that the model’s discriminating power has not declined significantly relative to the modeling period.

Observed default rates are then compared with estimated default rates for each rating. Ratings are checked for through-the-cycle applicability. More specifically, for portfolios with low default rates (large corporates, banks, sovereigns and specialized financing), a detailed analysis is carried out using additional indicators, including more qualitative analyses among other things.

The scope of LGD default values is consistent with the values observed, i.e. limited exclusively to exposures at default. Estimated values therefore cannot be directly compared with LGD values measured in the outstanding portfolio. Downturn LGDs are also verified.

Backtesting results may call for the implementation of action plans if the system is deemed not sufficiently prudent or effective. The backtesting results and the associated action plans are discussed by the Group Models Committee, then reviewed by the RCCP Standards and Methods Committee (see governance of the internal rating system).

On the basis of these exercises, the rating system has been deemed satisfactory overall in terms of effective risk management. Moreover, the calibrations of risk parameters remain conservative on the whole, relative to actual risk observations.

Since the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) was implemented in 2014, the European Central Bank (ECB) has been working to strengthen governance of internal model supervision through various investigations.

These include the TRIM (Targeted Review of Internal Models), aimed at assessing the regulatory compliance of internal models specifically targeted by the ECB. To that end, TRIM investigations are based on a set of standardized inspection methodologies and techniques, which the teams mandated by the ECB use on-site. BPCE was subject to TRIM reviews covering several scopes of operation from December 2016 to May 2018, giving rise to reports prepared by the ECB: a TRIM General Topics, then three specific reviews targeting internal credit risk models (one on the Corporate portfolio and two on the Retail portfolios). As a result, several new initiatives were launched with the aim of further improving the existing system.

The European Central Bank is continuing its investigations through IMI (Internal Model Investigation). Three reviews were carried out in 2021 and 2022: two on the Retail models, in particular on the review of the PD Professional system, and one on the corporate PD models for small companies and for companies with revenue between €10 million and €500 million (high segment). The latter resulted in a report from the supervisor and an authorization received at the end of July 2022; decisions on the two Retail missions are expected for the first half of 2023.

In 2021, significant work was carried out on the Corporate portfolio, both on the review of the PDs of certain specific populations (real estate companies, non-financial holding companies and associations) by capitalizing in particular on the Small Business and High Segment models to file an application for IRBA approval on the BP and CE networks with new LGD/EAD models. Following this work, material change files were submitted to the ECB in June 2022.

The CRR2 and the Delegated act require institutions to report to the competent authorities any contracts the conditions of which lead to additional liquidity outflows following a material deterioration of the credit quality of the institution (e.g. a downgrade in its external credit assessment by three notches). The institution shall regularly review the extent of this deterioration in light of what is relevant under the contracts it has entered into and shall notify the result of its review to the competent authorities (CRR 423.2/AD 30.2).

The competent authorities decide the weighting to be assigned to contracts deemed to have a material impact.

For contracts containing early exit clauses on master agreements (framework agreements between the bank and a counterparty for OTC derivative transactions without collateral), the early termination clause allows one counterparty to terminate the contract early following the deterioration of the credit quality of the other counterparty. Accordingly, the number of early terminations generated by credit quality deterioration shall be estimated.

It was agreed that the Group would measure outflows generated by reviewing all the Group’s master agreements or credit support annexes on the OTC market, in order to assess the amount of the deposit/collateral required following a downgrade of three notches in the institution’s long-term credit rating by three rating agencies (Moody’s, S&P, Fitch). The calculation also includes the amount of the deposit/collateral required following a downgrade of one notch in the institution’s short-term credit rating, with the Group considering such a downgrade inevitable if the institution’s LT credit rating is downgraded three notches.

At Groupe BPCE level, the calculation covers BPCE SA, Natixis, Crédit Foncier and their funding vehicles: BP CB, GCE CB, BPCE SFH, FCT HL, SCF and VMG. Some intragroup contracts generate outflows at the individual institution level, but are neutralized at the Groupe BPCE consolidated level.

The Group uses a conservative approach in its calculation:

the impact for each contract is the maximum amount between the three rating agencies between a 1-notch downgrade in the ST rating and a 3-notch downgrade in the LT rating;

the amount of ratings triggers reported is the sum of all impacts of a 1-notch downgrade in the ST rating and a 3-notch downgrade in the MLT rating;

the assumption is made that all external ratings are downgraded simultaneously by the three agencies and for all rated entities;

as the national competent authority has not issued a recommendation, a weighting of 100% is applied to reported outflows for the calculation of the LCR.

 

5.3 Use of credit risk mitigation techniques

Credit risk mitigation techniques are widely used within the Group and are divided into real guarantees and personal guarantees.

A distinction is made between guarantees having an actual impact on collections in the event of hardships and guarantees recognized by the supervisory authority in the weighting of exposures used to reduce capital consumption. For example, a personal and joint guarantee provided in due form by a company director who is a customer of the Group, and collected in accordance with regulations, may be effective without being eligible as a statistical risk mitigation factor.

In some cases, the Group’s institutions choose, in addition to employing risk mitigation techniques, to take opportunities to sell portfolios of disputed loans, particularly when the techniques used are less effective or non-existent.

Credit derivatives are also used to reduce risks, and apply almost exclusively to the Corporate customers asset class (and mainly Natixis).

A real guarantee involves one or more solidly measured movable or immovable assets that belong to the debtor or a third party. This guarantee consists of granting the creditor a real right to said asset (mortgage, pledge of real property, pledge of listed liquid securities, pledge of listed liquid merchandise with or without divestiture, pledge, third party guarantee, etc.).

The effect of this collateral is to:

reduce the credit risk incurred on an exposure, given the rights of the institution subject to exposure, in the event of default or other specific credit events affecting the counterparty;

obtain the transfer of ownership of certain amounts or assets.

A personal guarantee is collateral that reduces the credit risk on an exposure, due to the commitment provided by a third party to pay a set amount if the counterparty defaults or due to any other specific event.

Under the standardized approach:

Under the IRB approach:

For retail customers under the IRB approach:

Personal guarantees and real guarantees are accounted for, subject to eligibility, using an enhanced weighting of the guarantee portion of the exposure. Real guarantees such as cash or liquid collateral are deducted from the gross exposure.

Excluding retail customers, real guarantees are taken into account, subject to eligibility, by decreasing the Loss Given Default applicable to the transactions. Personal guarantees are recognized, subject to eligibility, by substituting a third party’s PD with that of a guarantor.

Personal and real guarantees are taken into account, subject to eligibility, by decreasing the Loss Given Default applicable to the transactions.

Articles 207 to 210 of regulation (EU) 2019/876 of May 20, 2019 amending regulation (EU) 575/2013 set out the conditions for the recognition of guarantees, in particular:

the credit quality of the obligor and the value of the collateral shall not have a material positive correlation. Securities issued by the obligor shall not qualify as eligible collateral;

the institution shall properly document the collateral arrangements and have in place clear and robust procedures for the timely liquidation of collateral;

the institution shall have in place documented policies and practices concerning the types and amounts of collateral accepted;

the institution shall calculate the market value of the collateral, and revalue it accordingly, whenever it has reason to believe that a significant decrease in the market value of the collateral has occurred.

The division of risks is a credit risk mitigation technique. In practice, individual or topical caps and limits are defined, thus reducing the bank’s sensitivity to risks deemed excessive, either individually or industry-wide, in the event of a major incident.

Risk supervision activities may be implemented to reduce exposure to a given risk if it is deemed too high. They also contribute to effective division of risks.

The division of risks is a credit risk mitigation technique. It is reflected in the individual or topical limit systems and helps reduce each institution’s sensitivity to risks considered either individually or sectorally to be too significant to carry in the event of major incidents.

The Banque Populaire network has historically used professionals and Mutual Guarantee Companies (such as SOCAMAs, which guarantee loans to craftsmen) to secure its loans, in addition to the real guarantees used.

For loans to individual customers, it also turns to CASDEN Banque Populaire (and primarily its Parnasse Garanties structure) to back loans to all civil servants, to Crédit Logement and increasingly to Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions (CEGC, a subsidiary of BPCE SA).

For home loans, the Caisse d’Epargne network mainly calls on CEGC, FGAS (Fonds de garantie à l’accession sociale à la propriété) and, to a lesser extent, Crédit Logement (a financial institution and a subsidiary of most of the main French banking networks). These institutions specialize in the provision of guarantees for bank loans (predominantly home loans).

FGAS offers guarantees from the French government for secured loans. Loans covered by FGAS guarantees granted before December 31, 2006 are given a 0% risk weigh, and loans covered by guarantees granted after that date have a risk weight of 15%.

For their home loans, the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks also use several mutual insurers, such as MGEN, Mutuelle de la Gendarmerie, etc.

For professional and corporate customers, the entire Group still uses Banque Publique d’Investissement, while calling on the European Investment Fund or European Investment Bank for guarantee packages in order to substantially reduce credit risk.

In some cases, organizations such as Auxiga are used for the seizure of inventory and the transfer of its ownership to the bank as collateral for commitments made in the event of financial hardships.

Finally, on an occasional basis, Natixis purchases credit insurance for certain transactions and in some circumstances, from private (SCOR) or public (Coface, Hermes, other sovereign agencies) reinsurance companies, while also making use of Credit Default Swaps (CDS).

In light of the Covid crisis, the French government allowed its guarantee to be used within the scope of the SGLs granted. Groupe BPCE used this option.

Credit derivatives serving as currency or interest rate hedges are entrusted to approved clearing houses in Europe or the US for Natixis operations in this country.

By type of guarantor:

for home loan exposures, most collateral takes the form of mortgages (risk diversified by definition, bank better

protected by basing credit approval decisions on customer income), insurance-oriented guarantees such as those provided by CEGC (a subsidiary of Groupe BPCE, subject to regular stress testing), Crédit Logement (providing guarantees to multiple banks subject to the same constraints), FGAS (controlled by the French State, considered equivalent to sovereign risk). The CASDEN guarantee, issued to government employees, currently offers solid resilience according to a model based on the robust income of this particular customer base;

for professional customer exposures, the most common guarantees are those provided by the Banque Publique d’investissement (BPI), subject to strict formal constraints, and mortgages. Guarantees provided by institutions such as SOCAMAs, whose solvency depends on the credit institutions of Groupe BPCE, are also used;

for corporate customers, the main guarantees used are Banque Publique d’Investissement mortgages and

guarantees.

By credit derivative providers:

the regulations require the use of clearing houses for interest rate risk on the new flow. This security does not, however, cover the counterparty default risk, which is a granular risk. Volumes of collateral provided by clearing houses are gradually on the rise, generating a regulated and supervised risk;

the currency risk is hedged at the level of each contract with the introduction of margin calls at a frequency appropriate to the risk. These transactions are matched to interbank counterparties specializing in this type of transaction, within the framework of individual limits authorized by the Group Credit Committee and counterparties.

By credit sector:

Groupe BPCE has established sector-specific mechanisms to guide the guarantee policy based on the business sector in question. Appropriate recommendations are issued to the institutions.

By geographic area:

Groupe BPCE is mainly exposed to France and, via Natixis, to other countries to a lesser extent. As a result, most guarantees are located in France.

Groupe BPCE has an automatic valuation tool for real-estate guarantees available to all its networks.

Across the Banque Populaire network, in addition to real guarantees, the valuation tool also takes into account pledges of vehicles, equipment and tools, pleasure craft, and business assets.

The Caisse d’Epargne network uses the revaluation engine for real estate guarantees in all its risk segments.

Within the Group, the guarantees from Mutual Guarantee Companies recognized as providers of sureties considered equivalent to mortgages by the supervisory body are subject to a credit insurance valuation.

An enhanced Group valuation process was established to measure real estate guarantees above certain amounts. The certification obtained by BPCE Solutions immobilières (formerly Crédit Foncier Expertise), a subsidiary of BPCE since the decision was made to place CFF under run-off management, strengthens the Group’s synergies.

Guarantees other than those referred to above are assessed and validated on the basis of a systematic valuation, either according to market value where the guarantees are quoted on liquid markets (e.g. listed securities), or based on expert opinion demonstrating the value of the guarantee used to hedge risks (e.g. the value of recent transactions on aircraft or ships according to their characteristics, the value of commodity holdings, the value of a pledge given on merchandise, or the value of a business based on its location, etc.).

The Group Credit Risk department works with other departments of the Group Risk division to coordinate, standardize, manage and monitor the credit risk management system. Monitoring, based on a risk-based approach, covers:

adequate coverage of credit risks by controls based in particular on the assessment of credit risks in the macro-risk mapping;

the definition of level 2 controls common to the basic credit risk base (control of transactions and/or control of internal procedures);

the use of the results of level 1 and level 2 controls covering credit risks in main risk and reporting to the Ad Hoc Committees;

the definition, implementation and monitoring of Group action plans in conjunction with all stakeholders.

 

According to the principle of subsidiarity, the local Risk divisions are responsible for compliance with the permanent control system (deployment, implementation, analysis of results and action plans).

The scope of permanent level 2 controls relating to credit risks covers the process of granting the various asset classes and specific risk pockets. This corpus of controls was supplemented in 2022 with new controls linked to changes in standards or new processes (Forbearance, etc.).

5.4 Quantitative disclosures

Groupe BPCE’s total gross exposures amounted to more than €1,484 billion on December 31, 2022, up by €53 billion.

The gross exposures are very predominantly located in Europe, especially in France, for all asset classes (70% of corporates).

Concentration by borrower

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Distribution Gross

amounts/Total major

risks(1)

Weighting in relation to

equity Gross

amounts/Capital(2)

Distribution Gross

amounts/Total major

risks(1)

Weighting in relation to

equity Gross

amounts/Capital(2)

No. 1 borrower

6.9%

22.0%

3.9%

10.7%

Top 10 borrowers

22.7%

72.1%

17.6%

48.1%

Top 50 borrowers

51.5%

163.7%

47.6%

130.1%

Top 100 borrowers

70.6%

224.4%

68.5%

187.0%

(1)

Total large exposures excluding sovereigns for Groupe BPCE (€221.4 billion at 12/31/2022).

(2)

Groupe BPCE regulatory capital (Corep CA4 at 12/31/2022): €69.7 billion.

The top borrower is CEGC. The percentage of the Top 100 borrowers was slightly up over the fiscal year and did not show any particular concentration.

The cost of risk for Groupe BPCE increased by 12% in 2022 to €2,000 million. The provisioning policy remains cautious, with the cost of risk of performing loans classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2 up by €433 million while the cost of risk for outstandings for which the risk is proven, classified as Stage 3, down by €216 million.

In 2022, Groupe BPCE’s cost of risk amounted to 24 bps in relation to gross customer outstandings (23 bps in 2021), of which 10 bps for provisioning on performing loans (5 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2 and 14 bps for the provisioning of loans with proven risk (18 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 3.

The cost of risk amounted to 26 bps for the Retail Banking and Insurance business unit in 2022 (24 bps in 2021), of which 11 bps for the provisioning of performing loans (7 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2 and 15 bps for the provisioning of loans with proven risk (18 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 3.

The cost of risk amounted to 36 bps for Corporate & Investment Banking in 2022 (27 bps in 2021), of which 15 bps for the provisioning of performing loans (2 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2 and 21 bps for the provisioning of loans with proven risk (24 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 3.

The ratio of non-performing loans to gross loan outstandings stood at 2.3% on December 31, 2022, down by 0.1% compared to the end of 2021.

In millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Gross outstanding loans to customers and credit institutions

938.3

889.6

O/w S1/S2 outstandings

916.8

867.9

O/w S3 outstandings

21.5

21.6

Non-performing loans/gross outstanding loans

2.3%

2.4%

S1/S2 impairments recognized

5.5

4.6

S3 impairments recognized

8.9

9.2

Impairments recognized/non-performing loans

41.3%

42.7%

Coverage ratio (including guarantees related to impaired outstandings)

68.9%

69.8%

(1)

Excluding exceptional items.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Gross carrying amount/nominal amount

of exposures with forbearance measures

Accumulated impairment,

accumulated negative

changes in fair value

due to credit risk

and provisions

Collateral received and

financial guarantees received

on forborne exposures

Performing

forborne

Non-performing forborne

On

performing

forborne

exposures

On non-

performing

forborne

exposures

 

Of which

collateral and

financial

guarantees

received on

non-performing

exposures

with

forbearance

measures

 






Of which

defaulted

Of which

impaired

010

Loans and advances

4,111

7,166

7,166

7,160

(182)

(2,019)

6,509

3,898

020

Central banks

 

4

4

4

 

(4)

 

 

030

General governments

9

15

15

15

 

(11)

1

1

050

Other financial corporations

18

69

69

69

(1)

(46)

10

8

060

Non-financial corporations

2,469

3,708

3,708

3,702

(127)

(1,221)

3,038

1,674

070

Households

1,616

3,370

3,370

3,370

(54)

(736)

3,460

2,216

080

Debt securities

 

18

18

18

 

(4)

 

 

090

Loan commitments given

319

48

48

48

(16)

(1)

122

22

100

TOTAL

4,431

7,232

7,232

7,226

(198)

(2,024)

6,631

3,920

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Gross carrying amount/nominal amount

of exposures with forbearance measures

Accumulated impairment,

accumulated negative

changes in fair value due

to credit risk and

provisions

Collateral received and

financial guarantees received

on forborne exposures

Performing

forborne

Non-performing forborne

On

performing

forborne

exposures

On non-

performing

forborne

exposures

 

Of which

collateral and

financial

guarantees

received on

non-performing

exposures

with

forbearance

measures

 





Of which

defaulted

Of which

impaired

010

Loans and advances

7,720

8,475

8,475

8,469

(248)

(2,164)

10,730

4,865

020

Central banks

 

4

4

4

 

(4)

 

 

030

General governments

7

18

18

17

 

(7)

3

2

050

Other financial corporations

6

96

96

96

 

(56)

32

31

060

Non-financial corporations

5,568

4,519

4,519

4,514

(159)

(1,215)

6,379

2,200

070

Households

2,139

3,838

3,838

3,838

(88)

(882)

4,316

2,632

080

Debt securities

 

18

18

18

 

 

 

 

090

Loan commitments given

156

245

245

245

(2)

(42)

124

17

100

TOTAL

7,877

8,738

8,738

8,732

(250)

(2,206)

10,854

4,883

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

n

o

Gross carrying amount/Nominal amount

Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair

value due to credit risk and provisions

Collateral and financial

guarantees received

Performing exposures

Non-performing exposures

Performing exposures

– accumulated impairment and

provisions

Non-performing exposures

– accumulated impairment,

accumulated negative fair

value adjustments due to credit

risk and provisions

On

performing

exposures

On non-

performing

exposures

 

Of

which

Stage 1

Of

which

Stage 2(1)

 

Of

which

Stage 2

Of

which

Stage 3(1)

 

Of

which

Stage 1

Of

which

Stage 2

 

Of

which

Stage 2

Of

which

Stage 3

 

 

005

Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits

175,569

175,284

266

 

 

 

(4)

(1)

(2)

 

 

 

244

 

010

Loans and advances

912,198

782,523

126,816

21,505

 

20,379

(5,476)

(1,331)

(4,139)

(8,881)

 

(8,605)

540,596

9,414

020

Central banks

1,956

1,947

9

19

 

15

 

 

 

(19)

 

(15)

 

 

030

General governments

140,182

132,787

6,277

141

 

139

(34)

(5)

(30)

(58)

 

(58)

2,367

41

040

Banks

3,883

3,600

284

17

 

12

(54)

(10)

(44)

(11)

 

(6)

741

 

050

Other financial corporations

18,984

17,295

1,604

130

 

112

(27)

(17)

(10)

(76)

 

(59)

4,893

27

060

Non-financial corporations

312,886

252,775

58,461

13,562

 

12,501

(3,571)

(929)

(2,636)

(5,994)

 

(5,758)

164,237

5,165

070

Of which SMEs

149,645

118,906

30,616

6,922

 

6,608

(2,121)

(451)

(1,669)

(2,981)

 

(2,948)

99,311

3,492

080

Households

434,307

374,119

60,181

7,636

 

7,600

(1,789)

(370)

(1,419)

(2,723)

 

(2,710)

368,359

4,180

090

Debt securities

74,689

67,699

469

241

 

183

(21)

(14)

(7)

(164)

 

(148)

1,151

 

100

Central banks

133

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

General governments

47,448

46,174

165

 

 

 

(4)

(2)

(2)

 

 

 

768

 

120

Banks

7,560

7,386

4

 

 

 

(1)

(1)

 

 

 

 

57

 

130

Other financial corporations

11,450

6,718

243

95

 

95

(7)

(4)

(3)

(87)

 

(87)

34

 

140

Non-financial corporations

8,096

7,287

57

147

 

88

(9)

(8)

(1)

(77)

 

(61)

293

 

150

Off-balance sheet exposures

230,004

203,148

17,997

1,484

 

1,441

(508)

(223)

(268)

(267)

 

(263)

66,047

325

160

Central banks

581

114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

170

General governments

10,564

8,027

584

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

531

 

180

Banks

7,480

4,899

686

8

 

8

(13)

(9)

(4)

 

 

 

184

 

190

Other financial corporations

29,102

27,805

1,046

3

 

3

(8)

(6)

(2)

(1)

 

(1)

14,560

 

200

Non-financial corporations

137,820

119,614

13,931

1,425

 

1,382

(429)

(179)

(233)

(260)

 

(256)

35,916

309

210

Households

44,457

42,689

1,749

49

 

49

(58)

(29)

(29)

(6)

 

(6)

14,788

16

220

TOTAL

1,392,460

1,228,654

145,547

23,231

 

22,002

(6,005)

(1,568)

(4,414)

(9,312)

 

(9,016)

608,038

9,739

(1)

Excluding Purchased or Originated Credit-Impaired (S3 POCI) assets.

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

n

o

Gross carrying amount/Nominal amount

Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair

value due to credit risk and provisions

Collateral and financial

guarantees received

Performing exposures

Non-performing exposures

Performing exposures

– accumulated impairment and

provisions

Non-performing exposures

– accumulated impairment,

accumulated negative fair

value adjustments due to credit

risk and provisions

On

performing

exposures

On non-

performing

exposures

 

Of

which

Stage 1

Of

which

Stage 2(1)

 

Of

which

Stage 2

Of

which

Stage 3(1)

 

Of

which

Stage 1

Of

which

Stage 2

 

Of

which

Stage 2

Of

which

Stage 3

 

 

005

Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits

190,962

190,826

117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

010

Loans and advances

863,552

781,730

78,742

21,669

 

20,552

(4,651)

(1,431)

(3,218)

(9,236)

 

(9,053)

513,861

10,221

020

Central banks

11

 

11

19

 

19

 

 

 

(19)

 

(19)

 

 

030

General governments

132,409

126,289

4,629

133

 

116

(32)

(5)

(27)

(53)

 

(53)

2,512

27

040

Banks

6,846

6,670

176

10

 

6

(21)

(14)

(7)

(10)

 

(6)

62

 

050

Other financial corporations

19,532

17,765

1,606

169

 

151

(29)

(16)

(13)

(94)

 

(76)

5,396

34

060

Non-financial corporations

294,498

240,032

53,043

13,104

 

12,035

(3,259)

(997)

(2,260)

(6,055)

 

(5,895)

156,223

5,211

070

Of which SMEs

141,247

115,086

26,056

6,249

 

5,914

(1,968)

(529)

(1,438)

(2,780)

 

(2,749)

91,997

3,134

080

Households

410,255

390,975

19,276

8,234

 

8,225

(1,310)

(399)

(911)

(3,005)

 

(3,004)

349,667

4,949

090

Debt securities

76,286

68,860

657

252

 

123

(25)

(15)

(9)

(180)

 

(101)

1,417

 

100

Central banks

687

687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

General governments

48,267

46,861

215

 

 

 

(7)

(5)

(3)

 

 

 

485

 

120

Banks

7,030

6,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

130

Other financial corporations

10,594

6,199

344

95

 

89

(8)

(4)

(5)

(86)

 

(79)

234

 

140

Non-financial corporations

9,707

8,234

98

157

 

34

(9)

(6)

(2)

(95)

 

(22)

630

 

150

Off-balance sheet exposures

214,044

188,808

16,073

1,829

 

1,539

(515)

(236)

(279)

(346)

 

(336)

58,031

347

160

Central banks

79

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

170

General governments

9,726

8,665

466

1

 

1

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

785

 

180

Banks

7,856

4,884

129

19

 

19

(11)

(10)

(1)

 

 

 

136

 

190

Other financial corporations

24,602

21,563

1,709

2

 

2

(73)

(5)

(68)

(1)

 

(1)

11,827

 

200

Non-financial corporations

125,848

108,362

13,111

1,738

 

1,449

(381)

(190)

(191)

(333)

 

(324)

29,414

327

210

Households

45,932

45,255

657

68

 

68

(50)

(31)

(19)

(11)

 

(11)

15,869

20

220

TOTAL

1,344,844

1,230,224

95,588

23,750

 

22,214

(5,190)

(1,682)

(3,506)

(9,762)

 

(9,491)

573,348

10,569

(1)

Excluding assets impaired on origination or acquisition.

Assets with past due payments are performing exposures on which a payment incident has been recorded.

For example:

a debt instrument is considered past due if the bond issuer is no longer making interest payments;

a loan is considered past due if one of the installments remains unpaid;

a current account overdraft carried in “Loans and advances” is considered past due if the overdraft period or authorized limit has been exceeded at the reporting date.

The amounts disclosed in the statement below do not include past due payments resulting from the time difference between the settlement date and the recognition date.

Past due loans and advances (past due principal and accrued interest in the case of loans and total overdrafts in the case of current accounts) can be broken down by due date as follows:

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

Gross carrying amount / Nominal amount

Performing exposures

Non-performing exposures

 

Not

past

due or

past

due≤30

days

Past

due >

30

days≤

90 days

 

Unlikely

to pay

that are

not past

due or

are past

due ≤ 90

days

Past

due>

90

days≤

180

days

Past

due>

180

days≤ 1

year

Past

due> 1

year≤ 2

years

Past

due> 2

year≤ 5

years

Past

due> 5

years≤

7 years

Past

due> 7

years

Of which

defaulted

005

Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits

175,569

174,191

1,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

010

Loans and advances

912,198

909,139

3,060

21,505

17,830

860

1,005

614

726

144

327

21,499

020

Central banks

1,956

1,956

 

19

1

 

 

0

4

 

13

19

030

General governments

140,182

140,080

102

141

94

6

3

0

9

 

28

141

040

Banks

3,883

3,882

1

17

12

 

 

 

5

 

 

17

050

Other financial corporations

18,984

18,935

49

130

100

 

 

0

1

 

29

130

060

Non-financial corporations

312,886

311,346

1,540

13,562

11,442

437

689

340

385

80

190

13,556

070

Of which SMEs

149,645

148,897

748

6,922

5,894

328

232

204

106

40

117

6,922

080

Households

434,307

432,939

1,368

7,636

6,181

417

313

274

322

63

66

7,636

090

Debt securities

74,689

74,689

 

241

183

 

 

 

59

 

 

241

100

Central banks

133

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

General governments

47,448

47,448

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

Banks

7,560

7,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

Other financial corporations

11,450

11,450

 

95

36

 

 

 

59

 

 

95

140

Non-financial corporations

8,096

8,096

 

147

147

 

 

 

 

 

 

146

150

Off-balance sheet exposures

230,004

 

 

1,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,483

160

Central banks

581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

170

General governments

10,564

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

180

Banks

7,480

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

190

Other financial corporations

29,102

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

200

Non-financial corporations

137,820

 

 

1,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,424

210

Households

44,457

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

220

TOTAL

1,392,460

1,158,019

4,437

23,231

18,013

860

1,005

614

785

144

327

23,224

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

Gross carrying amount / Nominal amount

Performing exposures

Non-performing exposures

 

Not

past

due or

past

due≤30

days

Past

due >

30

days≤

90 days

 

Unlikely

to pay

that are

not past

due or

are past

due ≤ 90

days

Past

due>

90

days≤

180

days

Past

due>

180

days≤ 1

year

Past

due> 1

year≤ 2

years

Past

due> 2

years≤

5 years

Past

due> 5

years≤

7 years

Past

due> 7

years

Of which

defaulted

005

Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits

190,962

190,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

010

Loans and advances

863,552

861,811

1,740

21,669

17,256

1,053

1,079

859

885

191

346

21,625

020

Central banks

11

11

 

19

1

 

 

0

4

 

13

19

030

General governments

132,409

132,323

85

133

74

6

3

2

20

 

27

133

040

Banks

6,846

6,845

1

10

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

10

050

Other financial corporations

19,532

19,530

2

169

105

2

 

27

5

 

30

151

060

Non-financial corporations

294,498

293,504

994

13,104

10,767

564

657

423

406

95

191

13,082

070

Of which SMEs

141,247

140,836

411

6,249

5,397

222

195

163

126

38

109

6,235

080

Households

410,255

409,598

657

8,234

6,304

481

418

406

445

96

84

8,231

090

Debt securities

76,286

76,286

 

252

193

 

 

 

59

 

 

247

100

Central banks

687

687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

General governments

48,267

48,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120

Banks

7,030

7,030

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

Other financial corporations

10,594

10,594

 

95

38

 

 

 

59

 

 

95

140

Non-financial corporations

9,707

9,707

 

157

157

 

 

 

 

 

 

152

150

Off-balance sheet exposures

214,044

 

 

1,829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,823

160

Central banks

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

170

General governments

9,726

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

180

Banks

7,856

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

190

Other financial corporations

24,602

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

200

Non-financial corporations

125,848

 

 

1,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,732

210

Households

45,932

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

220

TOTAL

1,344,845

1,129,059

1,740

23,750

17,450

1,053

1,079

859

944

191

346

23,695

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

Gross carrying/nominal amount

Accumulated

impairment

Provisions

for

off-balance

sheet

commitments

and financial

guarantees

given

Accumulated

negative

changes in

fair value

due to credit

risk on non-

performing

exposures

 

Of which non-performing

Of which

subject to

impairment

 





Of which

defaulted

010

On-balance sheet exposures

1,008,633

21,746

21,740

999,684

(14,540)

 

(2)

020

France

887,830

19,306

19,306

882,088

(12,933)

 

 

030

United States

27,659

188

188

26,837

(100)

 

 

040

Luxembourg

10,639

160

160

9,989

(188)

 

 

050

Italy

8,831

85

85

8,732

(92)

 

 

060

Spain

6,294

73

71

6,287

(82)

 

(2)

070

Other countries

67,380

1,935

1,931

65,749

(1,146)

 

 

080

Off-balance sheet exposures

231,488

1,484

1,483

 

 

(775)

 

090

France

158,016

1,055

1,055

 

 

(684)

 

100

United States

28,859

212

212

 

 

(24)

 

110

Spain

4,218

0

0

 

 

(2)

 

120

Switzerland

4,389

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

130

United Kingdom

3,585

11

11

 

 

(3)

 

140

Other countries

32,421

205

205

 

 

(61)

 

150

TOTAL

1,240,122

23,231

23,223

999,684

(14,540)

(775)

(2)

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

Gross carrying/nominal amount

Accumulated

12

impairment

Provisions for

off-balance

sheet

commitments

and financial

guarantees

given

Accumulated

negative

changes in

fair value due

to credit risk

on non-

performing

exposures

 

Of which non-performing

Of which

subject to

impairment

 






Of which

defaulted

010

On-balance sheet exposures

961,759

21,922

21,872

952,098

(14,090)

 

(1)

020

France

840,586

18,708

18,682

834,377

(12,498)

 

 

030

United States

27,178

310

310

26,069

(101)

 

 

040

Italy

9,931

118

108

9,870

(92)

 

 

050

Luxembourg

9,117

551

551

8,546

(148)

 

 

060

Spain

6,183

93

90

6,145

(94)

 

(1)

070

Other countries

68,764

2,142

2,130

67,092

(1,157)

 

-

080

Off-balance sheet exposures

215,873

1,829

1,823

 

 

(861)

 

090

France

149,525

1,433

1,427

 

 

(767)

 

100

United States

25,032

258

258

 

 

(25)

 

110

Luxembourg

3,130

1

1

 

 

(10)

 

120

Spain

3,731

-

-

 

 

(3)

 

130

Switzerland

3,642

1

1

 

 

(1)

 

140

Other countries

30,812

136

136

 

 

(54)

 

150

TOTAL

1,177,632

23,750

23,695

952,098

(14,090)

(861)

(1)

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

Gross carrying amount

Accumulated

impairment

Accumulated

negative

changes in fair

value due to

credit risk on

non-

performing

exposures

 

Of which non-performing

Of which loans

and advances

subject to

impairment

 






Of which

defaulted

010

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

5,089

324

324

5,089

(316)

 

020

Mining and quarrying

4,020

309

309

4,020

(124)

 

030

Manufacturing

23,697

1,606

1,606

23,697

(896)

 

040

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

10,974

226

226

10,681

(132)

 

050

Water supply

1,609

45

45

1,609

(35)

 

060

Construction

18,350

1,329

1,329

18,345

(841)

 

070

Wholesale and retail trade

35,252

2,116

2,114

34,985

(1,380)

 

080

Transport and storage

8,645

456

456

8,643

(279)

 

090

Accommodation and food service activities

11,299

934

934

11,299

(786)

 

100

Information and communication

5,849

176

176

5,849

(110)

 

110

Financial and insurance activities

32,205

941

941

31,986

(868)

 

120

Real estate activities

121,112

2,357

2,357

120,876

(2,204)

 

130

Professional, scientific and technical activities

18,005

728

728

18,005

(473)

 

140

Administrative and support service activities

11,720

438

438

11,712

(256)

 

150

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

215

1

1

215

(1)

 

160

Education

1,816

68

68

1,814

(41)

 

170

Human health services and social work activities

9,176

1,103

1,103

9,106

(227)

 

180

Arts, entertainment and recreation

2,845

130

130

2,844

(98)

 

190

Other services

4,571

273

273

4,448

(498)

 

200

TOTAL

326,448

13,562

13,556

325,225

(9,565)

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

Gross carrying amount

Accumulated

impairment

Accumulated

negative

changes in fair

value due to

credit risk on

non-

performing

exposures

 

Of which non-performing

Of which loans

and advances

subject to

impairment

 






Of which

defaulted

010

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

4,667

316

316

4,667

(288)

 

020

Mining and quarrying

5,223

402

402

5,223

(189)

 

030

Manufacturing

20,981

1,556

1,554

20,981

(888)

 

040

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

8,757

124

122

8,444

(115)

 

050

Water supply

1,379

48

48

1,379

(35)

 

060

Construction

17,085

1,132

1,129

17,079

(710)

 

070

Wholesale and retail trade

32,831

1,895

1,892

32,403

(1,325)

 

080

Transport and storage

7,679

601

600

7,676

(222)

 

090

Accommodation and food service activities

10,601

856

856

10,601

(771)

 

100

Information and communication

4,930

141

141

4,930

(103)

 

110

Financial and insurance activities

34,282

1,042

1,042

34,252

(870)

 

120

Real estate activities

111,061

2,569

2,560

110,793

(2,132)

 

130

Professional, scientific and technical activities

18,953

1,407

1,405

18,953

(592)

 

140

Administrative and support service activities

10,610

475

475

10,601

(198)

 

150

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

288

 

 

288

(2)

 

160

Education

1,811

57

57

1,809

(43)

 

170

Human health services and social work activities

8,312

107

106

8,237

(77)

 

180

Arts, entertainment and recreation

2,694

132

131

2,694

(106)

 

190

Other services

5,458

244

244

5,369

(648)

 

200

TOTAL

307,603

13,104

13,082

306,380

(9,314)

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Unsecured

carrying amount

Secured carrying

amount

Of which secured

by collateral

Of which secured

by financial

guarantees

Of which

guaranteed by

credit derivatives

a

b

c

d

e

1

Loans and advances

544,901

550,010

169,270

380,740

-

2

Debt securities

73,595

1,151

 

1,151

 

3

TOTAL

618,495

551,161

169,270

381,891

-

4

Of which non-performing exposures

3,287

9,414

3,482

5,932

-

EU-5

Of which defaulted

3,574

9,414

 

 

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Unsecured

carrying amount

Secured carrying

amount

Of which secured

by collateral

Of which secured

by financial

guarantees

Of which

guaranteed by

credit derivatives

a

b

c

d

e

1

Loans and advances

552,101

524,082

166,368

357,714

-

2

Debt securities

75,121

1,417

192

1,225

 

3

TOTAL

627,222

525,499

166,560

358,939

-

4

Of which non-performing exposures

11,700

10,221

4,713

5,509

-

EU-5

Of which defaulted

11,651

10,221

 

 

 

5.5 Detailed quantitative disclosures

The detailed quantitative disclosure relating to credit risk in the following tables enhance the information in the previous section under Pillar III.

The key variables presented in the tables are:

the exposure: all assets (e.g. loans, advances, accrued income, etc.) related to transactions on the market or with a customer and recorded on the bank’s balance sheet and off-balance sheet;

the Value at Risk (Exposure at Default, EAD);

the probability of default (PD);

the loss given default (LGD);

the expected loss (EL): the value of the loss likely to be incurred given the quality of the structure of the transaction and any measures taken to mitigate risk, such as collateral. In the IRBA method, the following equation summarizes the relationship between these variables: EL = EAD x PD x LGD (except for loans in default);

the risk-weighted assets (RWA): calculated on the basis of exposures and the level of risk associated with them, which depends on the credit quality of the counterparties.

The reporting lines show exposures by standard or IRB approach, by geographic area, by sector of activity and by maturity. They also present credit quality by standardized approach or IRB, by geographic area and by business segment.

The tables are presented with respect to credit risk after application of risk mitigation techniques and including CVA. The breakdowns are presented without substitution by the guarantor segment.

Credit risk exposure after mitigation effects and the effects of credit derivatives on risk-weighted assets are also presented.

Credit risk exposures are presented by obligor category listed below:

central banks and other sovereign exposures: centralization of regulated savings with Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations, deferred taxes and reserves;

central governments: receivables from sovereign states, central governments and similar, multilateral development banks and international organizations;

public sector and similar: receivables from national public institutions, local authorities or other public sector entities, including private social housing;

financial institutions: receivables from regulated credit institutions and similar, including clearing houses;

companies: other receivables, in particular large corporates, SMEs, medium-sized companies, insurance companies, funds, etc.;

retail customers: receivables from individual customers, very small businesses, professional customers and self-employed customers;

exposure to retail customers is further broken down into several categories: exposures guaranteed by a real estate mortgage excluding SMEs, exposures guaranteed by a real estate mortgage including SMEs, revolving exposures, other exposures to retail customers, of which SMEs and other non-SME retail exposures;

securitization: receivables relating to securitization transactions;

equities: exposures representing equity securities;

other assets: this class includes all assets other than those whose risk relates to third parties (fixed assets, goodwill, residual values on finance leases, etc.).

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

Net exposure value

Demand

<= 1 year

> 1 year and

<= 5 years

> 5 years

No stated

maturity

Total

1

Loans and advances

18,435

206,063

226,764

377,017

92,448

920,727

2

Debt securities

-

26,717

17,676

13,751

55,512

113,656

3

TOTAL

18,435

232,780

244,440

390,768

147,960

1,034,383

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

Net exposure value

Demand

<= 1 year

> 1 year and

<= 5 years

> 5 years

No stated

maturity

Total

1

Loans and advances

18,160

171,928

238,835

363,660

70,847

863,430

2

Debt securities

-

7,279

25,808

20,829

78,554

132,471

3

TOTAL

18,160

179,207

264,644

384,489

149,401

995,901

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

Collateral obtained by taking possession

Value at initial

recognition

Accumulated

negative changes

010

Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

1

 

020

Other than PP&E

169

(11)

030

Residential real estate

13

(4)

040

Commercial real estate

1

 

060

Equities and debt securities

153

(6)

070

Other collateral

1

 

080

TOTAL

170

(11)

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

Collateral obtained by taking possession

Value at initial

recognition

Accumulated

negative changes

010

Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

2

(1)

020

Other than PP&E

28

(6)

030

Residential real estate

17

(5)

040

Commercial real estate

1

 

070

Other collateral

10

(1)

080

TOTAL

30

(6)

The COVID1 table is deleted as there are no longer any EBA moratoriums as of December 31, 2021.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Number

of debtors

Gross amount

 

O/w:

Term

expired

Residual maturity of moratorium

<=

3 months

>

3 months

<=

6 months

>

6 months

<=

9 months

>

9 months

<=

12 months

> 1 year

Loans and advances for which a moratorium has been offered

464,519

21,755

///

///

///

///

///

///

Loans and advances subject to moratoriums (granted)

464,519

21,755

21,755

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: Households

///

1,965

1,965

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: Guaranteed by residential real estate assets

///

1,130

1,130

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: Non-financial corporations

///

19,790

19,790

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: SMEs

///

11,481

11,481

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: Guaranteed by commercial real estate assets

///

5,580

5,580

0

0

0

0

0

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Number

of debtors

Gross amount

 

O/w:

Term

expired

Residual maturity of moratorium

<=

3 months

>

3 months

<=

6 months

>

6 months

<=

9 months

>

9 months

<=

12 months

> 1 year

Loans and advances for which a moratorium has been offered

464,607

25,320

///

///

///

///

///

///

Loans and advances subject to moratoriums (granted)

464,607

25,320

25,320

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: Households

///

2,354

2,354

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: Guaranteed by residential real estate assets

///

1,249

1,249

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: Non-financial corporations

///

22,966

22,966

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: SMEs

///

14,300

14,300

0

0

0

0

0

o/w: Guaranteed by commercial real estate assets

///

5,779

5,779

0

0

0

0

0

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Gross amount

Maximum amount

of the guarantee

that can be

considered

Gross amount

 

o/w: subject to

restructuring

Collateral

received(1)

Capital inflows on

non-performing

exposures

New loans and advances provided under public guarantee schemes

24,071

210

 

 

o/w: Households

618

///

///

 

o/w: Guaranteed by residential real estate assets

1

///

///

 

o/w: Non-financial corporations

23,453

210

 

 

o/w: SMEs

7,329

///

///

 

o/w: Guaranteed by commercial real estate assets

82

///

///

 

(1)

State-guaranteed loans in France with a guarantee of between 70% and 90%.

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Gross amount

Maximum amount

of the guarantee

that can be

considered

Gross amount

 

o/w: subject to

restructuring

Collateral

received*

Capital inflows on

non-performing

exposures

New loans and advances provided under public guarantee schemes

27,921

360

0

 

o/w: Households

788

///

///

 

o/w: Guaranteed by residential real estate assets

2

///

///

 

o/w: Non-financial corporations

27,133

360

0

 

o/w: SMEs

8,633

///

///

 

o/w: Guaranteed by commercial real estate assets

21

///

///

 

*

State-guaranteed loans in France with a guarantee of between 70% and 90%.

Exposure classes

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Exposures before CCF

and before CRM

Exposures after CCF

and post CRM

RWAs and

RWAs density

On-balance

sheet

exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

On-balance

sheet

exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

Risk-Weighted

Assets

Density of

RWAs (in %)

a

b

c

d

e

f

1

Central governments or central banks

96,540

2

109,984

18

7,834

7%

2

Regional governments or local authorities

42,699

4,286

51,772

1,639

10,693

20%

3

Public sector entities

19,792

3,765

17,742

1,704

4,439

23%

4

Multilateral development banks

325

-

516

9

-

0%

5

International organizations

459

-

459

-

-

0%

6

Institutions

4,792

4,520

5,197

4,402

1,293

13%

7

Corporate customers

90,247

35,071

77,276

16,054

76,630

82%

8

Retail

8,515

14,543

7,761

560

6,005

72%

9

Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage

60,650

1,933

53,859

979

21,447

39%

10

Exposures in default

4,369

356

3,277

208

4,204

121%

11

Exposures associated with particularly high risk

8,446

3,418

8,078

1,599

14,515

150%

12

Covered bonds

242

-

242

-

24

10%

13

Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment

902

23

854

4

545

64%

14

Collective investment undertakings

2,045

0

2,045

0

3,429

168%

15

Equities

0

-

0

-

-

100%

16

Other items

7,507

15

7,506

-

7,045

94%

17

TOTAL

347,529

67,934

346,567

27,176

158,104

42%

Exposure classes

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Exposures before CCF

and before CRM

Exposures after CCF

and post CRM

RWAs and

RWAs density

On-balance

sheet

exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

On-balance

sheet

exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

Risk-Weighted

Assets

Density of

RWAs

(in %)

a

b

c

d

e

f

1

Central governments or central banks

90,752

2

105,887

36

6,444

6%

2

Regional governments or local authorities

44,607

4,749

53,384

1,930

11,044

20%

3

Public sector entities

19,304

3,123

17,163

1,345

4,155

22%

4

Multilateral development banks

231

-

349

1

-

0%

5

International organizations

633

-

633

-

-

0%

6

Institutions

6,877

1,707

7,905

1,368

1,315

14%

7

Corporate customers

85,165

31,468

72,151

14,873

70,766

81%

8

Retail

8,995

15,119

8,224

750

6,469

72%

9

Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage

59,484

1,805

51,902

893

21,136

40%

10

Exposures in default

4,271

409

3,150

272

3,944

115%

11

Exposures associated with particularly high risk

7,625

3,047

7,346

1,459

13,207

150%

12

Covered bonds

125

-

125

-

12

10%

13

Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment

730

18

587

3

365

62%

14

Collective investment undertakings

2,182

1

2,182

1

4,216

193%

15

Equities

14

-

14

-

14

100%

16

Other items

7,368

-

7,368

-

6,522

89%

17

TOTAL

338,361

61,448

338,370

22,931

149,609

41%

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

0%

2%

4%

10%

20%

35%

50%

70%

75%

100%

150%

250%

370%

1250%

Others

Total

Of

which

unrated

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

p

q

1

Central governments or central banks

106,334

-

-

-

231

-

151

-

-

334

-

2,951

-

-

-

110,002

-

2

Regional governments or local authorities

900

-

-

-

51,872

-

638

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

53,410

-

3

Public sector entities

11,014

-

-

-

4,085

-

1,633

-

-

2,519

191

-

-

-

3

19,445

-

4

Multilateral development banks

525

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

525

-

5

International organizations

459

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

459

-

6

Institutions

4,177

1,907

-

-

2,677

-

238

-

-

601

-

-

-

-

-

9,599

-

7

Secured bonds

-

-

-

242

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

242

-

8

Corporate customers

59

-

-

-

8,619

385

15,106

252

-

64,685

4,224

-

-

-

-

93,330

-

9

Retail

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8,321

-

-

-

-

-

-

8,321

-

10

Equity exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

Units or shares in collective investment undertakings (CIU)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

108

-

-

-

1

1,936

2,045

-

12

Other exposures

14

-

-

28

16

-

22

-

-

6,355

-

-

-

-

1,071

7,506

-

13

Exposures to institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment

-

-

-

-

176

-

351

-

-

307

24

-

-

-

-

858

-

14

Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage

-

-

-

-

-

35,119

18,305

-

739

611

-

-

-

-

63

54,838

-

15

High risk exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9,677

-

-

-

-

9,677

-

16

Exposures in default

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,046

1,438

-

-

-

-

3,485

-

17

TOTAL

123,481

1,907

-

270

67,677

35,504

36,444

252

9,060

77,567

15,555

2,951

-

1

3,073

373,742

-

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

0%

2%

4%

10%

20%

35%

50%

70%

75%

100%

150%

250%

370%

1250%

Others

Total

Of

which

unrated

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

p

q

1

Central governments or central banks

102,517

-

-

-

507

-

179

-

-

351

22

2,348

-

-

-

105,923

-

2

Regional governments or local authorities

1,081

-

-

-

53,585

-

644

-

-

1

3

-

-

-

-

55,314

-

3

Public sector entities

10,140

-

-

-

4,337

-

1,709

-

-

2,086

232

-

-

-

5

18,508

-

4

Multilateral development banks

350

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

350

-

5

International organizations

633

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

633

-

6

Institutions

3,306

2,341

-

-

2,818

-

211

-

-

596

1

-

-

-

-

9,273

-

7

Secured bonds

-

-

-

125

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

125

-

8

Corporate customers

19

-

-

-

7,680

434

15,716

278

-

59,226

3,671

-

-

-

-

87,023

-

9

Retail

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8,975

-

-

-

-

-

-

8,975

-

10

Equity exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

14

-

-

-

-

-

14

-

11

Units or shares in collective investment undertakings (CIU)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

113

-

-

-

1

2,070

2,183

-

12

Other exposures

8

10

-

22

17

-

18

-

-

5,610

-

-

-

-

1,682

7,368

-

13

Exposures to institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment

-

-

-

-

127

-

255

-

-

172

36

-

-

-

-

590

-

14

Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage

-

-

-

-

-

33,172

17,305

-

1,708

539

-

-

-

-

70

52,795

-

15

High risk exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8,805

-

-

-

-

8,805

-

16

Exposures in default

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,368

1,055

-

-

-

-

3,423

-

17

TOTAL

118,054

2,351

-

146

69,071

33,606

36,037

278

10,683

71,076

13,824

2,348

-

1

3,826

361,301

-

A-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

PD range

On-

balance

sheet

expo-

sures

Off-

balance

sheet

expo-

sures

before

CCF

Weighted

average

CCF

Expo-

sure

post

CCF and

post

CRM

Weigh-

ted

average

PD

(in %)

Number

of

obligors

Weighted

average

LGD

(in %)

Weighted

average

maturity

(in years)

Risk-

weighted

exposure

amount

after

supple-

mentary

factors

Density

of risk-

weighted

exposure

Expected

loss

amount

Value

adjust-

ments

and

provi-

sions

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS

0.00 to < 0.15

50,673

1,106

92%

51,953

0.00%

57

9.26%

-

54

0.10%

-

-

0.00 to < 0.10

50,673

1,106

92%

51,953

0.00%

57

9.26%

-

54

0.10%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

23

-

0%

249

0.00%

3

7.81%

3

1

0.45%

-

-

0.25 to < 0.50

42

207

100%

303

0.02%

3

12.86%

5

12

4.00%

-

-

0.50 to < 0.75

-

-

0%

311

0.00%

-

7.07%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

0.75 to < 2.50

-

-

0%

1,331

0.01%

-

11.04%

3

30

2.22%

-

-

0.75 to < 1.75

-

-

0%

490

0.00%

-

13.10%

3

16

3.17%

-

-

1.75 to < 2.5

-

-

0%

842

0.02%

-

9.84%

3

14

1.67%

-

-

2.50 to < 10.00

236

108

100%

1,358

0.09%

7

11.37%

4

77

5.68%

1

(1)

2.5 to < 5

236

108

100%

685

0.17%

7

10.45%

3

55

8.09%

1

(1)

5 to < 10

-

-

0%

672

0.01%

-

12.31%

4

22

3.22%

-

-

10.00 to < 100.00

47

-

0%

77

16.32%

7

38.05%

1

150

195.59%

8

(35)

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

30

0.00%

-

7.10%

1

-

0.00%

-

-

20 to < 30

47

-

0%

47

26.76%

7

57.86%

1

150

320.78%

8

(35)

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

100.00 (default)

83

-

0%

251

21.88%

8

28.92%

2

1

0.38%

65

(65)

Central governments and central banks sub-total

 

51,104

1,420

94%

55,833

0.57%

85

9.48%

-

325

0.58%

73

(101)

INSTITUTIONS

0.00 to < 0.15

5,010

1,259

35%

5,431

0.04%

237

36.61%

1

561

10.33%

1

-

0.00 to < 0.10

5,010

1,259

35%

5,431

0.04%

237

36.61%

1

561

10.33%

1

-

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

136

86

20%

170

0.18%

39

15.82%

1

40

23.84%

-

-

0.25 to < 0.50

276

140

46%

391

0.28%

33

47.11%

-

158

40.26%

1

-

0.50 to < 0.75

41

309

21%

407

0.17%

22

37.26%

1

143

35.06%

-

-

0.75 to < 2.50

35

386

24%

656

0.27%

40

42.40%

2

288

43.96%

1

(1)

0.75 to < 1.75

28

315

24%

478

0.31%

33

45.06%

2

240

50.12%

1

-

1.75 to < 2.5

7

71

20%

177

0.17%

7

35.23%

2

48

27.32%

-

-

2.50 to < 10.00

152

1,050

22%

572

2.10%

91

59.55%

1

929

162.33%

10

(5)

2.5 to < 5

142

996

22%

535

2.02%

76

60.23%

1

853

159.46%

9

(3)

5 to < 10

10

55

20%

38

3.13%

15

49.85%

1

76

203.25%

1

(2)

10.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

12

0.18%

1

38.98%

2

3

25.17%

-

-

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

12

0.18%

1

38.98%

2

3

25.17%

-

-

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

100.00 (default)

25

8

48%

68

42.33%

6

67.51%

2

14

21.23%

19

(19)

Institutions sub-total

 

5,674

3,238

30%

7,708

2.80%

469

39.19%

1

2,137

27.72%

33

(26)

CORPORATES – SME

0.00 to < 0.15

244

7

62%

151

0.09%

161

21.55%

3

18

12.02%

-

-

0.00 to < 0.10

187

3

73%

93

0.06%

91

23.72%

3

10

10.56%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

56

4

52%

58

0.15%

70

18.09%

3

8

14.37%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

54

3

20%

55

0.21%

177

20.90%

2

9

15.96%

-

-

0.25 to < 0.50

82

123

97%

200

0.39%

125

19.16%

4

47

23.67%

-

-

0.50 to < 0.75

904

176

93%

1,051

0.62%

2,379

24.16%

3

392

37.32%

2

(1)

0.75 to < 2.50

1,982

230

86%

2,113

1.43%

3,334

24.23%

3

1,058

50.07%

7

(5)

0.75 to < 1.75

1,897

207

88%

1,996

1.39%

3,293

23.97%

3

974

48.80%

7

(5)

1.75 to < 2.5

85

23

65%

117

2.11%

41

28.65%

3

84

71.63%

1

(1)

2.50 to < 10.00

1,801

154

83%

1,858

3.97%

4,559

19.49%

3

1,028

55.32%

14

(15)

2.5 to < 5

1,599

138

84%

1,661

3.62%

3,721

19.48%

3

895

53.89%

12

(12)

5 to < 10

202

16

76%

197

6.98%

838

19.56%

3

133

67.39%

3

(2)

10.00 to < 100.00

358

88

67%

410

15.27%

879

19.73%

3

392

95.61%

13

(8)

10 to < 20

320

73

62%

358

12.99%

759

20.13%

3

343

96.05%

10

(6)

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

23

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

30.00 to < 100.00

38

15

91%

52

30.95%

97

17.02%

4

48

92.58%

3

(2)

100.00 (default)

210

8

63%

203

100.00%

550

18.32%

3

208

102.35%

69

(56)

Corporates – SME sub-total

 

5,634

789

86%

6,041

7.15%

12,164

21.99%

3

3,152

52.18%

105

(85)

CORPORATES – SPECIALIZED FINANCING

0.00 to < 0.15

1,329

675

86%

1,861

0.06%

59

17.57%

4

211

11.34%

-

(1)

0.00 to < 0.10

1,329

675

86%

1,861

0.06%

59

17.57%

4

211

11.34%

-

(1)

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

779

622

86%

1,293

0.16%

71

12.43%

3

177

13.72%

-

(1)

0.25 to < 0.50

1,785

1,162

55%

2,176

0.30%

138

15.29%

3

457

20.99%

1

(2)

0.50 to < 0.75

3,872

3,758

53%

5,300

0.52%

283

17.82%

3

1,569

29.61%

5

(4)

0.75 to < 2.50

7,193

4,493

47%

7,490

1.22%

372

19.02%

3

3,401

45.40%

17

(40)

0.75 to < 1.75

5,510

3,680

47%

6,041

1.03%

305

19.04%

3

2,593

42.92%

12

(20)

1.75 to < 2.5

1,683

812

45%

1,449

2.00%

67

18.97%

3

808

55.73%

5

(20)

2.50 to < 10.00

1,953

568

46%

1,452

4.31%

140

18.89%

3

939

64.67%

12

(56)

2.5 to < 5

972

223

51%

752

2.98%

73

19.13%

2

426

56.65%

4

(15)

5 to < 10

981

345

43%

700

5.72%

67

18.63%

3

513

73.27%

7

(41)

10.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

-

10.31%

2

64.75%

3

1

301.07%

-

-

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

-

10.31%

2

64.75%

3

1

301.07%

-

-

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

100.00 (default)

380

160

64%

407

100.00%

28

60.60%

3

286

70.19%

109

(107)

Corporates – Specialized financing sub-total

 

17,293

11,438

55%

19,980

9.45%

1,093

18.57%

3

7,041

35.24%

144

(211)

CORPORATES – OTHER

0.00 to < 0.15

12,232

23,729

54%

24,993

0.05%

535

36.63%

2

3,880

15.52%

5

(13)

0.00 to < 0.10

12,199

23,588

54%

24,851

0.05%

496

36.66%

2

3,841

15.46%

5

(13)

0.10 to < 0.15

33

141

78%

143

0.13%

39

31.96%

3

38

26.87%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

5,911

10,134

59%

11,711

0.13%

329

31.41%

2

2,575

21.99%

5

(7)

0.25 to < 0.50

6,259

8,316

52%

10,728

0.22%

274

31.67%

3

3,205

29.87%

7

(8)

0.50 to < 0.75

4,419

9,172

53%

9,256

0.42%

725

32.91%

3

3,845

41.54%

13

(8)

0.75 to < 2.50

8,991

9,936

47%

13,581

1.07%

1,446

31.81%

2

7,907

58.22%

46

(50)

0.75 to < 1.75

7,134

6,994

47%

10,811

0.88%

1,319

31.70%

2

5,839

54.01%

29

(30)

1.75 to < 2.5

1,857

2,943

47%

2,769

1.81%

127

32.23%

2

2,068

74.66%

17

(21)

2.50 to < 10.00

5,306

4,221

56%

7,245

3.90%

3,217

32.01%

2

7,138

98.52%

92

(165)

2.5 to < 5

3,550

3,256

52%

5,081

3.11%

2,808

31.65%

2

4,575

90.03%

51

(73)

5 to < 10

1,756

965

68%

2,164

5.76%

409

32.86%

3

2,563

118.46%

41

(92)

10.00 to < 100.00

693

197

47%

750

9.85%

638

29.34%

2

641

85.46%

19

(14)

10 to < 20

559

161

47%

599

7.79%

573

29.99%

2

498

83.14%

13

(9)

20 to < 30

24

25

43%

35

24.77%

15

30.99%

2

62

175.11%

3

(2)

30.00 to < 100.00

110

11

51%

115

15.99%

50

25.48%

2

81

70.20%

4

(4)

100.00 (default)

2,282

267

28%

2,235

94.76%

382

40.08%

2

1,632

73.03%

1,108

(1,099)

Corporates – Other sub-total

 

46,093

65,973

60%

80,498

17.90%

7,546

33.58%

2

30,821

38.29%

1,295

(1,365)

RETAIL – SME REAL ESTATE

0.00 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00 to < 0.10

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

8,879

307

100%

9,237

0.24%

50,458

15.16%

5

577

6.25%

3

(7)

0.25 to < 0.50

8,024

254

71%

8,203

0.35%

50,532

13.96%

5

623

7.60%

4

(10)

0.50 to < 0.75

1,809

31

87%

1,836

0.53%

15,477

14.91%

5

188

10.26%

1

(2)

0.75 to < 2.50

23,445

949

94%

24,337

1.38%

120,174

19.11%

5

6,127

25.18%

65

(122)

0.75 to < 1.75

18,013

576

96%

18,564

1.14%

93,712

18.74%

5

4,055

21.84%

40

(64)

1.75 to < 2.5

5,433

374

91%

5,773

2.15%

26,462

20.28%

5

2,073

35.90%

25

(58)

2.50 to < 10.00

13,604

658

95%

14,232

5.13%

75,300

17.40%

5

7,268

51.07%

128

(366)

2.5 to < 5

7,711

334

94%

8,025

3.67%

42,959

16.36%

5

3,321

41.38%

47

(129)

5 to < 10

5,893

324

97%

6,207

7.01%

32,341

18.73%

5

3,947

63.60%

81

(237)

10.00 to < 100.00

5,214

308

98%

5,517

23.46%

28,744

19.43%

5

5,101

92.45%

252

(534)

10 to < 20

2,457

148

100%

2,607

14.82%

13,304

18.93%

5

2,256

86.53%

72

(185)

20 to < 30

1,959

121

95%

2,075

24.02%

10,916

19.93%

5

2,150

103.65%

98

(211)

30.00 to < 100.00

797

39

100%

836

49.02%

4,524

19.76%

5

695

83.12%

82

(137)

100.00 (default)

1,346

7

1%

1,347

100.00%

10,418

57.12%

4

584

43.36%

724

(484)

Retail – SME Real estate sub-total

 

62,320

2,514

93%

64,710

20.06%

351,103

18.21%

5

20,469

31.63%

1,178

(1,524)

RETAIL – NON-SME REAL ESTATE

0.00 to < 0.15

128,870

4,884

91%

133,302

0.09%

112,055

10.08%

-

3,041

2.28%

12

(6)

0.00 to < 0.10

64,133

2,617

86%

66,374

0.06%

59,215

9.96%

-

1,066

1.61%

4

(2)

0.10 to < 0.15

64,737

2,267

97%

66,929

0.12%

52,840

10.20%

-

1,976

2.95%

8

(4)

0.15 to < 0.25

52,640

1,956

100%

54,699

0.24%

48,327

11.38%

-

3,029

5.54%

15

(15)

0.25 to < 0.50

27,295

938

79%

28,034

0.25%

30,661

8.97%

-

1,262

4.50%

6

(9)

0.50 to < 0.75

34,139

1,541

98%

35,651

0.63%

72,575

10.75%

-

3,714

10.42%

24

(29)

0.75 to < 2.50

24,755

1,973

97%

26,669

1.75%

69,000

10.34%

-

5,136

19.26%

47

(97)

0.75 to < 1.75

16,821

1,231

96%

17,997

1.43%

47,867

10.75%

-

3,231

17.95%

28

(49)

1.75 to < 2.5

7,934

742

99%

8,671

2.41%

21,133

9.48%

-

1,905

21.97%

20

(48)

2.50 to < 10.00

14,892

1,667

90%

16,398

4.02%

52,732

11.52%

-

5,713

34.84%

76

(140)

2.5 to < 5

11,571

1,274

91%

12,727

3.31%

37,659

11.34%

-

3,942

30.98%

47

(92)

5 to < 10

3,321

393

89%

3,671

6.49%

15,073

12.13%

-

1,770

48.22%

29

(47)

10.00 to < 100.00

6,612

230

95%

6,831

20.47%

34,688

11.86%

-

4,393

64.30%

168

(206)

10 to < 20

3,870

162

94%

4,022

12.16%

18,690

11.49%

-

2,397

59.59%

57

(101)

20 to < 30

2,094

40

100%

2,134

23.48%

10,730

12.58%

-

1,641

76.88%

63

(49)

30.00 to < 100.00

648

29

93%

675

60.49%

5,268

11.78%

-

355

52.66%

48

(56)

100.00 (default)

2,129

13

13%

2,130

100.00%

26,789

42.47%

-

768

36.04%

843

(537)

Retail – SME Real estate sub-total

 

291,331

13,201

93%

303,715

19.68%

446,827

10.66%

-

27,056

8.91%

1,192

(1,038)

RETAIL — ELIGIBLE REVOLVING EXPOSURES

0.00 to < 0.15

1,312

6,186

52%

4,516

0.07%

24,172

22.30%

-

82

1.82%

1

(1)

0.00 to < 0.10

704

3,092

57%

2,474

0.05%

10,122

22.71%

-

32

1.29%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

608

3,094

46%

2,042

0.10%

14,050

21.80%

-

50

2.46%

1

(1)

0.15 to < 0.25

384

906

47%

810

0.24%

11,183

33.47%

-

36

4.39%

1

-

0.25 to < 0.50

371

1,062

61%

1,015

0.20%

8,810

16.32%

-

22

2.20%

-

-

0.50 to < 0.75

1,011

1,558

54%

1,849

0.55%

28,126

24.15%

-

126

6.83%

3

(1)

0.75 to < 2.50

654

842

54%

1,112

1.33%

30,523

18.19%

-

213

19.15%

6

(7)

0.75 to < 1.75

387

510

51%

645

1.10%

20,113

20.70%

-

110

17.06%

3

(3)

1.75 to < 2.5

267

332

60%

467

1.65%

10,410

14.71%

-

103

22.04%

3

(4)

2.50 to < 10.00

764

843

30%

1,020

2.08%

28,757

15.73%

-

535

52.40%

21

(17)

2.5 to < 5

372

379

43%

534

2.69%

19,780

23.10%

-

190

35.59%

7

(5)

5 to < 10

392

463

21%

487

1.42%

8,977

7.64%

-

345

70.81%

15

(12)

10.00 to < 100.00

400

266

43%

515

14.90%

36,010

19.48%

-

426

82.68%

37

(28)

10 to < 20

214

152

49%

288

9.13%

18,759

20.08%

-

195

67.83%

11

(10)

20 to < 30

113

75

44%

146

19.43%

11,303

22.38%

-

133

91.14%

11

(4)

30.00 to < 100.00

73

39

20%

81

27.26%

5,948

12.08%

-

97

120.43%

15

(14)

100.00 (default)

352

8

1%

352

41.66%

47,510

19.45%

-

65

18.54%

205

(214)

Retail – Eligible revolving exposures sub-total

 

5,248

11,670

55%

11,189

9.70%

215,091

21.64%

-

1,505

13.45%

274

(269)

RETAIL – OTHER SMES

0.00 to < 0.15

-

-

100%

-

0.15%

1

45.00%

2

-

12.01%

-

-

0.00 to < 0.10

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

100%

-

0.15%

1

45.00%

2

-

12.01%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

1,628

182

80%

1,773

0.23%

127,522

23.55%

4

174

9.80%

1

(2)

0.25 to < 0.50

7,404

1,109

66%

8,132

0.39%

347,903

15.38%

3

673

8.28%

5

(9)

0.50 to < 0.75

783

65

69%

828

0.56%

150,087

18.02%

4

96

11.60%

1

(1)

0.75 to < 2.50

14,158

1,727

75%

15,457

1.48%

703,955

23.23%

4

3,522

22.79%

55

(84)

0.75 to < 1.75

9,302

1,106

73%

10,106

1.14%

501,834

21.41%

4

1,957

19.36%

25

(34)

1.75 to < 2.5

4,856

621

80%

5,351

2.13%

202,121

26.67%

4

1,566

29.26%

30

(51)

2.50 to < 10.00

9,921

1,411

75%

10,978

5.12%

426,017

23.79%

4

3,318

30.22%

132

(221)

2.5 to < 5

5,149

734

76%

5,704

3.44%

264,615

24.24%

4

1,695

29.71%

48

(73)

5 to < 10

4,772

677

74%

5,274

6.93%

161,402

23.31%

4

1,623

30.77%

84

(148)

10.00 to < 100.00

4,806

523

72%

5,178

23.25%

194,192

23.16%

3

2,288

44.19%

274

(382)

10 to < 20

2,668

323

70%

2,893

15.59%

90,474

23.23%

3

1,153

39.86%

104

(152)

20 to < 30

1,375

135

76%

1,476

25.25%

69,953

23.78%

3

762

51.62%

87

(109)

30.00 to < 100.00

763

65

72%

809

46.95%

33,765

21.77%

3

374

46.17%

83

(120)

100.00 (default)

3,307

184

22%

3,347

100.00%

95,914

57.26%

3

1,464

43.76%

1,804

(1,712)

Retail – Other SMEs sub-total

 

42,007

5,202

72%

45,693

15.65%

2,045,591

24.37%

4

11,536

25.25%

2,272

(2,411)

RETAIL – OTHER NON-SMES

0.00 to < 0.15

26,692

1,275

76%

27,656

0.09%

69,466

19.18%

-

1,284

4.64%

5

(24)

0.00 to < 0.10

12,449

684

72%

12,939

0.05%

32,904

17.80%

-

384

2.96%

1

(7)

0.10 to < 0.15

14,242

591

80%

14,717

0.12%

36,562

20.38%

-

901

6.12%

4

(18)

0.15 to < 0.25

6,724

202

93%

6,912

0.24%

20,404

28.79%

-

965

13.96%

5

(15)

0.25 to < 0.50

8,502

407

70%

8,789

0.25%

23,661

15.20%

-

665

7.57%

3

(9)

0.50 to < 0.75

11,270

490

78%

11,654

0.64%

46,642

22.74%

-

2,298

19.72%

17

(32)

0.75 to < 2.50

8,908

515

86%

9,349

1.72%

52,478

19.83%

-

2,760

29.52%

37

(46)

0.75 to < 1.75

5,161

246

85%

5,370

1.34%

30,602

22.73%

-

1,682

31.32%

19

(23)

1.75 to < 2.5

3,747

269

86%

3,978

2.23%

21,876

15.91%

-

1,078

27.09%

18

(23)

2.50 to < 10.00

5,603

223

90%

5,804

3.98%

42,495

30.65%

-

2,739

47.19%

72

(64)

2.5 to < 5

4,452

189

89%

4,621

3.43%

31,330

29.93%

-

2,058

44.54%

45

(40)

5 to < 10

1,151

35

91%

1,183

6.16%

11,165

33.45%

-

680

57.53%

27

(25)

10.00 to < 100.00

3,051

96

83%

3,130

18.25%

49,315

26.52%

-

1,835

58.61%

164

(146)

10 to < 20

1,964

73

85%

2,026

11.73%

24,584

26.86%

-

1,078

53.21%

70

(73)

20 to < 30

830

17

71%

841

23.36%

16,577

27.24%

-

576

68.52%

54

(40)

30.00 to < 100.00

257

7

90%

263

52.22%

8,154

21.56%

-

180

68.57%

40

(33)

100.00 (default)

1,706

7

26%

1,708

94.99%

95,488

50.95%

-

699

40.94%

870

(892)

Retail – Other non-SMEs sub-total

 

72,456

3,216

80%

75,001

12.83%

399,949

22.15%

-

13,245

17.66%

1,172

(1,228)

TOTAL

 

599,162

118,662

64%

670,368

 

3,479,918

 

1

117,286

17.50%

7,739

(8,258)

                           

F-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

PD range

On-

balance

sheet

expo-

sures

Off-

balance

sheet

expo-

sures

before

CCF

Weighted

average

CCF

Expo-

sure

post

CCF and

post

CRM

Weigh-

ted

average

PD

(in %)

Number

of

obligors

Weighted

average

LGD

(in %)

Weighted

average

maturity

(in years)

Risk-

weighted

exposure

amount

after

supple-

mentary

factors

Density

of risk-

weighted

exposure

Expected

loss

amount

Value

adjust-

ments

and

provi-

sions

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS

0.00 to < 0.15

159,233

37

76%

159,263

0.00%

46

45.00%

3

174

0.11%

-

-

0.00 to < 0.10

159,184

32

75%

159,208

0.00%

43

45.00%

3

155

0.10%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

49

4

81%

55

0.14%

3

41.98%

3

19

35.24%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

3

-

0%

154

0.01%

2

44.95%

3

2

1.07%

-

-

0.25 to < 0.50

650

-

0%

801

0.31%

6

44.99%

2

421

52.58%

1

-

0.50 to < 0.75

5

10

75%

1,569

0.00%

1

44.90%

3

9

0.56%

-

-

0.75 to < 2.50

-

-

0%

2,275

0.00%

1

44.96%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

0.75 to < 1.75

-

-

0%

2,168

0.00%

1

44.95%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

1.75 to < 2.5

-

-

0%

107

0.00%

-

45.00%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

2.50 to < 10.00

3

-

50%

2,415

0.00%

9

44.97%

3

5

0.19%

-

-

2.5 to < 5

3

-

50%

1,618

0.01%

9

44.97%

3

5

0.28%

-

-

5 to < 10

-

-

0%

796

0.00%

-

44.97%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

10.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

451

0.00%

1

44.97%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

304

0.00%

1

44.98%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

29

0.00%

-

44.96%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

117

0.00%

-

44.96%

3

-

0.00%

-

-

100.00 (default)

-

-

0%

631

0.00%

1

44.96%

3

-

0.00%

-

(15)

Central governments and central banks sub-total

 

159,894

47

76%

167,559

0.09%

67

45.00%

3

611

0.36%

1

(16)

INSTITUTIONS

0.00 to < 0.15

1,889

258

72%

2,076

0.05%

116

30.37%

3

358

17.25%

-

-

0.00 to < 0.10

1,889

258

72%

2,076

0.05%

116

30.37%

3

358

17.25%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

-

0.03%

-

0.00%

3

-

20.83%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

157

10

62%

165

0.20%

17

44.22%

3

70

42.61%

-

-

0.25 to < 0.50

141

5

50%

89

0.34%

14

19.70%

3

39

43.28%

-

-

0.50 to < 0.75

5

115

73%

163

0.33%

9

4.44%

3

52

31.91%

-

-

0.75 to < 2.50

29

149

61%

308

0.53%

25

24.02%

3

177

57.40%

1

(1)

0.75 to < 1.75

27

127

63%

290

0.47%

19

23.44%

3

156

53.78%

1

(1)

1.75 to < 2.5

2

21

50%

17

1.51%

6

33.87%

3

20

118.71%

-

-

2.50 to < 10.00

111

67

70%

327

1.58%

55

21.31%

3

187

57.16%

1

(5)

2.5 to < 5

106

66

70%

265

1.82%

53

26.28%

3

164

61.93%

1

(4)

5 to < 10

5

1

68%

62

0.56%

2

0.00%

3

23

36.73%

-

(1)

10.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

58

0.03%

-

8.45%

3

11

19.40%

-

-

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

45

0.03%

-

10.84%

3

9

19.14%

-

-

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

4

0.03%

-

0.00%

3

1

20.55%

-

-

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

9

0.03%

-

0.00%

3

2

20.19%

-

-

100.00 (default)

2

-

0%

96

2.21%

5

17.11%

3

19

20.24%

1

(27)

Institutions sub-total

 

2,335

604

70%

3,281

5.35%

241

27.21%

3

913

27.82%

4

(34)

CORPORATES – SME

0.00 to < 0.15

388

133

74%

473

0.06%

205

42.93%

3

71

15.04%

-

-

0.00 to < 0.10

313

112

72%

399

0.05%

95

43.07%

3

53

13.19%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

75

20

86%

74

0.15%

110

42.17%

3

18

25.04%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

652

191

74%

622

0.18%

2,101

41.82%

3

167

26.83%

-

(1)

0.25 to < 0.50

642

159

72%

661

0.37%

995

41.79%

3

275

41.62%

1

(1)

0.50 to < 0.75

7,608

1,824

64%

6,778

0.61%

21,037

41.95%

3

3,252

47.98%

17

(32)

0.75 to < 2.50

11,814

2,572

58%

10,854

1.39%

28,483

41.84%

3

7,138

65.76%

63

(90)

0.75 to < 1.75

11,561

2,547

58%

10,600

1.37%

28,323

41.79%

3

6,903

65.12%

61

(89)

1.75 to < 2.5

253

25

72%

255

2.18%

160

44.14%

3

235

92.47%

2

(2)

2.50 to < 10.00

10,765

2,621

56%

9,816

4.18%

27,898

42.28%

3

8,817

89.82%

174

(225)

2.5 to < 5

7,628

1,860

57%

7,130

3.22%

18,795

42.24%

3

6,071

85.15%

97

(128)

5 to < 10

3,137

761

54%

2,686

6.72%

9,103

42.37%

3

2,746

102.24%

76

(97)

10.00 to < 100.00

1,600

378

50%

1,336

22.82%

5,853

42.18%

3

1,831

137.08%

128

(138)

10 to < 20

1,080

288

48%

912

13.21%

4,461

42.22%

3

1,201

131.67%

51

(69)

20 to < 30

111

26

58%

92

24.00%

364

43.06%

3

145

158.17%

9

(13)

30.00 to < 100.00

408

64

57%

333

48.86%

1,028

41.84%

3

486

146.13%

68

(56)

100.00 (default)

1,677

287

41%

1,205

99.96%

4,077

43.01%

3

1

0.05%

518

(624)

Corporates – SME sub-total

 

35,146

8,165

60%

31,746

8.62%

90,649

42.07%

3

21,552

67.89%

902

(1,111)

CORPORATES – SPECIALIZED FINANCING

0.00 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00 to < 0.10

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.25 to < 0.50

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.50 to < 0.75

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.75 to < 2.50

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

0.75 to < 1.75

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

1.75 to < 2.5

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

2.50 to < 10.00

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

2.5 to < 5

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

5 to < 10

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

10.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

100.00 (default)

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

Corporates – Specialized financing sub-total

 

-

-

0%

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

-

-

CORPORATES – OTHER

0.00 to < 0.15

2,973

2,054

66%

4,162

0.07%

692

44.30%

3

1,044

25.08%

1

(2)

0.00 to < 0.10

2,418

1,925

65%

3,654

0.06%

483

44.62%

3

862

23.59%

1

(2)

0.10 to < 0.15

556

128

82%

508

0.14%

209

42.00%

3

182

35.84%

-

-

0.15 to < 0.25

2,736

1,494

62%

3,407

0.19%

1,258

43.82%

3

1,512

44.37%

3

(3)

0.25 to < 0.50

2,390

590

73%

2,641

0.33%

1,062

43.31%

3

1,545

58.52%

4

(4)

0.50 to < 0.75

4,374

1,437

68%

5,003

0.63%

4,870

42.97%

3

3,888

77.72%

14

(12)

0.75 to < 2.50

11,286

3,472

67%

12,656

1.50%

13,766

42.89%

3

13,310

105.17%

81

(95)

0.75 to < 1.75

9,891

3,046

67%

11,113

1.41%

13,270

42.66%

3

11,408

102.65%

66

(81)

1.75 to < 2.5

1,396

426

67%

1,543

2.18%

496

44.52%

3

1,902

123.26%

15

(14)

2.50 to < 10.00

7,494

1,918

62%

7,770

4.38%

11,689

43.03%

3

11,192

144.05%

146

(204)

2.5 to < 5

5,647

1,557

62%

5,974

3.51%

8,725

42.99%

3

8,088

135.39%

90

(116)

5 to < 10

1,847

361

62%

1,796

7.28%

2,964

43.16%

3

3,104

172.84%

56

(88)

10.00 to < 100.00

1,870

431

62%

1,917

18.08%

4,583

41.73%

3

3,937

205.39%

144

(126)

10 to < 20

1,508

335

63%

1,575

12.18%

3,883

41.74%

3

3,200

203.18%

80

(82)

20 to < 30

50

19

42%

48

23.23%

193

42.88%

3

117

246.01%

5

(6)

30.00 to < 100.00

312

77

65%

295

48.77%

507

41.50%

3

620

210.61%

59

(38)

100.00 (default)

1,589

343

47%

1,480

99.75%

4,197

43.70%

3

4

0.25%

645

(809)

Corporates – Other sub-total

 

34,713

11,738

70%

39,035

14.87%

42,117

43.16%

3

36,432

93.33%

1,039

(1,255)

TOTAL

 

232,088

20,554

86%

241,621

 

133,074

 

3

59,508

24.63%

1,946

(2,415)

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Exposure

value as

defined in

Article 166 of

the CRR for

exposures

subject to the

IRB approach

Total

exposure

value for

exposures

subject to the

Standardized

approach and

to the IRB

approach

Percentage

of total

exposure

value subject

to the

permanent

partial use of

the SA (in %)

Percentage

of total

exposure

value subject

to a roll-out

plan (in %)

Percentage

of total

exposure

value subject

to IRB

approach

(in %)

a

b

c

d

e

1

Central governments or central banks

225,664

393,338

11%

32%

57%

1.1

of which regional governments or local authorities

 

47,068

34%

66%

0%

1.2

of which Public sector entities

 

24,196

52%

47%

1%

2

Institutions

31,295

53,839

4%

38%

58%

3

Corporate customers

254,928

382,057

8%

26%

67%

3.1

of which Corporates – Specialized financing, excluding slotting approach

 

53,343

0%

45%

55%

3.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing under slotting approach

 

227

0%

50%

50%

4

Retail

509,169

532,413

4%

0%

96%

4.1

of which Retail – Secured by SME real estate

 

70,952

0%

9%

91%

4.2

of which Retail – Secured by non-SME real estate

 

380,089

0%

20%

80%

4.3

of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures

 

27,579

0%

39%

61%

4.4

of which Retail – Other SMEs

 

79,837

0%

41%

59%

4.5

of which Retail – Other non-SMEs

 

505,243

0%

85%

15%

5

Equities

11,273

11,273

0%

0%

100%

6

Other non-credit obligation assets

13,396

20,918

36%

0%

64%

7

TOTAL

1,045,725

1,393,838

7%

18%

75%

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Exposure

value as

defined in

Article 166 of

the CRR for

exposures

subject to the

IRB approach

Total

exposure

value for

exposures

subject to the

Standardized

approach and

to the IRB

approach

Percentage

of total

exposure

value subject

to the

permanent

partial use of

the SA (in %)

Percentage

of total

exposure

value subject

to a roll-out

plan (in %)

Percentage

of total

exposure

value subject

to IRB

approach

(in %)

a

b

c

d

e

1

Central governments or central banks

233,937

397,672

9%

32%

59%

1.1

of which regional governments or local authorities

 

49,614

35%

65%

0%

1.2

of which Public sector entities

 

23,548

43%

56%

1%

2

Institutions

28,553

51,343

2%

43%

56%

3

Corporate customers

242,836

361,625

7%

26%

67%

3.1

of which Corporates – Specialized financing, excluding slotting approach

 

54,648

0%

46%

54%

3.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing under slotting approach

 

109

0%

47%

53%

4

Retail

479,443

503,815

4%

1%

95%

4.1

of which Retail – Secured by SME real estate

 

65,998

0%

9%

91%

4.2

of which Retail – Secured by non-SME real estate

 

359,439

0%

22%

78%

4.3

of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures

 

27,629

0%

38%

62%

4.4

of which Retail – Other SMEs

 

76,518

0%

39%

61%

4.5

of which Retail – Other non-SMEs

 

406,668

0%

81%

19%

5

Equities

12,087

12,101

0%

0%

100%

6

Other non-credit obligation assets

13,029

20,456

36%

0%

64%

7

TOTAL

1,009,885

1,347,012

7%

18%

75%

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Risk-weighted assets

before credit

derivatives

Actual risk-weighted

assets

a

b

1

Exposures under foundation IRB approach

59,738

59,738

2

Central governments and central banks

613

613

3

Institutions

943

943

4

Corporate customers

58,183

58,183

4.1

of which Corporates – SME

21,577

21,577

4.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing

82

82

5

Exposures under advanced IRB approach

116,159

117,346

6

Central governments and central banks

325

325

7

Institutions

2,137

2,137

8

Corporate customers

41,014

41,014

8.1

of which Corporates – SME

3,152

3,152

8.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing

7,041

7,041

9

Retail

72,683

73,870

9.1

of which Retail – SME – Guaranteed by real estate collateral

20,469

20,469

9.2

of which Retail – non-SME – Guaranteed by real estate collateral

27,056

27,056

9.3

of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures

849

1,565

9.4

of which Retail – SME – Other

11,536

11,536

9.5

of which Retail – non-SME – Other

12,774

13,245

10

TOTAL (INCLUDING SIMPLIFIED AND ADVANCED IRB EXPOSURE APPROACHES)

175,897

177,084

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Risk-weighted assets

before credit

derivatives

Actual risk-weighted

assets

a

b

1

Exposures under foundation IRB approach

53,504

53,504

2

Central governments and central banks

677

677

3

Institutions

785

785

4

Corporate customers

52,041

52,041

4.1

of which Corporates – SME

20,329

20,329

4.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing

41

41

5

Exposures under advanced IRB approach

110,652

111,765

6

Central governments and central banks

237

237

7

Institutions

1,561

1,561

8

Corporate customers

40,686

40,686

8.1

of which Corporates – SME

2,846

2,846

8.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing

5,320

5,320

9

Retail

68,168

69,281

9.1

of which Retail – SME – Guaranteed by real estate collateral

19,007

19,007

9.2

of which Retail – non-SME – Guaranteed by real estate collateral

25,307

25,307

9.3

of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures

836

1,540

9.4

of which Retail – SME – Other

10,676

10,676

9.5

of which Retail – non-SME – Other

12,342

12,751

10

TOTAL (INCLUDING SIMPLIFIED AND ADVANCED IRB EXPOSURE APPROACHES)

164,156

165,268

A-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Total

exposures

Credit risk mitigation techniques

Credit risk

Mitigation

methods

in the

calculation

RWAs

Credit protection (funded)

Credit protection

(unfunded)

Risk-

weighted

assets

with

substi-

tution

effects

(reduction

and

substitution

effects)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

financial

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

eligible

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

immovable

property

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

receivables

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

physical

collateral

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

funded

credit

protection

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by cash

on

deposit

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by life

insurance

policies

(in %)

Part of

exposures

covered

by

instru-

ments

held by

a third

party (in

%)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

guaran-

tees (in

%)

Part of

exposures

covered

by

credit

deriva-

tives (in

%)

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

n

1

Central governments and central banks

55,833

0.00%

0.09%

0.00%

0.06%

0.03%

0.07%

0.07%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

325

2

Institutions

7,708

0.00%

0.62%

0.00%

0.00%

0.62%

0.05%

0.05%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

2,137

3

Corporate customers

106,520

2.43%

24.79%

9.34%

8.70%

6.76%

0.89%

0.89%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

41,014

3.1

of which Corporates – SME

6,041

0.00%

40.58%

14.66%

0.00%

25.92%

0.01%

0.01%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

3,152

3.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing

19,980

0.00%

87.06%

33.75%

43.22%

10.09%

0.63%

0.63%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

7,041

3.3

of which Corporates – Other

80,498

3.22%

8.15%

2.88%

0.78%

4.49%

1.03%

1.03%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

30,821

4

Retail

500,307

0.15%

14.57%

13.25%

0.02%

1.29%

0.29%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

52.10%

0.00%

73,870

4.1

of which Retail – SME Real estate

64,710

0.00%

41.77%

37.71%

0.00%

4.06%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

43.30%

0.00%

20,469

4.2

of which Retail – Non-SME Real estate

303,715

0.00%

13.83%

13.80%

0.00%

0.03%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

69.03%

0.00%

27,056

4.3

of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures

11,189

0.01%

0.76%

0.00%

0.00%

0.76%

0.01%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.02%

0.00%

1,565

4.4

of which Retail – Other SMEs

45,693

0.68%

6.43%

0.00%

0.05%

6.39%

1.08%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

35.63%

0.00%

11,536

4.5

of which Retail – Other non-SMEs

75,001

0.58%

1.10%

0.00%

0.13%

0.98%

1.24%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

8.91%

0.00%

13,245

5

TOTAL

670,368

0.50%

14.83%

11.38%

1.40%

2.05%

0.36%

0.15%

0.00%

0.00%

38.88%

0.00%

117,346

                             

F-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Total

exposures

Credit risk mitigation techniques

Credit risk

Mitigation

methods

in the

calculation

RWAs

Credit protection (funded)

Credit protection

(unfunded)

Risk-

weighted

assets

with

substi-

tution

effects

(reduction

and

substitution

effects)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

financial

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

eligible

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

immovable

property

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

receivables

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

physical

collateral

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

funded

credit

protection

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by cash

on

deposit

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by life

insurance

policies

(in %)

Part of

exposures

covered

by

instru-

ments

held by

a third

party (in

%)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

guaran-

tees (in

%)

Part of

exposures

covered

by

credit

deriva-

tives (in

%)

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

n

                             

1

Central governments and central banks

167,769

0.00%

0.04%

0.02%

0.00%

0.03%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

613

2

Institutions

3,432

0.01%

5.01%

1.53%

0.26%

3.22%

0.01%

0.01%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

943

3

Corporate customers

71,118

0.75%

22.57%

14.42%

1.58%

6.57%

0.76%

0.76%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

58,183

3.1

of which Corporates – SME

31,795

1.03%

29.21%

18.07%

1.49%

9.65%

1.04%

1.04%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

21,577

3.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing

115

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

82

3.3

of which Corporates – Other

39,208

0.52%

17.26%

11.50%

1.66%

4.10%

0.53%

0.53%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

36,523

4

TOTAL

242,319

0.22%

6.73%

4.27%

0.47%

1.99%

0.22%

0.22%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

59,738

A-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Total

exposures

Credit risk mitigation techniques

Credit risk

Mitigation

methods

in the

calculation

RWAs

Credit protection (funded)

Credit protection

(unfunded)

Risk-

weighted

assets

with

subst-

itution

effects

(reduction

and

substitution

effects)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

financial

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

eligible

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

immovable

property

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

receivables

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

physical

collateral

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

funded

credit

protection

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by cash

on

deposit

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by life

insurance

policies

(in %)

Part of

exposures

covered

by

instru-

ments

held by

a third

party

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

guaran-

tees

(in %)

Part of

exposures

covered

by

credit

deriva-

tives

(in %)

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

n

1

Central governments and central banks

58,551

0.00%

0.13%

0.00%

0.04%

0.10%

0.10%

0.10%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

237

2

Institutions

7,492

0./00%

1.07%

0.00%

0.03%

1.03%

2.78%

2.78%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

1,561

3

Corporate customers

103,613

2.54%

25.82%

9.99%

8.77%

7.05%

1.17%

1.17%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

40,686

3.1

of which Corporates – SME

5,527

0.00%

42.39%

17.42%

0.00%

24.97%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

2,846

3.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing

19,482

0.00%

91.92%

36.30%

43.00%

12.62%

0.64%

0.64%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

5,320

3.3

of which Corporates – Other

78,604

3.35%

8.27%

2.95%

0.90%

4.41%

1.38%

1.38%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

32,519

4

Retail

470,584

0.19%

14.96%

13.61%

0.02%

1.33%

0.29%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

50.79%

0.00%

69,281

4.1

of which Retail – SME Real estate

59,774

0.00%

46.18%

42.08%

0.00%

4.09%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

40.25%

0,00%

19,007

4.2

of which Retail – Non-SME Real estate

278,290

0.00%

14.01%

13.97%

0.00%

0.04%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

68.37%

0.00%

25,307

4.3

of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures

11,217

0.01%

0.89%

0.00%

0.00%

0.89%

0.01%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.03%

0.00%

1,540

4.4

of which Retail – Other SMEs

45,285

0.85%

6.36%

0.00%

0.05%

6.32%

1.11%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

36.33%

0.00%

10,676

4.5

of which Retail – Other non-SMEs

76,018

0.66%

1.11%

0.00%

0.12%

0.99%

1.14%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

10.82%

0.00%

12,751

5

TOTAL

640,241

0.55%

15.20%

11.62%

1.44%

2.14%

0.44%

0.23%

0.00%

0.00%

37.33%

0.00%

111,765

                             

F-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Total

exposures

Credit risk mitigation techniques

Credit risk

Mitigation

methods

in the

calculation

RWAs

Credit protection (funded)

Credit protection

(unfunded)

Risk-

weighted

assets

with

subst-

itution

effects

(reduction

and

substitution

effects)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

financial

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

eligible

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

immovable

property

collaterals

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

receivables

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

physical

collateral

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by other

funded

credit

protection

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by cash

on

deposit

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by life

insurance

policies

(in %)

Part of

exposures

covered

by

instru-

ments

held by

a third

party

(in %)

Part of

expo-

sures

covered

by

guaran-

tees

(in %)

Part of

exposures

covered

by

credit

deriva-

tives

(in %)

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

n

1

Central governments and central banks

177,476

0.00%

0.04%

0.02%

0.00%

0.02%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

677

2

Institutions

2,661

0.01%

3.71%

0.82%

0.05%

2.84%

0.01%

0.01%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0,00%

785

3

Corporate customers

64,052

0.75%

21.76%

13.40%

1.32%

7.04%

0.76%

0.76%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

52,041

3.1

of which Corporates – SME

29,947

0.93%

27.21%

15.95%

1.29%

9.98%

0.94%

0.94%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

20,329

3.2

of which Corporates – Specialized financing

53

0.00%

3.95%

0.00%

0.00%

3.95%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

41

3.3

of which Corporates – Other

34,052

0.59%

16.99%

11.18%

1.36%

4,45%

0.60%

0.60%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

31,672

4

TOTAL

244,190

0.20%

5.78%

3.53%

0.35%

1.89%

0.20%

0.20%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

53,504

in millions of euros

Risk-Weighted Assets

a

1

12/31/2021

165,268

2

Asset size (+/-)

22,068

3

Asset quality (+/-)

(6,292)

4

Model updates (+/-)

(298)

5

Methodology and policies (+/-)

-

6

Acquisitions and disposals (+/-)

-

7

Foreign exchange movements (+/-)

550

8

Other (+/-)

(4,212)

9

12/31/2022

177,084

A-IRB

12/31/2022

Exposure classes

in millions of euros

PD range

Number of obligors at the end

of the previous year

Average

observed

default rate

(in %)

Weighted

average PD

(in %)

Average PD

(in %)

Default rate

annual

historical

average (in %)

 

o/w number of

obligors

defaulting

during

the year

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS

0.00 to < 0.15

54

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

54

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

4

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

2

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

3

-

0%

0%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 1.75

2

-

0%

0%

1%

0%

1.75 to < 2.5

1

-

0%

0%

2%

0%

2.50 to < 10.00

11

-

0%

0%

4%

0%

2.5 to < 5

10

-

0%

0%

3%

0%

5 to < 10

1

-

0%

0%

8%

0%

10.00 to < 100.00

10

1

10%

16%

23%

4%

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

20 to < 30

10

1

10%

27%

23%

4%

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

100.00 (default)

10

-

0%

22%

100%

100%

INSTITUTIONS

0.00 to < 0.15

224

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

224

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

44

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

42

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

27

1

4%

0%

1%

1%

0.75 to < 2.50

56

-

0%

0%

2%

0%

0.75 to < 1.75

32

-

0%

0%

1%

0%

1.75 to < 2.5

24

-

0%

0%

2%

1%

2.50 to < 10.00

70

-

0%

2%

4%

0%

2.5 to < 5

57

-

0%

2%

3%

0%

5 to < 10

13

-

0%

3%

6%

0%

10.00 to < 100.00

1

-

0%

0%

11%

0%

10 to < 20

1

-

0%

0%

11%

0%

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

100.00 (default)

9

-

0%

42%

100%

100%

CORPORATES – SME

0.00 to < 0.15

64

1

2%

0%

0%

1%

0.00 to < 0.10

59

1

2%

0%

0%

1%

0.10 to < 0.15

5

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

209

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

117

1

1%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

2,330

11

1%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

3,069

34

1%

1%

1%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

3,030

34

1%

1%

1%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

39

-

0%

2%

2%

1%

2.50 to < 10.00

3,764

118

3%

4%

4%

3%

2.5 to < 5

2,950

68

2%

4%

3%

2%

5 to < 10

814

50

6%

7%

7%

6%

10.00 to < 100.00

855

58

7%

15%

15%

7%

10 to < 20

759

41

5%

13%

12%

6%

20 to < 30

37

11

30%

0%

24%

18%

30.00 to < 100.00

59

6

10%

31%

44%

17%

100.00 (default)

554

-

0%

100%

100%

100%

CORPORATES – SPECIALIZED FINANCING

0.00 to < 0.15

56

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

56

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

68

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

141

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

267

1

0%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

405

2

1%

1%

1%

2%

0.75 to < 1.75

304

2

1%

1%

1%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

101

-

0%

2%

2%

3%

2.50 to < 10.00

129

10

8%

4%

4%

7%

2.5 to < 5

81

6

7%

3%

3%

6%

5 to < 10

48

4

8%

6%

6%

10%

10.00 to < 100.00

3

-

0%

10%

14%

0%

10 to < 20

3

-

0%

10%

14%

0%

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

100.00 (default)

39

-

0%

100%

100%

100%

CORPORATES – OTHER

0.00 to < 0.15

559

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

537

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

22

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

296

-

0%

0%

0%

1%

0.25 to < 0.50

285

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

734

3

0%

0%

1%

1%

0.75 to < 2.50

1,512

18

1%

1%

1%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

1,369

17

1%

1%

1%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

143

1

1%

2%

2%

2%

2.50 to < 10.00

3,148

90

3%

4%

4%

3%

2.5 to < 5

2,674

59

2%

3%

4%

3%

5 to < 10

474

31

7%

6%

7%

7%

10.00 to < 100.00

796

44

6%

10%

14%

3%

10 to < 20

737

34

5%

8%

12%

2%

20 to < 30

18

2

11%

25%

24%

15%

30.00 to < 100.00

41

8

20%

16%

39%

19%

100.00 (default)

383

-

0%

95%

100%

100%

RETAIL – SME REAL ESTATE

0.00 TO < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 TO < 0.10

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 TO < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 TO < 0.25

48,280

45

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 TO < 0.50

48,697

71

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 TO < 0.75

15,278

70

1%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 TO < 2.50

115,446

439

0%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 TO < 1.75

89,238

279

0%

1%

1%

0%

1.75 to < 2.5

26,208

160

1%

2%

2%

1%

2.50 to < 10.00

68,007

845

1%

5%

5%

1%

2.5 to < 5

38,798

293

1%

4%

4%

1%

5 to < 10

29,209

552

2%

7%

7%

2%

10.00 to < 100.00

24,969

2,203

9%

23%

24%

9%

10 to < 20

11,471

535

5%

15%

15%

4%

20 to < 30

9,829

707

7%

24%

24%

7%

30.00 to < 100.00

3,669

961

26%

49%

50%

25%

100.00 (default)

9,925

-

0%

100%

100%

100%

RETAIL – NON-SME REAL ESTATE

0.00 to < 0.15

1,461,886

1,577

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

860,627

877

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

601,259

700

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

525,783

932

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

233,833

651

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

350,223

1,365

0%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

224,284

1,911

1%

2%

2%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

152,107

941

1%

1%

1%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

72,177

970

1%

2%

2%

2%

2.50 to < 10.00

142,074

2,072

2%

4%

4%

2%

2.5 to < 5

109,494

1,453

1%

3%

3%

2%

5 to < 10

32,580

619

2%

6%

7%

2%

10.00 to < 100.00

72,505

6,346

9%

20%

21%

11%

10 to < 20

42,321

2,407

6%

12%

13%

7%

20 to < 30

23,336

1,956

8%

23%

24%

10%

30.00 to < 100.00

6,848

1,983

29%

60%

61%

37%

100.00 (default)

30,567

-

0%

100%

100%

100%

RETAIL — ELIGIBLE REVOLVING EXPOSURES

0.00 to < 0.15

8,175,260

1,050

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

4,363,127

340

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

3,812,133

710

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

2,589,434

915

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

1,234,795

870

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

5,465,195

5,337

0%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

2,055,957

8,361

0%

1%

2%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

1,417,051

3,551

0%

1%

1%

0%

1.75 to < 2.5

638,906

4,810

1%

2%

2%

1%

2.50 to < 10.00

1,713,387

15,982

1%

2%

4%

2%

2.5 to < 5

1,365,287

10,809

1%

3%

3%

1%

5 to < 10

348,100

5,173

2%

1%

7%

3%

10.00 to < 100.00

1,135,849

52,669

5%

15%

19%

7%

10 to < 20

642,531

20,612

3%

9%

12%

5%

20 to < 30

426,505

16,339

4%

19%

24%

5%

30.00 to < 100.00

66,813

15,718

24%

27%

61%

32%

100.00 (default)

136,014

-

0%

42%

100%

100%

RETAIL – OTHER SMES

0.00 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

122,061

118

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

348,267

815

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

158,011

331

0%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

695,333

5,575

1%

1%

1%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

505,025

3,189

1%

1%

1%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

190,308

2,386

1%

2%

2%

1%

2.50 to < 10.00

397,541

10,973

3%

5%

5%

3%

2.5 to < 5

249,396

4,097

2%

3%

4%

2%

5 to < 10

148,145

6,876

5%

7%

7%

4%

10.00 to < 100.00

179,112

22,179

12%

23%

25%

12%

10 to < 20

76,541

6,322

8%

16%

16%

7%

20 to < 30

74,347

7,104

10%

25%

25%

10%

30.00 to < 100.00

28,224

8,753

31%

47%

50%

31%

100.00 (default)

90,911

-

0%

100%

100%

100%

RETAIL – OTHER NON-SMES

0.00 to < 0.15

2,283,197

1,584

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

1,128,837

602

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

1,154,360

982

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

586,985

649

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

411,696

859

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

990,086

3,382

0%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

669,786

6,142

1%

2%

2%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

391,596

2,282

1%

1%

1%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

278,190

3,860

1%

2%

2%

2%

2.50 to < 10.00

501,992

8,165

2%

4%

4%

2%

2.5 to < 5

404,792

5,706

1%

3%

3%

2%

5 to < 10

97,200

2,459

3%

6%

7%

3%

10.00 to < 100.00

311,525

28,675

9%

18%

18%

13%

10 to < 20

199,287

10,941

6%

12%

12%

7%

20 to < 30

94,780

10,838

11%

23%

23%

16%

30.00 to < 100.00

17,458

6,896

40%

52%

61%

46%

100.00 (default)

158,142

-

0%

95%

100%

100%

   

F-IRB

12/31/2022

Exposure classes

en millions of euros

PD range

Number of obligors at the end

of the previous year

Average

observed

default rate

(in %)

Weighted

average PD

(in %)

Average PD

(in %)

Default rate

annual

historical

average (in %)

 

o/w number of

obligors who

defaulted

during the year

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS

0.00 to < 0.15

47

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

44

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

3

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

3

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

5

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

1

-

0%

0%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.75 to < 1.75

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

1.75 to < 2.5

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

2.50 to < 10.00

14

-

0%

0%

3%

0%

2.5 to < 5

14

-

0%

0%

3%

0%

5 to < 10

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

10.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

100.00 (default)

1

-

0%

0%

100%

100%

INSTITUTIONS

0.00 to < 0.15

113

1

1%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

111

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

2

1

50%

0%

0%

4%

0.15 to < 0.25

12

-

0%

0%

0%

1%

0.25 to < 0.50

15

-

0%

0%

0%

1%

0.50 to < 0.75

8

-

0%

0%

1%

2%

0.75 to < 2.50

29

-

0%

1%

2%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

18

-

0%

0%

1%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

11

-

0%

2%

2%

2%

2.50 to < 10.00

60

2

3%

2%

3%

1%

2.5 to < 5

56

1

2%

2%

3%

1%

5 to < 10

4

1

25%

1%

7%

5%

10.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

100.00 (default)

6

-

0%

2%

100%

100%

CORPORATES – SME

0.00 to < 0.15

179

4

2%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

137

3

2%

0%

0%

1%

0.10 to < 0.15

42

1

2%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

1,811

1

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

894

5

1%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

19,442

40

0%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

27,451

216

1%

1%

1%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

27,269

215

1%

1%

1%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

182

1

1%

2%

2%

1%

2.50 to < 10.00

25,543

682

3%

4%

4%

3%

2.5 to < 5

17,174

314

2%

3%

3%

2%

5 to < 10

8,369

368

4%

7%

7%

4%

10.00 to < 100.00

5,173

370

7%

23%

18%

9%

10 to < 20

4,178

252

6%

13%

13%

7%

20 to < 30

356

52

15%

24%

24%

15%

30.00 to < 100.00

639

66

10%

49%

48%

17%

100.00 (default)

3,496

-

0%

100%

100%

100%

CORPORATES – SPECIALIZED FINANCING

0.00 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.15 to < 0.25

1

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

1

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

3

-

0%

0%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 1.75

3

-

0%

0%

1%

0%

1.75 to < 2.5

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

2.50 to < 10.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

2.5 to < 5

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

5 to < 10

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

10.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

10 to < 20

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

20 to < 30

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

30.00 to < 100.00

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

100.00 (default)

-

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

CORPORATES – OTHER

0.00 to < 0.15

577

2

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.00 to < 0.10

383

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.10 to < 0.15

194

2

1%

0%

0%

1%

0.15 to < 0.25

1,065

-

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.25 to < 0.50

959

2

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.50 to < 0.75

5,180

12

0%

1%

1%

0%

0.75 to < 2.50

13,814

68

1%

2%

2%

1%

0.75 to < 1.75

13,409

68

1%

1%

2%

1%

1.75 to < 2.5

405

-

0%

2%

2%

1%

2.50 to < 10.00

11,584

190

2%

4%

5%

2%

2.5 to < 5

8,569

92

1%

4%

4%

1%

5 to < 10

3,015

98

3%

7%

7%

4%

10.00 to < 100.00

4,253

142

3%

18%

16%

5%

10 to < 20

3,717

83

2%

12%

12%

3%

20 to < 30

136

11

8%

23%

23%

14%

30.00 to < 100.00

400

48

12%

49%

47%

17%

100.00 (default)

5,092

-

0%

100%

100%

100%

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Performing

exposures

Average PD

Average LGD

France

557,745

1.7%

15.3%

European Institutions

31,935

0.0%

8.6%

Europe excluding France

42,838

0.8%

28.4%

North & South America

48,203

0.6%

21.6%

Asia

13,620

0.3%

39.0%

Africa & the Middle East

8,781

0.6%

33.8%

Oceania

2,223

0.5%

33.2%

IRBA

705,345

1.5%

16.6%

France

116,536

1.8%

 

European Institutions

121,684

0.0%

 

Europe excluding France

8,402

0.8%

 

North & South America

10,824

0.0%

 

Asia

816

0.1%

 

Africa & the Middle East

1,797

3.1%

 

Oceania

60

0.0%

 

IRBF

260,119

0.8%

 

TOTAL

965,464

0

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Performing

exposures

Average PD

Average LGD

France

524,966

1.7%

15.4%

European Institutions

35,842

0.0%

8.6%

Europe excluding France

40,734

0.7%

27.1%

North & South America

45,598

0.6%

21.1%

Asia

13,314

0.3%

37.5%

Africa & the Middle East

9,119

0.7%

31.4%

Oceania

2,400

0.7%

30.4%

IRBA

671,973

1.4%

16.5%

France

108,992

1.6%

 

European Institutions

132,944

0.0%

 

Europe excluding France

7,916

0.8%

 

North & South America

10,200

0.0%

 

Asia

634

0.2%

 

Africa & the Middle East

1,754

2.3%

 

Oceania

66

0.0%

 

IRBF

262,505

0.6%

 

TOTAL

934,478

 

 

This table provides an overall summary of the system’s performance but differs from the Group’s annual backtesting exercises, which are carried out on a model-by-model basis and not globally by portfolio. The table nevertheless allows a comparison between the estimates and the actual results for each internal parameter over a long-term period and on a significant and representative part of each exposure category. The results are derived from the data warehouses used for modeling from the set of performing customers for the default rate and PD, and from the set of defaulting customers for the LGD. These results also take into account the latest regulatory changes (guidance on Probability of Default [PD] and Loss Given Default [LGD] estimates).

Portfolio

12/31/2022

Actual

default rate

Estimated

probability

of default

Estimated

LGD

Actual LGD

Actual EAD/

Estimated

EAD

Actual CCF/

Estimated

CCF

Sovereigns

0.52%

2.23%

65.20%

40.20%

N/A

66.47%

Banks

0.18%

0.50%

64.96%

41.31%

N/A

66.47%

Very large corporates

0.60%

0.67%

32.57%

29.68%

N/A

66.47%

Small and medium-sized companies

2.91%

3.71%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Retail Professional

4.13%

5.07%

25.70%

16.09%

75.87%

46.49%

Retail Individual

1.40%

2.03%

20.73%

13.80%

81.42%

54.86%

Portfolio

12/31/2021

Actual

default rate

Estimated

probability

of default

Estimated

LGD

Actual LGD

Actual EAD/

Estimated

EAD

Actual CCF/

Estimated

CCF

Sovereigns

0.19%

6.41%

48.74%

30.16%

N/A

62.73%

Banks

0.23%

1.01%

63.68%

34.47%

N/A

62.73%

Very large corporates

0.51%

0.61%

39.19%

33.04%

N/A

62.73%

Small and medium-sized companies

3.12%

3.84%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Retail Professional

4.26%

5.18%

22.79%

13.48%

75.87%

46.51%

Retail Individual

1.46%

2.05%

22.06%

14.35%

81.42%

53.32%

This table provides an overall summary of the system’s performance but differs from the Group’s annual backtesting exercises, which are carried out on a model-by-model basis and not globally by portfolio. The table nevertheless allows a comparison between the estimates and the actual results for each internal parameter over a long-term period and on a significant and representative part of each exposure category. The results are derived from the data warehouses used for modeling from the set of performing customers for the default rate and PD, and from the set of defaulting customers for the LGD and EAD concepts.

CR10.1

12/31/2022

Specialized financing: Project finance (Slotting approach)

Regulatory categories

in millions of euros

Residual maturity

On-balance

sheet

exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

Risk weight

Exposure

value

Weighted-

exposure

amount

Expected

loss amount

a

b

c

d

e

f

Class 1

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

50%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

17

-

70%

17

12

-

Class 2

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

70%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

26

4

90%

31

28

-

Class 3

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

115%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

115%

-

-

-

Class 4

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

250%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

250%

-

-

-

Class 5

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

0%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

0%

-

-

-

TOTAL

LESS THAN 2.5 YEARS

-

-

 

-

-

-

GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 YEARS

43

4

 

48

39

-

CR10.1

12/31/2021

Specialized financing: Project finance (Slotting approach)

Regulatory categories

in millions of euros

Residual maturity

On-balance

sheet

exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

Risk weight

Exposure

value

Weighted-

exposure

amount

Expected

loss amount

a

b

c

d

e

f

Class 1

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

50%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

12

-

70%

12

9

-

Class 2

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

70%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

14

-

90%

14

12

-

Class 3

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

115%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

115%

-

-

-

Class 4

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

250%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

250%

-

-

-

Class 5

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

0%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

0%

-

-

-

TOTAL

LESS THAN 2.5 YEARS

-

-

 

-

-

-

GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 YEARS

26

-

 

26

21

-

CR10.2

12/31/2022

Specialized financing: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach)

Regulatory categories

in millions of euros

Residual maturity

On-balance

sheet

exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

Risk weight

Exposure

value

Weighted-

exposure

amount

Expected

loss amount

a

b

c

d

e

f

Class 1

Less than 2.5 years

17

-

50%

17

8

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

39

9

70%

48

34

-

Class 2

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

70%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

90%

-

-

-

Class 3

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

115%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

115%

-

-

-

Class 4

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

250%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

250%

-

-

-

Class 5

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

0%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

0%

-

-

-

TOTAL

LESS THAN 2.5 YEARS

17

-

 

17

8

-

GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 YEARS

39

9

 

48

34

-

CR10.2

12/31/2021

Specialized financing: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach)

Regulatory categories

in millions of euros

Residual maturity

On-balance

sheet

exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

Risk weight

Exposure

value

Weighted-

exposure

amount

Expected

loss amount

a

b

c

d

e

f

Class 1

Less than 2.5 years

1

-

50%

1

1

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

15

-

70%

15

11

-

Class 2

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

70%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

8

-

90%

8

7

-

Class 3

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

115%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

115%

-

-

-

Class 4

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

250%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

250%

-

-

-

Class 5

Less than 2.5 years

-

-

0%

-

-

-

Greater than or equal to 2.5 years

-

-

0%

-

-

-

TOTAL

LESS THAN 2.5 YEARS

1

-

 

1

1

-

GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 YEARS

23

-

 

23

18

-

CR10.5

12/31/2022

Equity exposures under the simple risk-weighted approach

Categories

in millions of euros

On-balance sheet exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

Risk weight

Exposure

value

Weighted-

exposure

amount

Expected

loss amounts

a

b

c

d

e

f

Private equity exposures

3,099

176

190%

3,275

6,222

26

Exchange-traded equity exposures

1,415

-

290%

1,415

4,103

11

Other equity exposures

6,291

-

370%

6,291

23,277

151

TOTAL

10,805

176

 

10,981

33,602

189

CR10.5

12/31/2021

Equity exposures under the simple risk-weighted approach

Categories

in millions of euros

On-balance sheet exposures

Off-balance

sheet

exposures

Risk weight

Exposure

value

Weighted-

exposure

amount

Risk-

Weighted

Assets

a

b

c

d

e

f

Private equity exposures

3,106

167

190%

3,273

6,219

26

Exchange-traded equity exposures

1,751

-

290%

1,751

5,078

14

Other equity exposures

6,777

-

370%

6,777

25,074

163

TOTAL

11,634

167

 

11,801

36,372

203

6. COUNTERPARTY RISK

6.1 Counterparty risk management

Counterparty risk is the credit risk generated on market, investment and/or settlement transactions. It is the risk of the counterparty not being able to meet its obligations to Group institutions.

It is also related to the cost of replacing a derivative instrument if the counterparty defaults, and is similar to market risk given default.

Counterparty risk also arises on cash management and market activities conducted with customers, and on clearing activities via a clearing house or external clearing agent.

Exposure to counterparty risk is measured using the internal ratings-based approach and standardized approach.

Measuring counterparty risk

In economic terms, Groupe BPCE and its subsidiaries measure counterparty risk for derivative instruments (swaps or structured products, for instance) using the internal model method for the Global Financial Services (GFS) scope, or the mark-to-market method for the other institutions. In order to perfect the economic measurement of the current and potential risk inherent in derivatives, a tracking mechanism based on a standardized economic measurement is currently being instituted throughout Groupe BPCE.

GFS uses an internal model to measure and manage its own counterparty risk. Using Monte Carlo simulations for the main risk factors, this model measures the positions on each counterparty and for the entire lifespan of the exposure, taking netting and collateralization criteria into account.

The model thus determines the Expected Positive Exposure (EPE) profile and the Potential Future Exposure (PFE) profile, the latter being the main indicator used by GFS for assessing counterparty risk exposure. This indicator is calculated as the 97.7% percentile of the distribution of exposures for each counterparty.

Since 2021, the counterparty risk assessment model developed by GFS (PFE) has been deployed on the Group’s exposures beyond GFS. In particular, 2022 made the assessment more reliable. The Group’s entities, excluding GFS, continue to use the standard model for assessing the capital requirements for counterparty risk.

Counterparty risk mitigation techniques

Group ceilings and limits regulate counterparty risk. These are validated by the Group Credit and Counterparty Committee.

Use of clearing houses and forward financial instruments (daily margin calls under ISDA agreements, for example) govern relations with the main customers (mainly GFS/Natixis). Accordingly, the Group has implemented the EMIR requirements.

The principles of counterparty risk management are based on:

a risk measurement determined according to the type of instrument in question, the term of the transactions, and whether or not any netting and collateralization agreements are in place;

counterparty risk limits and allocation procedures;

a value adjustment in respect of counterparty risk: the CVA (Credit Value Adjustment) represents the market value of a counterparty’s default risk (see CVA section below);

incorporation of wrong-way risk: wrong-way risk refers to the risk that a given counterparty exposure is heavily correlated with the counterparty’s probability of default.

From a regulatory standpoint, counterparty risk is represented by:

specific wrong-way risk, i.e. the risk generated when, due to the nature of the transactions entered into with a counterparty, there is a direct link between its credit quality and the amount of the exposure;

general wrong-way risk, i.e. the risk generated when there is a correlation between the counterparty’s credit quality and general market factors.

GFS complies with Article 291.6 of the European regulation of June 26, 2013, including the obligation to report wrong-way risk (WWR), which specifies that the bank must have policies, processes and procedures in place to identify and monitor WWR. The goal is to enable the bank to better understand the exposure to counterparty credit risk and thus improve the management of such exposure.

Specific wrong-way risk is subject to a specific capital requirement (Article 291.5 of the European regulation of June 26, 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms), while general wrong-way risk is assessed using the WWR stress scenarios defined for each asset class.

In the event the Bank’s external credit rating is downgraded, it may be required to provide additional cash or collateral to investors under agreements that include rating triggers. In particular, in calculating the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), the amounts of these additional cash outflows and additional collateral requirements are measured. These amounts comprise the payment the bank would have to make within 30 calendar days in the event its credit rating were downgraded by as much as three notches.

CVA

The valuation of financial instruments traded over-the-counter by Groupe BPCE with external counterparties in its capital markets businesses (mainly GFS) and ALM activities include credit valuation adjustments. The CVA is an adjustment to the valuation of the trading book aimed at factoring in counterparty credit risks. It thus reflects the expectation of loss in fair value terms on the existing exposure to a counterparty due to the potential positive value of the contract, the counterparty’s probability of default and the estimated collection rate.

The level of the CVA varies according to changes in exposure to existing counterparty risk and in the counterparty’s credit rating, which may trigger changes in the CDS spread used to determine the probability of default.

6.2 Quantitative disclosures

BPCE18 – BREAKDOWN OF GROSS COUNTERPARTY RISK EXPOSURES BY ASSET CLASS (EXCLUDING OTHER ASSETS) AND METHOD

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Standard

IRB

Total

Total

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Exposure

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Central banks and other sovereign exposures

-

-

-

2,336

2,336

128

2,336

2,713

2,713

96

Central administrations

11

11

-

10,317

10,317

125

10,328

6,641

6,641

154

Public sector and similar entities

539

539

30

366

366

-

904

1,403

1,403

229

Institutions

13,534

13,509

906

19,094

19,104

6,128

32,628

32,592

35,235

6,746

Corporate customers

564

564

436

18,382

18,380

5,945

18,946

19,116

19,085

6,697

Retail

1

1

0

3

3

1

4

15

17

12

Equities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Securitization

45

45

7

1,130

1,130

222

1,175

1,291

1,291

298

TOTAL

14,692

14,668

1,379

51,628

51,636

12,550

66,321

63,771

66,384

14,232

BPCE19 – BREAKDOWN BY EXPOSURE CLASS OF RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS FOR THE CREDIT VALUATION ADJUSTMENT (CVA)

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Central banks and other sovereign exposures

-

0

Central administrations

2

2

Public sector and similar entities

-

-

Institutions

2,326

1,993

Corporate customers

583

541

Retail

-

-

Equities

-

-

Securitization

-

-

Other assets

-

-

TOTAL

2,911

2,536

BPCE20 – SECURITIES EXPOSED TO COUNTERPARTY RISK ON DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS AND REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Standard

IRB

Total

Standard

IRB

Total

Derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central banks and other sovereign exposures

-

492

492

-

260

260

Central administrations

11

6,668

6,678

10

2,340

2,350

Public sector and similar entities

535

366

901

1,191

209

1,400

Institutions

10,779

10,584

21,363

10,552

8,498

19,049

Corporate customers

416

9,450

9,866

762

9,275

10,037

Retail

1

3

4

13

3

15

Securitization

45

1,130

1,175

34

1,257

1,291

TOTAL

11,787

28,692

40,480

12,561

21,841

34,403

Repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central banks and other sovereign exposures

-

1,844

1,844

-

2,454

2,454

Central administrations

-

3,649

3,649

-

4,290

4,290

Public sector and similar entities

3

-

3

2

-

2

Institutions

2,755

8,510

11,265

4,124

9,419

13,543

Corporate customers

147

8,933

9,080

144

8,935

9,079

Retail

-

0

0

-

0

0

Securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

TOTAL

2,905

22,936

25,841

4,270

25,098

29,369

6.3 Detailed quantitative disclosures

The detailed quantitative disclosures on counterparty risk in the following tables enhances the information in the previous section, in respect of Pillar III.

EU CCR1 – ANALYSIS OF COUNTERPARTY RISK EXPOSURE BY APPROACH

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Replacement
cost (RC)

Potential
future
exposure
(PFE)

EEPE

Alpha
used for
computing
regulatory
exposure
value

Exposure
value
pre-CRM

Exposure
value
post-CRM

Exposure
value

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

EU-1

EU – Original exposure method (for derivatives)

-

-

 

1.4

-

-

-

-

EU-2

EU – Simplified SA-CCR (for derivatives)

-

-

 

1.4

-

-

-

-

1

SA-CCR (for derivatives)

1,326

3,922

 

1.4

24,785

7,347

7,347

2,616

2

IMM (for derivatives and SFTs)

 

 

15,246

1.4

113

21,508

21,508

3,436

2a

of which securities financing transaction netting sets

 

 

-

 

-

-

-

-

2b

of which derivative & long settlement transaction netting sets

 

 

15,246

 

113

21,508

21,508

3,436

2c

of which from contractual cross-product netting sets

 

 

-

 

-

-

-

-

3

Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

4

Financial collateral comprehensive method (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

21,626

21,626

21,626

1,887

5

VaR for SFTs

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

6

TOTAL

 

 

 

 

46,524

50,481

50,481

7,938

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Replacement
cost (RC)

Potential
future
exposure
(PFE)

EEPE

Alpha
used for
computing
regulatory
exposure
value

Exposure
value
pre-CRM

Exposure
value
post-CRM

Exposure
value

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

EU-1

EU – Original exposure method (for derivatives)

-

-

 

1.4

-

-

-

-

EU-2

EU – Simplified SA-CCR (for derivatives)

-

-

 

1.4

-

-

-

-

1

SA-CCR (for derivatives)

1,520

3,750

 

1.4

26,647

8,008

8,008

3,275

2

IMM (for derivatives and SFTs)

 

 

10,732

1.4

411

15,025

15,025

4,334

2a

of which securities financing transaction netting sets

 

 

-

 

-

-

-

-

2b

of which derivative & long settlement transaction netting sets

 

 

10,732

 

411

15,025

15,025

4,334

2c

of which from contractual cross-product netting sets

 

 

-

 

-

-

-

-

3

Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

4

Financial collateral comprehensive method (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

31,955

31,473

31,473

2,145

5

VaR for SFTs

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

6

TOTAL

 

 

 

 

59,012

54,507

54,507

9,754

 

EU CCR2 – CAPITAL REQUIREMENT FOR CREDIT VALUATION ADJUSTMENT (CVA)

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

Exposure value

Risk-Weighted Assets

1

Total transactions subject to the advanced method

8,241

1,381

2

VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)

 

120

3

Stressed VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)

 

1,261

4

Transactions subject to the standardized method

5,238

1,530

EU-4

Transactions subject to the alternative approach (based on the original exposure method)

 

 

5

TOTAL TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO OWN FUNDS REQUIREMENTS FOR CVA RISK

13,479

2,911

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

Exposure value

Risk-Weighted Assets

1

Total transactions subject to the advanced method

5,425

1,187

2

VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)

 

65

3

Stressed VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)

 

1,122

4

Transactions subject to the standardized method

5,204

1,349

EU-4

Transactions subject to the alternative approach (based on the original exposure method)

 

 

5

TOTAL TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO OWN FUNDS REQUIREMENTS FOR CVA RISK

10,630

2,536

EU CCR3 – STANDARDIZED APPROACH – COUNTERPARTY RISK EXPOSURES BY REGULATORY EXPOSURE CATEGORY AND RISK WEIGHTING

Exposure classes

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

 

Risk weight

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

0%

2%

4%

10%

20%

50%

70%

75%

100%

150%

Others

Total
expo-
sure
value

1

Central governments or central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Regional governments or local authorities

11

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

109

3

Public sector entities

429

 

 

 

44

1

 

 

9

 

 

482

4

Multilateral development banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

International organizations

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

6

Institutions

87

12,476

 

 

368

291

 

 

3

 

 

13,224

7

Corporate customers

194

 

 

 

23

150

 

 

313

19

 

699

8

Retail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

9

Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment

 

 

 

 

23

40

 

 

34

 

 

97

10

Other items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

25

11

TOTAL EXPOSURE VALUE

732

12,476

 

 

555

481

 

1

358

44

 

14,648

Exposure classes

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

 

Risk weight

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

0%

2%

4%

10%

20%

50%

70%

75%

100%

150%

Others

Total
expo-
sure
value

1

Central governments or central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Regional governments or local authorities

10

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

 

 

 

418

3

Public sector entities

475

 

 

 

381

6

 

 

55

 

 

918

4

Multilateral development banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

International organizations

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

6

Institutions

2,854

13,375

 

 

351

253

 

 

 

 

 

16,834

7

Corporate customers

 

 

 

 

107

161

 

 

668

119

 

1,055

8

Retail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

9

Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment

 

 

 

 

82

57

 

 

10

 

 

149

10

Other items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

25

 

91

11

TOTAL EXPOSURE VALUE

3,349

13,375

 

 

1,329

478

 

14

799

145

 

19,489

EU CCR4 – IRB APPROACH – COUNTERPARTY RISK EXPOSURES BY EXPOSURE CLASS AND PD SCALE

A-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

PD range

Exposure

value

Weighted

average PD

(in %)

Number of

obligors

Weighted

average

LGD (in %)

Weighted

average

maturity

(in years)

Risk-

Weighted

Assets

RWA

density

1

CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS

0.00 to < 0.15

12,254

0.00%

108

11.38%

-

35

0.29%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

827

0.21%

5

37.10%

-

160

19.36%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

46

0.38%

3

47.10%

-

20

42.88%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

27

3.19%

1

47.10%

-

37

135.45%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

8

100.00 (default)

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

13,154

0.02%

117

13.20%

-

252

1.91%

1

INSTITUTIONS

0.00 to < 0.15

14,738

0.00%

-

33.46%

-

2,202

14.94%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

1,793

0.00%

-

33.37%

-

876

48.87%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

637

0.00%

-

34.25%

-

459

72.15%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

261

0.00%

-

40.59%

-

203

77.68%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

80

0.00%

-

60.03%

-

106

132.20%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

13

0.00%

-

54.26%

-

32

254.70%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

8

100.00 (default)

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

17,521

0.00%

1

33.72%

-

3,878

22.13%

1

CORPORATE CUSTOMERS

0.00 to < 0.15

11,356

0.04%

674

29.95%

-

1,236

10.89%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

1,614

0.14%

205

28.50%

-

591

36.61%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

813

0.29%

229

31.44%

-

325

39.99%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

779

0.49%

406

32.84%

-

420

53.89%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

2,141

1.01%

806

27.86%

-

1,455

67.98%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

841

3.42%

689

26.88%

-

908

108.00%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

18

8.92%

237

28.94%

-

32

178.70%

8

100.00 (default)

1

99.25%

42

73.15%

-

2

145.52%

 

Sub-total

 

17,564

0.38%

3,288

29.61%

-

4,969

28.29%

1

RETAIL

0.00 to < 0.15

1

0.09%

49

45.00%

-

-

10.90%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

1

0.34%

54

45.00%

-

-

26.95%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

-

0.67%

22

45.00%

-

-

40.13%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

1

1.74%

59

45.00%

-

1

58.19%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

-

4.99%

19

45.00%

-

-

70.17%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

15.23%

16

45.00%

-

-

93.48%

8

100.00 (default)

-

100.00%

2

45.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

3

2.81%

221

45.00%

-

1

45.22%

 

TOTAL

 

48,241

 

3,627

 

 

9,100

 

A-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

PD range

Exposure
value

Weighted
average PD

(in %)

Number of
obligors

Weighted
average

LGD (in %)

Weighted
average
maturity

(in years)

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

RWA
density

1

CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS

0.00 to < 0.15

8,850

0.00%

91

15.41%

-

23

0.26%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

840

0.21%

7

33.20%

-

145

17.24%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

98

0.10%

3

17.57%

-

24

24.58%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

38

3.19%

1

47.10%

-

56

149.08%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

8

100.00 (default)

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

9,826

0.03%

102

17.08%

-

248

2.53%

1

INSTITUTIONS

0.00 to < 0.15

13,644

0.00%

-

38.91%

-

2,552

18.70%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

1,296

0.00%

-

44.72%

-

624

48.13%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

438

0.00%

-

47.83%

-

321

73.31%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

89

0.00%

-

44.87%

-

85

95.65%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

131

0.00%

-

57.44%

-

179

136.69%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

9

0.00%

-

66.55%

-

21

229.48%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

8

100.00 (default)

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

15,608

0.00%

1

39.85%

-

3,782

24.23%

1

CORPORATE CUSTOMERS

0.00 to < 0.15

10,890

0.04%

736

32.55%

-

1,058

9.71%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

1,255

0.16%

190

30.23%

-

363

28.97%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

1,108

0.29%

233

28.33%

-

392

35.35%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

1,061

0.51%

436

24.88%

-

409

38.52%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

2,500

1.34%

622

31.79%

-

1,695

67.80%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

746

4.11%

508

33.16%

-

838

112.43%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

66

8.72%

280

23.29%

-

124

187.57%

8

100.00 (default)

54

87.98%

57

35.16%

-

59

108.65%

 

Sub-total

 

17,678

0.75%

3,062

31.55%

-

4,937

27.93%

1

RETAIL

0.00 to < 0.15

-

0.11%

21

45.00%

-

-

12.20%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

-

0.24%

1

45.00%

-

-

21.43%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

1

0.34%

56

45.00%

-

-

26.85%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

-

0.66%

12

45.00%

-

-

39.94%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

1

1.93%

58

45.00%

-

-

59.56%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

-

5.37%

24

45.00%

-

-

70.87%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

1

15.16%

13

45.00%

-

1

94.29%

8

100.00 (default)

-

100.00%

2

45.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

3

4.60%

187

45.00%

-

2

55.23%

 

TOTAL

 

43,115

 

3,352

 

 

8,969

 

F-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

PD range

Exposure
value

Weighted
average PD

(in %)

Number of
obligors

Weighted
average

LGD (in %)

Weighted
average
maturity

(in years)

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

RWA
density

1

CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS

0.00 to < 0.15

45

0.00%

-

45.00%

-

-

0.00%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

19.36%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

-

0.39%

-

45.00%

-

-

42.88%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

135.45%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

8

100.00 (default)

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

45

0.00%

-

45.00%

-

-

1.91%

1

INSTITUTIONS

0.00 to < 0.15

1,758

0.06%

-

40.94%

-

369

20.99%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

156

0.17%

-

0.00%

-

51

32.88%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

13

0.36%

-

45.00%

-

6

42.76%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

-

0.60%

-

0.00%

-

-

104.19%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

1

1.77%

-

15.58%

-

1

136.26%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

1

3.02%

-

45.00%

-

2

148.69%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

8

100.00 (default)

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

1,929

0.07%

-

37.66%

-

429

22.24%

1

CORPORATE CUSTOMERS

0.00 to < 0.15

1,012

0.02%

-

22.27%

-

184

18.19%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

75

0.16%

-

45.00%

-

24

31.44%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

18

0.35%

-

45.00%

-

12

65.67%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

17

0.60%

-

45.00%

-

13

72.57%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

90

1.35%

-

45.00%

-

79

88.48%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

46

4.45%

-

45.00%

-

63

137.32%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

41

11.95%

-

45.00%

-

90

219.75%

8

100.00 (default)

1

100.00%

-

45.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

1,301

0.74%

1

27.31%

-

465

35.74%

 

TOTAL

 

3,275

 

1

 

 

894

 

F-IRB

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

PD range

Exposure

value

Weighted

average PD

(in %)

Number of

obligors

Weighted

average

LGD (in %)

Weighted

average

maturity

(in years)

Risk-

Weighted

Assets

RWA

density

1

CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS

0.00 to < 0.15

1

0.00%

-

45.00%

-

-

0.00%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

17.24%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

24.58%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

149.08%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

8

100.00 (default)

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

1

0.00%

-

45.00%

-

-

2.53%

1

INSTITUTIONS

0.00 to < 0.15

1,572

0.40%

-

33.11%

-

492

31.27%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

630

0.16%

-

0.61%

-

25

4.00%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

296

0.35%

-

0.00%

-

32

10.82%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

-

0.60%

-

0.00%

-

-

104.19%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

-

2.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

151.30%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

2

2.91%

-

45.00%

-

2

123.20%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

-

0.00%

-

0.00%

-

-

0.00%

8

100.00 (default)

-

100.00%

-

45.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

2,500

0.34%

-

21.01%

-

551

22.05%

1

CORPORATE CUSTOMERS

0.00 to < 0.15

278

0.27%

-

29.04%

-

181

65.26%

2

0.15 to < 0.25

763

0.16%

-

44.99%

-

24

3.12%

3

0.25 to < 0.50

27

0.32%

-

45.00%

-

15

56.05%

4

0.50 to < 0.75

19

0.59%

-

42.39%

-

14

72.72%

5

0.75 to < 2.50

55

1.50%

-

41.65%

-

53

96.00%

6

2.50 to < 10.00

42

3.75%

-

45.00%

-

57

136.13%

7

10.00 to < 100.00

20

13.29%

-

45.00%

-

43

216.66%

8

100.00 (default)

6

100.00%

-

45.00%

-

-

0.00%

 

Sub-total

 

1,209

1.08%

1

41.13%

-

387

32.02%

 

TOTAL

 

3,710

 

1

 

 

938

 

EU CCR5 – COMPOSITION OF COLLATERAL FOR COUNTERPARTY RISK EXPOSURES

Collateral type

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Collateral used in derivative transactions

Collateral used in SFTs

Fair value of collateral

received

Fair value of

posted collateral

Fair value of collateral

received

Fair value of

posted collateral

Segregated

Unsegre-

gated

Segregated

Unsegre-

gated

Segregated

Unsegre-

gated

Segregated

Unsegre-

gated

1

Cash – domestic currency

-

7,956

-

13,692

-

1,898

-

1,424

2

Cash – other currencies

-

1,440

-

2,824

-

5,356

-

1,201

3

Domestic sovereign debt

-

11

-

-

-

55

-

-

4

Other sovereign debt

1,845

374

-

106

-

79,654

-

85,326

5

Government agency debt

229

463

-

63

-

12,841

-

14,558

6

Corporate bonds

1,533

178

-

181

-

17,987

-

18,934

7

Equities

109

-

-

-

-

14,758

-

54,379

8

Other collateral

12

79

-

-

-

12,642

-

12,626

9

TOTAL

3,728

10,501

-

16,866

-

145,192

-

188,448

Collateral type

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Collateral used in derivative transactions

Collateral used in SFTs

Fair value of collateral

received

Fair value of

posted collateral

Fair value of

collateral received

Fair value of

posted collateral

Segregated

Unsegre-

gated

Segregated

Unsegre-

gated

Segregated

Unsegre-

gated

Segregated

Unsegre-

gated

1

Cash – domestic currency

-

8,617

612

10,779

-

1,237

-

1,490

2

Cash – other currencies

-

1,520

-

1,713

-

6,039

-

1,596

3

Domestic sovereign debt

-

21

-

-

-

1

-

27

4

Other sovereign debt

1,904

175

-

78

-

93,670

-

102,881

5

Government agency debt

684

484

-

575

-

9,566

-

32,036

6

Corporate bonds

942

165

-

229

-

11,424

-

12,241

7

Equities

670

-

-

-

-

16,428

-

62,305

8

Other collateral

10

80

-

-

-

12,048

-

9,401

9

TOTAL

4,210

11,062

612

13,373

-

150,412

-

221,977

EU CCR6 – CREDIT DERIVATIVE EXPOSURES

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

Protection purchased

Protection sold

 

Notional amounts

 

 

1

Single-name credit default swaps

16,437

17,944

2

Index credit default swaps

21,243

19,240

3

TRS

1,432

-

4

Credit options

-

-

5

Other credit derivatives

-

-

6

TOTAL NOTIONAL AMOUNTS

39,111

37,184

 

Fair value

 

 

7

Positive fair value (asset)

392

491

8

Negative fair value (liability)

(486)

(183)

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

Protection purchased

Protection sold

 

Notional amounts

 

 

1

Single-name credit default swaps

6,356

10,397

2

Index credit default swaps

9,220

5,222

3

TRS

951

-

4

Credit options

-

-

5

Other credit derivatives

-

-

6

TOTAL NOTIONAL AMOUNTS

16,527

15,619

 

Fair value

 

 

7

Positive fair value (asset)

84

393

8

Negative fair value (liability)

(441)

(63)

EU CCR7 – RISK-WEIGHTED ASSET FLOW STATEMENTS FOR COUNTERPARTY RISK EXPOSURES UNDER THE IMM

in millions of euros

Risk-Weighted Assets

a

1

12/31/2021

4,357

2

Asset size

555

3

Credit quality of counterparties

(131)

4

Model updates (IMM only)

-

5

Methodology and policy (IMM only)

(84)

6

Acquisitions and disposals

-

7

Foreign exchange movements

-

8

Others

(1,237)

9

12/31/2022

3,459

CCR8 – EXPOSURE TO CENTRAL COUNTERPARTIES (CCP)

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

Exposure value

Risk-Weighted Assets

1

Exposures to QCCPs (total)

 

404

2

Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which

7,254

145

3

i) OTC derivatives

4,799

96

4

ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

-

-

5

iii) Securities financing transaction (SFT)

2,456

49

6

iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

-

-

7

Segregated initial margin

-

 

8

Non-segregated initial margin

256

5

9

Prefunded default fund contributions

630

254

10

Unfunded default fund contributions

-

-

11

Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)

 

-

12

Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which

-

-

13

i) OTC derivatives

-

-

14

ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

-

-

15

iii) Securities financing transaction (SFT)

-

-

16

iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

-

-

17

Segregated initial margin

-

 

18

Non-segregated initial margin

-

-

19

Prefunded default fund contributions

-

-

20

Unfunded default fund contributions

-

-

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

Exposure value

Risk-Weighted Assets

1

Exposures to QCCPs (total)

 

328

2

Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which

8,386

168

3

i) OTC derivatives

4,707

94

4

ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

-

-

5

iii) Securities financing transaction (SFT)

3,678

74

6

iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

-

-

7

Segregated initial margin

-

 

8

Non-segregated initial margin

93

2

9

Prefunded default fund contributions

406

158

10

Unfunded default fund contributions

-

-

11

Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)

 

-

12

Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which

-

-

13

i) OTC derivatives

-

-

14

ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

-

-

15

iii) Securities financing transaction (SFT)

-

-

16

iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

-

-

17

Segregated initial margin

-

 

18

Non-segregated initial margin

-

-

19

Prefunded default fund contributions

-

-

20

Unfunded default fund contributions

-

-

BPCE 21 – NOTIONAL AMOUNT OF DERIVATIVES

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

TOTAL NOTIONAL AMOUNT OF OUTSTANDING DERIVATIVES

10,790,462

9,134,065

of which notional amount of derivatives traded with central counterparties

8,649,103

7,182,595

Notional amount of OTC derivatives

2,141,359

1,951,469

of which interest rate derivatives

920,510

825,999

of which equity derivatives

89,551

110,954

of which currency derivatives

1,095,126

984,457

of which credit derivatives

16,453

10,102

Notional amount of cleared derivatives

8,649,103

7,182,595

of which interest rate derivatives

8,447,973

7,005,701

of which equity derivatives

147,124

132,697

of which currency derivatives

29,858

31,103

of which credit derivatives

20,442

8,786

7. SECURITIZATION TRANSACTIONS

7.1 Regulatory framework and accounting methods

Regulatory framework

Two European regulations aimed at facilitating the development of the securitization market, preventing risks and ensuring the stability of the financial system, were published in the Official Journal of the European Union on December 28, 2017. The objective of both regulations is to govern securitization transactions in the European Union.

REGULATION (EU) NO. 2017/2402 (1)

Sets a general framework for securitization (the previous rules were spread out in three different directives and two regulations). Establishes appropriate due diligence, risk retention and transparency requirements for parties to securitization transactions, sets loan approval criteria, lays down requirements for selling securitizations to retail clients, and prohibits re-securitization.

Also establishes a specific framework for STS (simple, transparent and standardized) securitization, by defining the criteria for transactions to meet in order to qualify as securitizations and the obligations arising from such qualification, such as the obligation to notify ESMA of securitization programs.

REGULATION (EU) NO. 2017/2401 (2)

Amends the provisions of regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 pertaining to securitization, including in particular the prudential requirements applicable to credit institutions and investment firms acting as originators, sponsors or investors in securitization transactions. Deals in particular with:

STS securitizations, and the method for calculating the associated risk-weighted exposure amounts;

the hierarchy of methods for calculating RWAs and determining the related parameters;

external credit assessments (performed by external rating agencies).

REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Hierarchy of methods: securitization capital requirements are calculated in accordance with a hierarchy of methods applied in the order of priority set by the European Commission:

SEC-IRBA (Securitization Internal Ratings Based Approach): uses the bank’s internal rating models, which shall have been approved beforehand by the supervisor. SEC-IRBA calculates regulatory capital requirements in relation to underlying exposures as if these had not been securitized, and then applies certain pre-defined inputs;

SEC-SA (Securitization Standardized Approach): this method is the last chance to use a formula defined by the supervisor, using as an input the capital requirements that would be calculated under the current Standardized Approach (calculates regulatory capital requirements in relation to underlying exposures – based on their class – and then applies the ratio of defaulted underlying exposures to the total amount of underlying exposures);

SEC-ERBA (Securitization External Ratings Based Approach): based on the credit ratings of securitization tranches determined by external rating agencies.

If none of these three methods is applicable (SEC-IRBA, SEC-ERBA, SEC-SA), then the risk weight applied to the securitization is 1,250%.

Details:

introduction of new risk inputs: maturity and thickness of the tranche;

higher risk weight floor: 15% (versus 7% previously);

preferential regulatory treatment for STS securitization exposures;

risk weight floor lowered to 10% (versus 15%);

SEC-ERBA: STS differentiated risk weight table.

The European regulation defining the new general framework for securitization and creating a clear set of criteria for Simple, Transparent and Standardized (STS) securitizations, as well as the related amendments to the CRR, were published in the Official Journal of the European Union on December 28, 2017, with an effective date of January 2019.

Accounting methods

Securitization transactions in which Groupe BPCE is an investor (i.e. the Group invests directly in some securitization positions, provides liquidity, and is a counterparty for derivatives exposures or guarantees) are recognized in accordance with the Group’s accounting principles, as referred to in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Securitization positions are predominantly recorded under “Securities at amortized cost” and “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.”

Securitization positions classified as “Securities at amortized cost” are measured after their initial recognition at amortized cost based on the effective interest rate. Any position booked to “Securities at amortized cost” is impaired under “Cost of credit risk” in respect of Stage 1 or Stage 2 expected credit losses following a significant increase in credit risk.

Where a position booked to “Securities at amortized cost” is transferred to Stage 3 (defaulted exposures), the impairment is recorded under “Cost of credit risk” (Note 7.1.2 to the financial statements – “Change in gross carrying amounts and expected credit losses on financial assets and commitments”).

In the event of disposal, the Group recognizes the gains or losses on disposal in the income statement under “Net gains or losses arising from the derecognition of financial assets at amortized cost”. Except in the case where the receivable is in default: in the latter case, it is recognized under “Cost of credit risk”.

Securitization positions classified as “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” are remeasured at their fair value at the closing date.

Interest income accrued or received on debt instruments is recognized in income based on the effective interest rate under “Interest and similar income” in net banking income (NBI), while changes in fair value (excluding revenues) are recorded on a separate line in other comprehensive income under “Gains and losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income.” They are impaired in respect of Stage 1, 2 or 3 expected credit losses, in accordance with the same methodology used for positions classified as “Securities at amortized cost.” This impairment is recorded on the liabilities side of the balance sheet under other comprehensive income recyclable to profit or loss, with a corresponding entry to “Cost of credit risk” in the income statement (Note 7.1.2 to the financial statements – “Change in gross carrying amounts and expected credit losses on financial assets and commitments”).

If the position is sold, the Group recognizes the capital gains or losses on disposal in profit or loss under “Gains (losses) on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income before tax” unless the position is in Stage 3. In such case, the loss is recognized in “Cost of credit risk.”

Securitization positions classified as “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” are measured at fair value, at both the initial recognition date and the reporting date. Changes in fair value over the period, interest, and gains or losses on disposals related to securitization positions are recognized in “Gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.”

Synthetic securitization transactions such as Credit Default Swaps are subject to accounting recognition rules specific to trading derivatives (Note 5.2 to the financial statements – “Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”).

In accordance with IFRS 9, securitized assets are derecognized when Groupe BPCE has transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset.

If the Group transfers the cash flows of a financial asset but neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, and has not retained control of the financial asset, the Group derecognizes the financial asset and then recognizes separately, if necessary, as assets or liabilities any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer. If the Group retains control of the financial asset, it continues to recognize the financial asset to the extent of its continuing involvement in the financial asset.

When a financial asset at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income is fully derecognized, a gain or loss on disposal is recorded in the income statement. The amount is equal to the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the value of the consideration received, corrected for impairment, and where applicable for any unrealized profit or loss previously recognized directly in other comprehensive income.

Given the relatively low value of the assets in question and relative infrequency of securitization transactions, assets pending securitization continue to be recognized in their original portfolio. Specifically, they continue to be recognized under “Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost” when that is their original classification. For synthetic securitization transactions, assets are not derecognized as long as the institution retains control over them. The assets continue to be recognized in accordance with their original classification and valuation method. Consolidation or non-consolidation of securitization vehicles is analyzed in accordance with IFRS 10 based on the institution’s ties with the vehicle. These principles are reiterated in Note 3.2.1 to the financial statements – “Entities controlled by the Group.”

Scope of the programs:

Originator: either an entity which, on its own or through affiliates, was directly or indirectly involved in the original agreement which created the obligations (or contingent obligations) of the obligor, giving rise to the securitization transaction or arrangement; or an entity that purchases a third party’s on-balance sheet exposures and then securitizes them;

Sponsor: an institution other than an originator institution that establishes and manages an asset-backed commercial paper program or other securitization scheme that purchases exposures from third-party entities;

Investor: the Group’s position when it holds securitization positions in which it has invested, but in which it does not act as originator or sponsor. These are mainly tranches acquired in programs initiated or managed by external banks.

Terminology

Traditional securitization: the economic transfer to investors of financial assets such as loans or advances, transforming these loans into financial securities issued on the capital market via SSPEs (securitization special purpose entities).

Synthetic securitization: in a synthetic transaction, ownership of the asset is not transferred but the risk is transferred through a financial instrument, i.e. the credit derivative.

Re-securitization: a securitization in which the credit risk associated with a portfolio of underlying assets is divided into tranches and for which at least one of the underlying asset exposures is a securitization position.

Tranche: a contractually established segment of the credit risk associated with an exposure or number of exposures.

Securitization position: an exposure to a securitization.

Liquidity facility: the securitization position arising from a contractual agreement to provide funding to ensure timeliness of cash flows to investors.

7.2 Securitization management at Groupe BPCE

Since 2014, Groupe BPCE has had a residential real estate loan securitization program to ensure the sustainability of its stock of collateral eligible for the Eurosystem, providing it with liquidity reserves.

The banking book EAD (final securitization) amounted to €22.48 billion on December 31, 2022 (up by €4.02 billion year-on-year).

The positions were mainly carried by GFS (€17.86 billion), BRED (€2.57 billion) and BPCE SA (€2.04 billion, positions arising from the transfer of a portfolio of home loan and public asset securitizations from Crédit Foncier in September 2014).

The EADs in the trading portfolio amounted to €314 billion at December 31, 2022, and were mainly carried by GFS (€267 billion) and BRED (€46 billion).

The increase in EAD of the banking book is mainly due to:

the business lines comprising GFS’ roll-out plan (+€3.86 billion), and particularly sponsoring (+€2.03 billion), origination (+€0.93 billion) and investment (+€0.90 billion);

the increase in outstandings on the BRED scope amounting to +€0.49 billion;

the decrease in exposures on the BPCE SA portfolio managed in run off for -€0.27 billion;

the workout portfolio exposures of the Corporate & Investment Banking division (formerly GAPC) and BPCE are managed under a run-off method, whereby positions are gradually amortized but still managed (including disposals) in order to safeguard the Group’s interests by actively reducing positions under acceptable pricing conditions.

Breakdown of EAD by entity

GFS: €18.1 BILLION EAD SECURITIZATION (BANKING + TRADING BOOK)

The GFS exposure is mainly positioned in the Banking book at €18.1 billion.

The exposure of the banking book carried by GFS as Sponsor is €11.8 billion:

it consists of 32 lines, mainly transactions carried out through the ABCP Magenta sub-funds (€4.9 billion), and a Versailles liquidity line (€6.8 billion) issued by GFS as a guarantee

the average WAL (Weighted Average Life) is 1.3 years.;

RWA are calculated mainly using the SEC-SA approach;

the portfolio is 100% senior with 11% STS.

The exposure of the banking book carried by GFS as Originator is €3.4 billion, of which 95% in senior and 100% non-STS:

the exposure comes from 262 lines, mainly synthetic securitizations issued by GFS in the amount of €3.1 billion through the Kibo, Kutang and Lhotse SPVs. These SPVs are subject to Significant Risk Transfer. The average WAL (Weighted Average Life) is 4.9 years;

traditional Originator securitizations represented €0.3 billion, spread over 249 lines. The main approaches used to calculate RWA are Sec-Irba (€187 million) and Sec-Sa (€89 million).

The exposure of the banking book carried by GFS as investor is €3.0 billion, of which €0.3 billion in the trading book:

the exposure as an investor is spread over 392 lines on the banking book and 121 lines on the trading book;

the main approaches used to calculate RWA are SEC-SA (€2.7 billion) and SEC-ERBA (€0.3 billion);

on the Banking Book, the portfolio is 88% senior, 10% mezzanine, 2% first loss and is totally non-STS;

for the Trading Book, the portfolio is 85% mezzanine, 15% senior and 92% non-STS. The positions are mainly as an investor, with an average WAL (Weighted Average Life) of 2.6 years.

In general, the RWAs are mainly calculated according to the SEC-SA (€14.2 billion), then SEC-IRBA (€3.3 billion), SEC-ERBA (€0.6 billion) and the default approach (€18 million). In the SEC-ERBA approach, 77% of the exposure comes from lines rated at least A, of which 68% are rated AAA.

BRED: €2.62 BILLION EAD INVESTOR SECURITIZATION (BANKING + TRADING BOOK)

BRED’s exposure, as an investor, is essentially positioned in the Banking Book.

Concerning this Banking Book exposure:

it consists of 219 lines, for an EAD of €2.6 billion, mainly housed in the NJR replacement subsidiary (74% of the volume);

these lines are of excellent quality; 99.9% of the positions are rated at least A, 88.3% are rated AAA. The portfolio is 99.5% senior with 66.7% STS;

the average WAL (Weighted Average Life) is 1.46 years.

The Trading Book stands at €46 billion in EAD for 44 lines:

the quality is also high; the securities are at least A-rated, including 88.2% AAA;

the portfolio is 100% senior, with 12.9% of STS securities;

the average WAL is 0.48 years.

There are no synthetic positions or re-securitizations in either portfolio.

The RWAs are calculated using the SEC-ERBA approach.

The portfolios are regularly subjected to baseline and stress scenarios that demonstrate their full resilience.

BPCE SA: €2.0 BILLION EAD INVESTOR SECURITIZATION

BPCE SA’s investor exposure is exclusively positioned in the Banking Book.

As a reminder, Crédit Foncier’s securitization positions, which boast solid credit quality, were sold to BPCE at balance sheet value, with no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements (more than 90% of the securitization portfolio was transferred to BPCE on September 25, 2014). These exposures are recognized in loans and advances (“L&A”) and did not present a significant risk of loss on completion, as confirmed by the external audit carried out at the time of the transfer.

BPCE SA therefore acts as an Investor (securitization positions in which the Group entity has invested, but in which the Group does not act as originator or sponsor). This includes tranches acquired in programs initiated or managed by third-party banks) and this portfolio is subject to extinctive management. It is composed of:

22 securitization positions in European RMBS and US Student Loans;

with a legal maturity of more than 5 years and an average WAL (Weighted Average Life) of 4.26 years;

recognized at amortized cost;

composed only of Senior tranches, non-STS;

high quality, with 88.8% of the portfolio being Investment Grade;

no synthetic securitization or re-securitization.

The risk-weighted assets are calculated according to the SEC-ERBA approach.

This portfolio is monitored through quarterly internal stress tests (RWA and losses to completion) and demonstrates the robustness of the portfolio’s credit quality.

The various relevant portfolios are specially monitored by the entities and subsidiaries, and by the central institution. Depending on the scope involved, special management or steering committees regularly review the main positions and management strategies.

The central institution’s Risk division regularly reviews securitization exposures (quarterly mapping), changes in portfolio structure, risk-weighted assets and potential losses. Regular assessments of potential losses are discussed by the Umbrella Committee, as are disposal opportunities.

At the same time, special purpose surveys are conducted by the teams on potential losses and changes in risk-weighted assets through internal stress scenarios (risk-weighted assets and loss on completion).

Finally, the Risk division controls risks associated with at-risk securitization positions by identifying ratings downgrades and monitoring changes in exposures (valuation, detailed analysis). Major exposures are systematically submitted to the Group Watchlist and Provisions Committee, which meets quarterly to determine the appropriate level of provisioning.

7.3 Risks related to securitization transactions

Groupe BPCE networks

Presentation of the securitization and credit risk transfer strategy.

Presentation of the internal policies and procedures put in place to ensure, before investing, that institutions have in-depth knowledge of the securitization positions concerned and that institutions comply with the 5% net economic interest retention obligation acting as originator, sponsor or initial lender.

Methods for assessing, monitoring and controlling risks related to securitization arrangements or transactions (and in particular analysis of their economic substance) for originator, sponsor or investor institutions, including via crisis scenarios (assumptions, frequency, consequences).

For originator banks, description of the internal process for assessing deconsolidating transactions from a prudential point of view, supported by an audit trail and the procedures for monitoring the transfer of risk over time through a periodic review.

Since May 2014, Groupe BPCE has implemented a securitization program for loans originated by the Caisses d’Epargne and Banques Populaires networks in order to manage and optimize two elements of Groupe BPCE:

the Group’s liquidity reserves, through “self-owned” securitization transactions;

the Group’s refinancing, through securitization transactions placed on the market or with a limited number of investors.

Self-owned securitization transactions

These transactions aim to ensure the sustainability of the collateral stock eligible for the Eurosystem in the form of securities and thus contribute to the creation of the Group’s liquidity reserves.

Loans granted by the BP and CEP networks are securitized by selling them to a French securitization fund (Fonds Commun de Titrisation – FCT).

The loan transfer operation is carried out in three stages:

1.

the participants, the “Sellers”, assign their receivables to the FCT;

2.

the FCT issues bonds: Senior (used for liquidity purposes) and Subordinated (carrying risks) as well as Residual Units (carrying the results of the activity);

3.

the Sellers subscribe for the Senior and Subordinated bonds as well as the Residual Units and then upload the Senior bonds to BPCE, which can use them and value them as liquidity reserves for the Group, in accordance with the Group’s collateral centralization policy.

In this arrangement, no securities are placed outside the Group. The Sellers are the subscribers of all the securities and therefore retain all the risks and rewards of the receivables sold. In this way, the receivables removed from the balance sheet of the Sellers under French standards are reintegrated under IFRS due to the consolidation of the FCT.

It should be noted that a “demutualization FCT” has been introduced in the Subordinated Bonds and Residual Units circuit for accounting reasons: the purpose of the Demutualization FCT is to break down the quantity of Subordinated Bonds and Residual Units by institution as well as the income from these securities.

Thus, each Seller is faced with a “FCT silo” which includes its assigned receivables on the assets side and the Senior, Subordinated and Residual Units that it has subscribed on the liabilities side, in a scheme equivalent to the securitization that it would have implemented if it had acted alone.

The receivables sold continue to live according to their usual life cycle (evolution of the CRD) and their management/collection continues to be ensured by the Sellers.

In the event of a “reloadable” transaction, the FCT can regularly buy back new receivables in order to maintain its outstanding amount.

Its proper functioning is ensured by a FCT management company (France Titrisation or EuroTitrisation), together with a custodian, GFS, in compliance with the regulations of the FCT.

In addition, the Senior bonds are rated AAA by two rating agencies, which continue to monitor the transaction on an annual basis.

The loans sold in these transactions are either home loans or personal loans (without mixing within the same FCT) originated by the networks.

The table at the end of the presentation shows the characteristics of the transactions as well as the amounts of the securities subscribed and loans sold for the institution.

The transactions classified as “self-owned” refer to the description above.

After gaining expertise in securitization transactions, the Group launched operations to provide refinancing.

This refinancing is based on the proper repayment of the loan portfolio provided to the FCT and does not use BPCE’s signature.

Generally, the price of this refinancing is below that of BPCE’s unsecured refinancing.

Receivables can be contributed to the FCT in two ways:

The disposal operation is carried out in three stages:

1.

the participants, the “Sellers”, assign their receivables to the FCT;

2.

to acquire the receivables, the FCT issues Senior bonds (rated AAA) and Subordinated bonds (carrying risks) as well as Residual Units (carrying the results of the activity);

3.

the markets underwrite the Senior bonds, the proceeds of which are paid to the Sellers, who subscribe to the Subordinated bonds as well as the Residual Units: the risks and rewards of the loans.

When the receivables sold are remunerated at a fixed rate, as well as the Subordinated bonds, and the Senior bonds are issued at a variable rate, then the FCT enters into a swap with GFS whereby the FCT pays a fixed rate and receives a variable rate in order to hedge the interest rate risk related to the Senior bonds. In addition, GFS processes a back-swap with each of the sellers in proportion to its shareholding.

The accounting behavior of this type of transaction is similar to that described above.

The same applies to the management/recovery of receivables.

Transactions classified as “Refinancing” and “Disposals” in the table at the end of the presentation refer to the description above.

As collateral for loans assigned to the FCT:

The disposal operation is carried out in three stages:

1.

each of the participating institutions enters into a loan (CL or collateralized loan) with BPCE.

2.

each CL is immediately transferred to the FCT.

3.

the FCT issues senior and subordinated notes to finance the acquisition of the CLs.

Each CL is covered by a portfolio of loans as collateral, in accordance with Article L. 211-38 of the French Monetary and Financial Code. Where appropriate, the loan may be covered by cash.

In the event of BPCE’s default, the CL becomes repayable immediately and the CLs are transferred to the FCT.

During the reloading period, collateralized loans in default lead to a replenishment of performing loans.

The accounting behavior of this type of transaction is similar to that described above.

The same applies to the management/recovery of receivables.

Transactions classified as “Refinancing” and “Collateralization” in the table at the end of the presentation refer to the description above.

Supplement concerning the HESTIA transaction, which uses securitization tools but is not a securitization transaction from a regulatory point of view.

In September 2020, BPCE had completed a private transaction for the sale of receivables: FCT HESTIA 2019.

This is a deconsolidating transaction for the selling institutions:

1.

the sale to the FCT of €500 million of residential real estate loans originated by four Caisses d’Epargne (CEPAC, CEAPC, CECAZ, CEBPL) which continue to manage these loans on behalf of the FCT,

2.

to finance its acquisition, the FCT issues Senior bonds (Class A), Subordinated bonds (Class B) and Residual Units,

3.

all the securities are subscribed by the investors to whom all the risks associated with the loans sold are definitively transferred.

In the absence of any tranching in the FCT’s liabilities, this transaction is not considered as a securitization transaction from a regulatory point of view (not subject to the provisions of regulation 2017/2402 of the European Parliament of 12/12/2017).

The HESTIA transaction appears in the table at the end of the presentation with the qualification of “Refinancing” and “PTF disposal”.

12/31/2022

Transaction name

(FCT)

Treasury

shares /

Refinancing

Type of

receivables

Launch

date

Reload-

able

Y / N

Disposal/

Collatera-

lization

Participating

institutions

Amounts issued

per transaction

Assigned /

collateralized

receivables

in

CEP

BP

Senior

in

Subordinated

in

Residual

shares

in

BPCE Master Home Loans FCT

Treasury shares

Residential real estate

May-14

Y

Disposals

15

11

35,200,000,000

4,573,809,000

9,900

39,773,757,850

BPCE CONSUMER LOANS FCT 2016

Treasury shares

Personal loans

May-16

Y

Disposals

15

11

3,325,000,000

831,294,559

16,000

4,140,157,693

BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2017

Treasury shares

Residential real estate

May-17

N

Disposals

15

11

3,345,567,160

880,240,800

14,000

4,225,821,896

BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2018

Funding

Residential real estate

Oct-18

N

Disposals

15

11

243,439,100

125,000,000

13,000

368,452,028

BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2019

Funding

Residential real estate

Oct-19

N

Disposals

15

11

416,091,705

100,000,000

13,000

516,104,778

BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2020

Funding

Residential real estate

Oct-20

N

Disposals

15

11

666,314,500

90,000,000

13,000

756,327,413

BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2021 Green UoP

Funding

Residential real estate

Oct-21

N

Disposals

15

11

1,246,595,400

120,000,000

13,000

1,366,608,302

FCT HESTIA 2019

Funding

Residential real estate

Sep-19

N

Disposal PTF

4

0

353,916,107

-

300

353,377,868

BPCE DEMETER 2019 FCT

Funding

Personal loans

Jul-19

Y

Collateralization

10

0

1,000,000,000

167,300,000

3,000

1,167,716,802

BPCE DEMETER DUO FCT

Funding

Personal loans

Feb-21

Y

Collateralization

4

0

400,000,000

70,600,000

600

470,648,352

BPCE DEMETER TRIA FCT

Funding

Personal loans

Jul-21

Y

Collateralization

7

3

750,000,000

243,430,000

1,500

993,592,472

BPCE CONSUMER LOANS FCT 2022

Funding

Personal loans

Jul-22

Y

Disposals

15

11

1,000,000,000

219,500,000

13,000

1,219,325,821

BPCE ELIOS I FCT

Funding

Equipment loans

Dec-22

Y

Collateralization

1

0

400,000,000

133,334,000

300

534,037,413

Note: the FCT HESTIA 2019 transaction uses securitization tools but is not a securitization transaction from a regulatory point of view.

BRED

BRED BP regularly securitizes its advances. The securities issued are kept on the balance sheet to strengthen its mobilization capacities at the ECB. The underlying advances are generally home loans and occasionally equipment or professional loans. The stock of eligible securities depends on the rate of securitization. The objective for the bank is not to transfer credit risk but to improve its liquidity.

The control of risks related to securitization transactions is based on several principles:

the constitution of the pool of advances is determined by the Finance division under the supervision of the project manager. A detailed analysis of the composition of the deposit is carried out;

the pool of advances is passed through the centralized IT filter;

the deposit is systematically analyzed in great detail by two rating agencies (S&P and Fitch Ratings in general).

The deposit is generally audited by a recognized and independent firm.

For information, BRED Banque Populaire carried out a STS securitization transaction in 2022 of a portfolio of residential real estate loans, for a value of nearly €2.9 billion:

the shares are held in treasury and therefore have no accounting impact in the consolidated financial statements;

the program has a dual purpose: to strengthen the purchasing power at the ECB and to generate LCR via securities exchanges.

Creation name

Treasury

shares/

Refinancing

Type of

receivables

Launch

date

Reload-

able

Y/N

Disposal/

Collatera-

lization

Participating

institutions

Amounts subscribed by the ETB

Assigned /

collateralized

receivables

(in DAR)

CEP

BP

Seniors

in M€

Subordinated

in ME

Residual

shares

in €

ELIDE 2014

Treasury shares

Residential real estate

11/18/14

N

Disposals

 

1

826,000,000

71,600,000

300

915,000,829

ELIDE 2017-01

Treasury shares

Residential real estate

2/2/17

N

Disposals

 

1

1,722,500,000

87,500,000

300

1,842,301,251

ELIDE 2017-02

Treasury shares

Residential real estate

4/27/17

N

Disposals

 

1

956,000,000

76,100,000

300

1,050,595,774

ELIDE 2018-01

Treasury shares

Residential real estate

5/29/18

N

Disposals

 

1

1,167,300,000

198,000,000

300

1,389,011,569

ELIDE 2021-01

Treasury shares

Residential real estate

3/25/21

N

Disposals

 

1

2,584,300,000

312,400,000

300

2,920,133,058

ELIDE 2022-01

Treasury shares

Residential real estate

11/24/22

N

Disposals

 

1

2,260,000,000

230,000,000

300

2,500,026,552

7.4 Quantitative disclosures

Breakdown of exposures and risk-weighted assets

BPCE22 – BREAKDOWN OF EXPOSURES BY TYPE OF SECURITIZATION

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Exposures

EAD

Exposures

EAD

Banking book

23,702

22,480

20,041

18,462

Traditional securitization

20,288

19,400

17,306

16,237

Synthetic securitization

3,414

3,079

2,735

2,225

Trading book

314

314

793

793

TOTAL

24,016

22,793

20,834

19,255

BPCE23 – BREAKDOWN OF EAD AND RWA BY TYPE OF PORTFOLIO

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Change

EAD

Risk-Weighted

Assets

EAD

Risk-Weighted

Assets

EAD

Risk-Weighted

Assets

Banking book

22,480

4,408

18,462

4,100

4,018

308

Investor

7,316

1,869

6,198

1,976

1,117

(107)

Originator

3,412

826

2,539

795

874

31

Sponsor

11,751

1,713

9,725

1,329

2,026

384

Trading book

314

220

793

514

(480)

(295)

Investor

313

219

793

514

(480)

(295)

Originator

0

0

-

-

0

0

Sponsor

-

-

-

-

-

-

Breakdown by rating

BPCE24 – BREAKDOWN OF INVESTOR SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES IN THE BANKING BOOK BY RATING

as a %

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Standard & Poor’s

equivalent rating

Banking book

Standard & Poor’s

equivalent rating

Banking book

Investment grade

AAA

45%

AAA

45%

AA+

6%

AA+

8%

AA

4%

AA

5%

AA-

3%

AA-

5%

A+

5%

A+

6%

A

0%

A

0%

A-

0%

A-

0%

BBB+

2%

BBB+

2%

BBB

0%

BBB

1%

BBB-

0%

BBB-

0%

Non-investment grade

BB+

3%

BB+

5%

BB

0%

BB

0%

BB-

0%

BB-

0%

B+

0%

B+

0%

B

0%

B

0%

B-

0%

B-

0%

CCC+

0%

CCC+

0%

CCC

0%

CCC

0%

CCC-

0%

CCC-

0%

CC

0%

CC

0%

C

0%

C

0%

Not rated

Not rated

30%

Not rated

23%

Default

D

0%

D

0%

TOTAL

 

100%

 

100%

BPCE25 – BREAKDOWN OF INVESTOR AND SPONSOR SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES IN THE TRADING BOOK

as a %

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Standard & Poor’s

equivalent rating

Banking book

Standard & Poor’s

equivalent rating

Banking book

Investment grade

AAA

50%

AAA

48%

AA+

7%

AA+

5%

AA

7%

AA

10%

AA-

1%

AA-

2%

A+

2%

A+

2%

A

1%

A

3%

A-

5%

A-

1%

BBB+

0%

BBB+

0%

BBB

3%

BBB

1%

BBB-

0%

BBB-

1%

Non-investment grade

BB+

0%

BB+

0%

BB

1%

BB

2%

BB-

2%

BB-

2%

B+

0%

B+

0%

B

0%

B

0%

B-

0%

B-

0%

CCC+

0%

CCC+

0%

CCC

0%

CCC

0%

CCC-

0%

CCC-

0%

CC

0%

CC

7%

C

0%

C

0%

Not rated

Not rated

19%

Not rated

17%

Default

D

0%

D

0%

TOTAL

 

100%

 

100%

7.5 Detailed quantitative disclosures

Banking book

EU SEC1 – BANKING BOOK – SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

c

e

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

Institution acts as

originator

Institution acts

as sponsor

Institution acts

as investor

Traditional

Synth-

etic

Sub-

total

Traditional

Synth-

etic

Sub-

total

Traditional

Synth-

etic

Sub-

total

STS

Non-

STS

STS

Non-

STS

STS

Non-

STS

1

Total exposures

-

333

3,079

3,412

1,241

10,510

-

11,751

1,714

5,602

-

7,316

2

Retail (total)

-

25

-

25

-

2,576

-

2,576

1,714

3,469

-

5,183

3

residential mortgage loans

-

25

-

25

-

2,164

-

2,164

1,714

926

-

2,640

4

credit cards

-

-

-

-

-

204

-

204

-

2,271

-

2,271

5

other retail exposures

-

-

-

-

-

208

-

208

0

271

-

271

6

re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7

Wholesale (total)

-

308

3,079

3,387

1,241

7,934

-

9,175

-

2,133

-

2,133

8

corporate loans

-

17

3,079

3,096

-

6,827

-

6,827

-

1,659

-

1,659

9

commercial mortgage loans

-

291

-

291

-

-

-

-

-

14

-

14

10

leases and advances

-

-

-

-

1,241

630

-

1,871

-

255

-

255

11

other wholesale exposures

-

-

-

-

-

478

-

478

-

196

-

196

12

re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

-

10

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

c

e

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

Institution acts as

originator

Institution acts

as sponsor

Institution acts

as investor

Traditional

Synth-

etic

Sub-

total

Traditional

Synth-

etic

Sub-

total

Traditional

Synth-

etic

Sub-

total

STS

Non-

STS

STS

Non-

STS

STS

Non-

STS

1

Total exposures

-

402

2,137

2,539

942

8,783

-

9,725

434

5,676

88

6,198

2

Retail (total)

-

69

-

69

-

2,063

-

2,063

434

4,771

88

5,294

3

residential mortgage loans

-

69

-

69

-

1,867

-

1,867

434

2,515

-

2,950

4

credit cards

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,984

-

1,984

5

other retail exposures

-

-

-

-

-

196

-

196

0

272

88

360

6

re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7

Wholesale (total)

-

333

2,137

2,470

942

6,720

-

7,662

-

905

-

905

8

corporate loans

-

17

2,127

2,145

-

5,499

-

5,499

-

546

-

546

9

commercial mortgage loans

-

315

9

325

-

-

-

-

-

11

-

11

10

leases and advances

-

-

-

-

942

809

-

1,751

-

78

-

78

11

other wholesale exposures

-

-

-

-

-

412

-

412

-

270

-

270

12

re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0

-

0

EU SEC3 – BANKING BOOK – SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES AND ASSOCIATED REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (ORIGINATOR AND SPONSOR POSITIONS)

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

EU-p

EU-q

Exposure values
(by RW bands/deductions)

Exposure value
(by regulatory approach)

Risk-Weighted Assets
(by regulatory approach)

Capital requirement after
application of the cap

≤20%
RW

>20%
to
50%
RW

>50%
to
100%
RW

>100%
to
<1250%
RW

1250%
RW/
deduc-
tions

SEC-
IRBA

SEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

SEC-
SA

1250%
RW/
deduc-
tions

SEC-
IRBA

SEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

SEC-
SA

≤1250%
RW
Deduc-
tions

SEC-
IRBA

SEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

SEC-
SA

≤1250%
RW
Deduc-
tions

1

Total exposures

14,986

109

14

37

18

3,266

291

11,589

17

508

113

1,703

214

41

9

136

17

2

Traditional transactions

11,906

109

14

37

18

187

291

11,589

17

44

113

1,703

214

4

9

136

17

3

Securitization

11,906

109

14

37

18

187

291

11,589

17

44

113

1,703

214

4

9

136

17

4

Retail

2,492

103

2

3

-

11

0

2,590

(0)

9

2

391

-

1

0

31

-

5

of which STS

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6

Wholesale

9,414

6

12

34

18

176

291

8,999

17

36

111

1,312

214

3

9

105

17

7

of which STS

1,241

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,241

-

-

-

122

-

-

-

10

-

8

Re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

Synthetic transactions

3,079

-

-

0

0

3,079

-

-

0

464

-

-

0

37

-

-

0

10

Securitization

3,079

-

-

0

0

3,079

-

-

0

464

-

-

0

37

-

-

0

11

Retail underlying

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

12

Wholesale

3,079

-

-

0

0

3,079

-

-

0

464

-

-

0

37

-

-

0

13

Re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

EU-p

EU-q

Exposure values
(by RW bands/deductions)

Exposure value
(by regulatory approach)

Risk-Weighted Assets
(by regulatory approach)

Capital requirement after
application of the cap

≤20%
RW

>20%
to
50%
RW

>50%
to
100%
RW

>100%
to
<1250%
RW

1250%
RW/
deduc-
tions

SEC-
IRBA

SEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

SEC-
SA

1250%
RW/
deduc-
tions

SEC-
IRBA

SEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

SEC-
SA

≤1250%
RW
Deduc-
tions

SEC-
IRBA

SEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

SEC-
SA

≤1250%
RW
Deduc-
tions

1

Total exposures

11,563

650

1

23

26

2,321

275

9,644

24

387

108

1,326

303

31

9

106

24

2

Traditional transactions

9,901

175

1

23

26

184

275

9,644

24

38

108

1,326

303

3

9

106

24

3

Securitization

9,901

175

1

23

26

184

275

9,644

24

38

108

1,326

303

3

9

106

24

4

Retail

2,014

118

-

-

-

-

-

2,132

-

-

-

342

-

-

-

27

-

5

of which STS

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6

Wholesale

7,887

57

1

23

26

184

275

7,512

24

38

108

984

303

3

9

79

24

7

of which STS

942

-

-

-

-

-

-

942

-

-

-

92

-

-

-

7

-

8

Re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

Synthetic transactions

1,662

475

-

0

0

2,137

-

-

0

349

-

-

0

28

-

-

0

10

Securitization

1,662

475

-

0

0

2,137

-

-

0

349

-

-

0

28

-

-

0

11

Retail underlying

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

12

Wholesale

1,662

475

-

0

0

2,137

-

-

0

349

-

-

0

28

-

-

0

13

Re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

EU SEC4 – BANKING BOOK – SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES AND RELATED REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (INVESTOR POSITIONS)

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

EU-p

EU-q

Exposure values
(by RW bands/deductions)

Exposure value
(by regulatory approach)

Risk-Weighted Assets
(by regulatory approach)

Capital requirement
after cap

≤20%
RW

>20%
to
50%
RW

>50%
to
100%
RW

>100%
to
<1250%
RW

1250%
RW

IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

IRB
SFA

SA/
SSFA

1250%

IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

IRB
SFA

SA/
SSFA

1250%

IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

IRB
SFA

SA/
SSFA

1250%

1

Total exposures

5,850

997

204

264

1

-

4,820

2,496

1

-

1,455

404

10

-

116

32

1

2

Traditional securitization

5,850

997

204

264

1

-

4,820

2,496

1

-

1,455

404

10

-

116

32

1

3

Securitization

5,850

997

194

264

1

-

4,820

2,486

1

-

1,455

394

8

-

116

32

1

4

Retail underlying

3,893

908

143

239

0

-

4,481

702

0

-

1,327

115

0

-

106

9

0

5

of which STS

1,714

-

-

-

-

-

1,714

0

-

-

181

0

-

-

15

0

-

6

Wholesale

1,957

89

52

25

1

-

339

1,784

1

-

127

280

8

-

10

22

1

7

of which STS

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8

Re-securitization

-

-

10

-

0

-

-

10

0

-

-

10

1

-

-

1

0

9

Synthetic securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

Securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

Retail underlying

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

12

Wholesale

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

13

Re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

EU-p

EU-q

Exposure values
(by RW bands/deductions)

Exposure value
(by regulatory approach)

Risk-Weighted Assets
(by regulatory approach)

Capital requirement
after cap

≤20%
RW

>20%
to
50%
RW

>50%
to
100%
RW

>100%
to
<1250%
RW

1250%
RW

IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

IRB
SFA

SA/
SSFA

1250%

IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

IRB
SFA

SA/
SSFA

1250%

IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)

IRB
SFA

SA/
SSFA

1250%

1

Total exposures

4,482

1,155

182

377

3

-

4,555

1,641

3

-

1,673

270

33

-

134

22

3

2

Traditional securitization

4,393

1,155

182

377

3

-

4,555

1,552

3

-

1,673

257

33

-

134

21

3

3

Securitization

4,393

1,155

182

377

3

-

4,555

1,552

3

-

1,673

257

32

-

134

21

3

4

Retail underlying

3,529

1,136

180

358

1

-

4,449

755

1

-

1,615

137

16

-

129

11

1

5

of which STS

434

-

-

-

-

-

433

1

-

-

43

0

-

-

3

0

-

6

Wholesale

864

18

2

19

1

-

106

797

1

-

57

120

15

-

5

10

1

7

of which STS

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8

Re-securitization

-

-

-

-

0

-

-

-

0

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

0

9

Synthetic securitization

88

-

-

-

-

-

-

88

-

-

-

13

-

-

-

1

-

10

Securitization

88

-

-

-

-

-

-

88

-

-

-

13

-

-

-

1

-

11

Retail underlying

88

-

-

-

-

-

-

88

-

-

-

13

-

-

-

1

-

12

Wholesale

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

13

Re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

BPCE26 – BANKING BOOK – BREAKDOWN OF SECURITIZATION OUTSTANDINGS

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Securitization

Re-securitization

Securitization

Re-securitization

Securitization

Re-securitization

Securitization

Re-securitization

EAD

EAD

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

EAD

EAD

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

Risk-
Weighted
Assets

Investor positions

7,306

10

1,858

11

6,198

0

1,975

1

On-balance sheet exposures

6,621

10

1,742

10

5,397

0

1,796

0

Off-balance sheet exposure and derivatives

685

0

116

1

802

0

179

1

Originator positions

3,412

-

826

-

2,539

-

795

-

On-balance sheet exposures

3,412

-

826

-

2,531

-

792

-

Off-balance sheet exposure and derivatives

0

-

0

-

8

-

3

-

Sponsor positions

11,751

-

1,713

-

9,725

-

1,329

-

On-balance sheet exposures

281

-

47

-

0

-

0

-

Off-balance sheet exposure and derivatives

11,471

-

1,666

-

9,725

-

1,329

-

TOTAL

22,470

10

4,397

11

18,462

0

4,098

1

Trading book

EU SEC 2 – TRADING BOOK – SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES

in millions of euros

a

c

d

e

g

h

i

k

l

Institution acts as originator

Institution acts as sponsor

Institution acts as investor

Traditional

Synthetic

Sub-total

Traditional

Synthetic

Sub-total

Traditional

Synthetic

Sub-total

STS

STS

STS

1

Total exposures

-

0

-

-

-

-

313

-

313

2

Retail (total)

-

-

-

-

-

-

125

-

125

3

residential mortgage loans

-

-

-

-

-

-

90

-

90

4

credit cards

-

-

-

-

-

-

6

-

6

5

other retail exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

29

-

29

6

re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7

Wholesale (total)

0

0

-

-

-

-

188

-

188

8

corporate loans

-

-

-

-

-

-

147

-

147

9

commercial mortgage loans

0

0

-

-

-

-

8

-

8

10

leases and advances

-

-

-

-

-

-

27

-

27

11

other wholesale exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

7

-

7

12

re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

in millions of euros

a

c

d

e

g

h

i

k

l

Institution acts as originator

Institution acts as sponsor

Institution acts as investor

Traditional

Synthetic

Sub-total

Traditional

Synthetic

Sub-total

Traditional

Synthetic

Sub-total

STS

STS

STS

1

Total exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

793

-

793

2

Retail (total)

-

-

-

-

-

-

507

-

507

3

residential mortgage loans

-

-

-

-

-

-

351

-

351

4

credit cards

-

-

-

-

-

-

126

-

126

5

other retail exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

30

-

30

6

re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7

Wholesale (total)

-

-

-

-

-

-

286

-

286

8

corporate loans

-

-

-

-

-

-

208

-

208

9

commercial mortgage loans

-

-

-

-

-

-

30

-

30

10

leases and advances

-

-

-

-

-

-

47

-

47

11

other wholesale exposures

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

12

re-securitization

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

EU SEC5 – SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES – DEFAULTED EXPOSURES AND ADJUSTMENTS FOR SPECIFIC CREDIT RISK

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

Exposures securitized by the institution – Institution acts as originator or as sponsor

Total outstanding nominal amount

Total amount of specific credit
risk adjustments made during
the period

 

Of which exposures in default

1

Total exposures

19,103

121

0

2

Retail (total)

2,478

13

-

3

residential mortgage loans

2,149

2

-

4

credit cards

125

-

-

5

other retail exposures

204

12

-

6

re-securitization

-

-

-

7

Wholesale (total)

16,624

107

0

8

corporate loans

8,334

98

0

9

commercial mortgage loans

6,482

-

-

10

leases and advances

1,507

10

-

11

other wholesale exposures

302

-

-

12

re-securitization

-

-

-

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

Exposures securitized by the institution – Institution acts as originator or as sponsor

Total outstanding nominal amount

Total amount of specific credit
risk adjustments made during
the period

 

Of which exposures in default

1

Total exposures

15,958

110

0

2

Retail (total)

1,499

11

-

3

residential mortgage loans

1,307

1

-

4

credit cards

-

-

-

5

other retail exposures

192

11

-

6

re-securitization

-

-

-

7

Wholesale (total)

14,459

99

0

8

corporate loans

6,321

91

0

9

commercial mortgage loans

6,474

-

-

10

leases and advances

1,402

7

-

11

other wholesale exposures

263

-

-

12

re-securitization

-

-

-

8. MARKET RISKS

8.1 Market risk policy

Risk policies governing market transactions are defined by the Risk divisions of institutions with trading activities. These policies are based on a qualitative and forward-looking perspective.

In addition, for the banking book activities, investment policies are defined at Group level. The risk management framework related to this activity is defined in accordance with investment policies and is reviewed annually.

8.2 Market risk management

The Risk division works in the areas of risk measurement, definition and oversight of limits, and supervision of market risks. It is tasked with the following duties:

8.2.1 Management

Risk measurement:

establishing the principles of market risk measurement, which are then validated by the various appropriate Risk Committees;

implementing the tools needed to measure risk on a consolidated basis;

producing risk measurements, including those corresponding to operational market limits, or ensuring that they are produced as part of the risk management process;

determining policies for adjusting values or delegating them to the Risk divisions of the relevant institutions and centralizing the information;

performing Level 2 validation of operating results and cash valuation methods.

Definition and oversight of limits:

examining the limit framework and setting limits (global caps and, where necessary, operational limits) adopted by the various appropriate Risk Committees, as part of the comprehensive risk management process;

examining the list of authorized products for the relevant institutions and the conditions to be observed, and submitting them for approval to the appropriate Market Risk Committee;

examining requests for investments in financial products, or in new capital market products or activities, by the relevant banking institutions;

harmonizing processes used to manage trading book allocations and medium- to long-term portfolios of the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks (indicators, definition of indicator limits, oversight and control process, and reporting standards).

8.2.2 Monitoring

For the monitoring and control of market risks:

consolidating the mapping of Group market risks and contributing to the macro-risk mapping of Group and institution risks;

performing or overseeing daily supervision of positions and risks with respect to allocated limits (overall and operational limits) and established resilience thresholds, organizing the decision-making framework for limit breaches and performing or overseeing permanent supervision of limit breaches and their resolution;

preparing the consolidated dashboard for the various decision-making bodies;

defining and performing controls.

MARKET RISK MEASUREMENT METHODS

From a prudential standpoint, Groupe BPCE uses the standardized approach to measure market risk. The risk monitoring system relies on three types of indicators used to manage activity, on an overall basis and by similar activity, by focusing on directly observable criteria, including:

sensitivity to variations in the underlying instrument, variations in volatility or to correlation, nominal amounts, and diversification indicators. The limits corresponding to these qualitative and quantitative operational indicators thus complement the VaR limits and stress tests;

daily assessment of global market risk measurement through a 99% 1-day VaR;

stress tests to measure potential losses on portfolios in extreme market conditions. The Group system relies on comprehensive stress tests and specific stress tests for each activity.

Special reports on each business line are sent daily to the relevant operational staff and managers. BPCE’s Risk division also provides a weekly report summarizing all of the Group’s market risk, with a detailed breakdown for GFS, BRED Banque Populaire and Banque Palatine.

In addition, for GFS, global market risk reports are sent to the central institution on a daily basis. The latter produces a weekly summary of market risk indicators and results for the Group’s executive management.

Finally, a global review of Groupe BPCE’s consolidated market risks (covering VaR measures and hypothetical/historic stress scenarios) is presented to the Group Market Risk Committee, in addition to risk reports prepared for the entities.

In response to the Revised Pillar III Disclosure Requirements (MRB Table: Qualitative disclosures for banks using the Internal Models Approach), the main characteristics of the various models used for market risk are presented in the GFS Registration Document.

The internal market risk and valuation models used by GFS are validated by the Model Risk Management and Wholesale Banking Validation team of Groupe BPCE’s Risk division. This independent validation of the models is part of the broader model risk management framework described in Section 6.5.2.

More specifically for the valuation models, the following aspects are assessed:

theoretical and mathematical validation of the model, analysis of the assumptions and their justification in the model documentation;

algorithmic validation and comparison with alternative models (benchmarking);

analysis of the stability, the convergence of the numerical method, the stability of the model in the event of stressed scenarios;

study of implicit risk factors and calibration, analysis of input data, and identification of upstream models;

measurement of the model risk and validation of the associated reserve methodology.

SENSITIVITIES

Each institution’s Risk division monitors and verifies compliance with sensitivity limits on a daily basis. If a limit is breached, an alert procedure is triggered in order to define the measures required to return within operational limits.

VAR

Market risk is also monitored and assessed via synthetic VaR calculations, which determine potential losses generated by each business line at a given confidence level (99%) and over a given holding period (one day). For calculation purposes, changes in market inputs used to determine portfolio values are modeled using statistical data.

All decisions relating to risk factors using the internal calculation tool are revised regularly by committees involving all of the relevant participants (Risk division, Front Office and Results department). Quantitative and objective tools are also used to measure the relevance of risk factors.

VaR is based on numerical simulations, using a Monte-Carlo method which takes into account possible non-linear portfolio returns based on the different risk factors. It is calculated and monitored daily for all Group trading books, and a VaR limit is defined on a global level and per business line. The calculation tool generates 10,000 scenarios, which provides satisfactory precision levels. For certain complex products, which account for a minor share of the trading books, their inclusion in the VaR calculation is obtained by using sensitivities. VaR backtesting is carried out on approved scopes and confirms the overall robustness of the model used. Extreme risks, which are not included in VaR, are accounted for using stress tests throughout the Group.

This internal VaR model used by GFS was approved by the Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution (ACPR), the French prudential supervisory authority for the banking and insurance sector, in January 2009. GFS thus uses VaR to calculate the capital requirements for market risks in the approved scopes.

STRESS TESTS

Stress tests are calibrated according to severity and occurrence levels, which are consistent with portfolio management objectives:

Trading book stress tests are calibrated over a 10-day period and a 10-year probability of occurrence. They are based on:

historical scenarios, which reproduce changes in market conditions observed during past crises, their impacts on current positions and P&Ls. They can be used to assess the exposure of the Group’s activities to known scenarios. Twelve historical stress tests have been in place since 2010;

hypothetical scenarios, which involve simulating changes in market conditions in all activities based on plausible assumptions concerning the dissemination of an initial shock. These shocks are based on scenarios defined according to economic criteria (real estate crisis, economic crisis, etc.), geopolitical considerations (terrorist attacks in Europe, toppling of a regime in the Middle East, etc.) or other factors (bird flu, etc.). The Group has had seven theoretical stress tests since 2010.

Banking book stress tests are calibrated over a longer period in line with the banking book’s management periods:

a bond stress test calibrated using a mixed hypothetical-historical approach that reproduces a stress on European sovereigns (similar to the 2011 crisis);

a bond stress test calibrated using a mixed hypothetical-historical approach that reproduces a stress on corporates (similar to the 2008 crisis);

an equity stress test calibrated over the 2011 historical period, applied to equity investments for the purpose of the liquidity reserve;

a private equity and real estate stress test, calibrated over the 2008 historical period, applied to the private equity and real estate portfolios.

The different stress tests are subject to limits set by institution and for the Group. These are monitored as part of the recurring control system and through regular reporting.

8.2.3 Control

INDEPENDENT PRICE VERIFICATION

The Group has established an organizational structure tasked with independent price verification (IPV) through:

creation of a Group valuation team in the Market Risk division;

Group governance to ensure compliance.

The Valuation Team is responsible for:

meeting regulatory requirements and implementing said requirements while assessing their impacts on the production and verification of new indicators;

standardizing and harmonizing the production, certification and communication of market inputs used in valuation processes;

coordinating and overseeing valuation processes group-wide, in order to guarantee the convergence of IPV methods and principles;

harmonizing fair value level processes across the Group.

Group governance is based in particular on:

a supervision system centered on the Group Valuation Committee and the Group Fair Value Level Committee;

a body of procedures, including the Group IPV procedure, which explains the validation and escalation system.

RISK MONITORING

The Group Risk division is responsible for monitoring the risks associated with all Groupe BPCE capital market activities, subject to regular review by the Group Market Risk Committee.

Within the scope of the trading book, market risk is monitored daily by measuring Group Value at Risk (VaR) and performing global and historical stress tests. The proprietary VaR calculation system developed by GFS is used by the Group. This system provides a tool for the measurement, monitoring and control of market risk at the consolidated level and for each institution, on a daily basis and taking account of correlations between the various portfolios. There are certain distinctive characteristics of Groupe BPCE that must be considered, in particular:

for GFS: given the size of its capital markets business, GFS’ risk management system is specifically tailored to this entity;

for the Banque Populaire network: only BRED Banque Populaire has a capital markets business. It monitors the financial transactions carried out by the Banque Populaire network trading floor and Finance division daily, using 99% 1-day Value at Risk, sensitivity, volume and stress scenario indicators;

for Banque Palatine: daily monitoring of trading book activities is based on the Risk division’s supervision of 99% 1-day Value at Risk, stress tests and compliance with regulatory limits.

All limits (operational indicators, VaR, and stress tests) are monitored daily by each institution’s Risk division. Any limit breaches must be reported and, where applicable, are subject to a Management decision concerning the position in question (close, hedge, hold, etc.).

These supervisory mechanisms also have operational limits and resilience thresholds that determine the Group’s risk appetite for trading operations.

Banking book risk is supervised and monitored by activity: liquidity reserves, illiquid assets (private equity, non-operational real estate), securitizations and liquid assets excluding liquidity reserves. Liquidity reserves and liquid assets excluding liquidity reserves are monitored monthly, mainly via stress test indicators. Illiquid assets and securitizations are monitored quarterly.

The Group’s single treasury and central bank collateral management pool is subject to daily monitoring of risks and economic results for all of its activities, which are mainly related to the banking book.

HIGHLIGHTS

The Group strengthened its financial risk management during this period, which combined a correction in the equity markets, a strong increase in volatility affecting all asset classes and the change of regime on rates and inflation.

A very close monitoring of market activities was carried out during this period to ensure that changes in exposures following market movements remained in line with the risk appetite and the regulatory framework.

In addition, the impacts of the sharp rise in interest rates and high inflation on the banking book activities were assessed via specific studies and stress test measures. Closer monitoring of interest rate exposures in retail banking was put in place, thus making it possible to adapt the management of interest rate risk to the new market context.

Liquidity continued to be closely monitored with, in particular, closer management of commercial liquidity and monitoring of customer behavior in the context of interest rates and inflation.

8.3 Quantitative disclosures

The VaR of Groupe BPCE’s trading scope amounted to €10.3 million at December 30, 2022.

The 2022 market context was marked by increased volatility across all asset classes, explained firstly by the escalation of the conflict in Ukraine and then by the rapid evolution of the interest rate and inflation environment. In this context of volatility, the VaR indicator remained at relatively moderate levels (average of €10.8 million), reflecting the prudent management of the Group’s trading portfolios.

In addition, the average stress test levels remained stable overall. Over the year, the most penalizing scenarios were the hypothetical scenarios of a financial institution default (1 day out of 2) and a liquidity crisis (1 in 4). At December 30, 2022, the worst stress test amounted to -€12 million.

Groupe BPCE VaR

BPCE27 – BREAKDOWN BY RISK CLASS

in millions of euros

Monte-Carlo VaR 99%

12/31/2022

average

min

max

12/31/2021

Equity risk

6.7

7.1

5.3

9.2

6.3

Foreign exchange risk

3.3

2.3

0.9

4.1

2.9

Commodity risk

1

1.3

0.7

3.4

0.8

Credit risk

2.4

1.6

0.8

3.4

0.9

Interest rate risk

6.3

7.1

3.5

10.7

4.7

TOTAL

19.7

0

0

0

15.6

Compensation effect

(9.4)

0

0

0

(7.3)

Consolidated VaR

10.3

10.8

7.3

14.5

8.3

BPCE28 – CHANGE IN 2022

Trading book stress test results

BPCE29 – GROUP STRESS TEST AVERAGE

Risk-weighted assets and capital requirements

BPCE30 – RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS BY TYPE OF RISK

in billions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Risk-Weighted
Assets

Capital
requirements

Risk-Weighted
Assets

Capital
requirements

Interest rate risk

1,813

145

2,729

218

Equity risk

421

34

822

66

UCI position risk

62

5

73

6

Exchange rate risk

4,739

379

3,708

297

Commodity risk

941

75

1,725

138

Settlement/delivery risk

65

5

11

1

Major trading book risks

-

-

-

-

Specific risk on securitization positions

220

18

514

41

IMA Risk

7,170

574

5,571

446

TOTAL

15,430

1,234

15,153

1,212

BPCE 31 – CHANGE IN RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS BY IMPACT

in billions of euros

 

Market risks – 12/31/2021

15.1

Standard

8.2

Internal model

7.2

VaR

2.6

SVaR

4.1

IRC

0.4

MARKET RISKS – 12/31/2022

15.3

8.4 Detailed quantitative disclosures

The detailed quantitative disclosures relating to market risk in the following tables enhance the information in the previous section in respect of Pillar III.

Breakdown of risk-weighted assets with respect to market risks by approach

EU MR1 – MARKET RISK UNDER THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

in millions of euros

a

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Risk-Weighted Assets

Risk-Weighted Assets

 

Outright products

 

 

1

Interest rate risk (general and specific)

1,697

2,611

2

Equity risk (general and specific)

393

747

3

Exchange rate risk

4,627

3,604

4

Commodity risk

835

1,666

 

Options

 

 

5

Simplified approach

-

-

6

Delta-plus approach

165

172

7

Scenario approach

259

257

8

Securitization

220

514

9

TOTAL

8,195

9,571

Detailed information on market risks within the Natixis scope

EU MR3 – INTERNAL MODEL APPROACH (IMA) VALUES FOR TRADING BOOKS

in millions of euros

a

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

 

VAR (10 DAYS 99%)

 

 

1

Maximum value

58

35

2

Average value

39

18

3

Minimum value

17

9

4

Period end

38

21

 

SVAR (10 DAYS 99%)

 

 

5

Maximum value

101

77

6

Average value

66

54

7

Minimum value

46

37

8

Period end

63

57

 

IRC (99.9%)

 

 

9

Maximum value

37

37

10

Average value

24

18

11

Minimum value

12

12

12

Period end

21

13

EU MR4 – COMPARISON OF VAR ESTIMATES WITH PROFIT/LOSS

The chart below shows the backtesting (a posteriori comparison of the potential loss), as calculated ex-ante by the VaR (99% 1-day), with the hypothetical results and the actual results observed in profit or loss) on the regulatory scope and enables the robustness of the VaR indicator to be verified:

In 2022, there were one actual backtesting exception and three hypothetical Natixis regulatory level backtesting events.

The three hypothetical backtesting exceptions were recorded on February 9 and 24, then on March 8. The real exception occurred on February 24. These follow the market disruptions observed – tensions generated on the €ster yield curve – during the invasion of Ukraine by the Russian army.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

Risk-Weighted Assets

Capital requirements

1

VaR (higher of values a and b)

2,608

209

a)

Previous day’s VaR (VaR t-1)

-

38

b)

Multiplication factor (mc) x average of previous 60 working days (VaRavg)

-

209

2

SVaR (higher of values a and b)

4,135

331

a)

Latest available SVaR (SVaR t-1)

-

63

b)

Multiplication factor (ms) x average of previous 60 working days (SVaRavg)

-

331

3

IRC (higher of values a and b)

427

34

a)

Most recent IRC measure

-

29

b)

12 weeks average IRC measure

-

34

4

Comprehensive risk measure (higher of values a, b and c)

-

-

a)

Most recent risk measure of comprehensive risk measure

-

-

b)

12 weeks average of comprehensive risk measure

-

-

c)

Comprehensive risk measure – Floor

-

-

5

Others

-

-

6

TOTAL

7,170

574

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

Risk-Weighted Assets

Capital requirements

1

VaR (higher of values a and b)

1,223

98

a)

Previous day’s VaR (VaR t-1)

-

23

b)

Multiplication factor (mc) x average of previous 60 working days (VaRavg)

-

98

2

SVaR (higher of values a and b)

4,082

327

a)

Latest available SVaR (SVaR t-1)

-

62

b)

Multiplication factor (ms) x average of previous 60 working days (SVaRavg)

-

327

3

IRC (higher of values a and b)

267

21

a)

Most recent IRC measure

-

19

b)

12 weeks average IRC measure

-

21

4

Comprehensive risk measure (higher of values a, b and c)

-

-

a)

Most recent risk measure of comprehensive risk measure

-

-

b)

12 weeks average of comprehensive risk measure

-

-

c)

Comprehensive risk measure – Floor

-

-

5

Others

-

-

6

TOTAL

5,571

446

EU MR2-B – RWA FLOW STATEMENTS FOR MARKET RISK EXPOSURES UNDER THE INTERNAL MODELS APPROACH (IMA)

in millions of euros

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

VaR

SVaR

IRC

Overall
risk
measur-
ement

Others

Total risk-
weighted
assets

Total
capital
requir-
ements

1

Risk-weighted assets at the end of the previous period (06/30/2022)

3,020

4,761

580

 

 

8,361

669

1a

Regulatory adjustments

(2,426)

(3,593)

 

 

 

(6,019)

(482)

1b

Risk-weighted assets at the end of the previous quarter (end of day)

594

1,168

580

 

 

2,342

187

2

Changes in risk levels

(121)

(375)

(212)

 

 

(708)

(57)

3

Model updates/modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Methodology and policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8a

Risk-weighted assets at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

473

793

368

 

 

1,634

131

8b

Regulatory adjustments

2,136

3,342

58

 

 

5,536

443

8

Risk-weighted assets at the end of the reporting period (12/31/2022)

2,608

4,135

427

 

 

7,170

574

The effects are defined as follows:

Regulatory adjustment: delta between the RWAs used in the calculation of regulatory RWAs and the RWAs calculated on the last day of the period.

Changes in risk levels: changes related to market characteristics.

Model updates/modifications: changes linked to significant modifications of the model following an update of the calculation perimeter, the methodology, the assumptions or the calibration.

Methodology and policies: changes related to regulatory changes.

Acquisitions and disposals: changes following the purchase or disposal of business lines.

Foreign exchange movements: changes in the foreign exchange risk related to the reversal of the value of the VaR if it were exceptionally expressed in a currency other than the euro, the currency in which the VaR is calculated.

BPCE32 – NATIXIS GLOBAL VAR WITH GUARANTEE – TRADING BOOK (VAR 99% 1-DAY)

The graph below shows the historical VaR on the trading books between December 31, 2021 and December 30, 2022, for the global scope.

The VaR level of Natixis’ trading books averaged €9.4 million, with a minimum of €5.4 million on January 18, 2022, a maximum of €12.8 million on May 25, 2022 and a value of €9.4 million on December 30, 2022.

BPCE33 – BREAKDOWN BY RISK CLASS AND NETTING EFFECT

The breakdown of VaR by business line shows the monthly contribution of the main risks as well as the effects of offsetting in VaR.

The increase in VaR is linked to the increase in the shocks used, in particular on the interest rate activity.

BPCE34 – NATIXIS STRESSED VAR

The level of stressed regulatory VaR averaged €20.9 million, with a reported minimum of €14.4 million on December 15, 2022, a maximum of €32 million on July 11, 2022, and a level of €20.1 million on December 30, 2022.

BPCE35 – IRC INDICATOR

This indicator covers the regulatory scope. Natixis’ IRC level averaged €23.9 million, with a recorded minimum of €12.2 million on January 6, 2022, a maximum of €36.7 million on March 14, 2022, and a value of €21 million on December 30, 2022.

BPCE36 – RESULTS OF STRESS TESTS ON NATIXIS’ SCOPE

The average level of global stress tests at December 30, 2022 was +€63 million, compared with +€25.2 million at December 31, 2021.

The historical stress test reproducing the default of a financial institution leads to the maximum loss (-€1 million at December 30, 2022).

9. LIQUIDITY, INTEREST RATE AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISKS

9.1 Governance and structure

Like all credit institutions, Groupe BPCE is exposed to structural liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

These risks are closely monitored by the Group and its institutions to secure immediate and future income, balance the balance sheets and promote the Group’s development.

Groupe BPCE’s Audit Committee and Supervisory Board are consulted on general ALM policy and are informed of major decisions taken regarding liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risk management. The implementation of the chosen policy is delegated to the Group Asset/Liability Management Committee.

Each year, Groupe BPCE’s Supervisory Board validates the main lines of the ALM policy, i.e. the principles of market risk measurements and levels of risk tolerance. It also reviews the risk limit system each year.

Each quarter, Groupe BPCE’s Audit Committee is informed of the Group’s position through management reports containing the main risk indicators.

The Group Asset/Liability Management Committee, chaired by the Chairman of the BPCE Management Board, is responsible for the operational implementation of the defined policy. It meets every two months and its main duties are as follows:

determine the Group’s general policy on liquidity and transformation risk;

examine the consolidated view of the structural risks of the Group and its various entities, as well as changes in the balance sheet;

define the structural risk limits of the Group and the liquidity pools and monitor them (with the approval of the Group Risk division);

approve the allocation to liquidity pools and the limits;

monitor liquidity consumption at Group and liquidity pool level;

approve the Groupe BPCE’s global MLT and ST annual refinancing program and monitor it overall;

approve the investment and allocation criteria as well as the desired overall profile of the Group’s liquidity reserve.

The structural liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risk management policy is also jointly implemented by the Asset/Liability Management division (oversight of funding plan implementation, management of liquidity reserves, cash management, calculation and monitoring of the various risk indicators) and the Risk division (validation of the control framework, validation of models and agreements, controls of compliance with rules and limits). The Group Financial Management department and the Group Risk division are responsible for adapting this framework to their respective functions.

The adaptation of the operational management framework within each institution is subject to validation by the Board of Directors, the Steering Board and/or the Supervisory Board. Each institution has a special operational committee that oversees implementation of the funding strategy, Asset/Liability management and management of liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risks for the institution, in line with rules and limits set at Group level. The Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks implement the risk management system using a shared Asset/Liability management tool.

9.2 Liquidity risk management policy

Liquidity risk is defined as the risk of the Group being unable to meet its commitments or to settle or offset a position, due to market conditions factors specific to Groupe BPCE, within a specified period and at a reasonable cost. It reflects the risk of not being able to meet net cash outflows over short- to long-term horizons.

Liquidity risk is assessed differently over the short-, medium- and long-term:

in the short-term, it involves assessing an institution’s ability to withstand a crisis;

in the medium-term, liquidity is measured in terms of cash requirements;

in the long-term, it involves monitoring the institution’s maturity transformation level.

Liquidity risk is likely to materialize in the event of a decline in sources of financing that could be caused by a massive withdrawal of customer deposits or by problems in executing the annual financing plan following a widespread crisis of confidence on the markets or events specific to the Group. It could also be triggered by an increase in financing requirements due to an increase in drawdowns on loan commitments, an increase in margin calls or a higher collateral requirement.

All liquidity risk factors are accurately mapped, updated annually and presented to the Group Asset/Liability Management Committee. This mapping identifies the various risks as well as their level of materiality, assessed according to various criteria shared between the Asset/Liability management and Risk divisions.

Objectives and policies

The liquidity management policy aims mainly to refinance all of the Group’s business lines in an optimal and sustainable manner.

This mandate involves the following duties:

ensure a sustainable refinancing plan at the best possible price, making it possible to finance the Group’s various activities over a period consistent with the assets created;

distribute this liquidity between the various business lines and monitor its use and changes in liquidity levels;

comply with regulatory ratios and internal constraints resulting in particular from stress tests guaranteeing the sustainability of the Group’s business model refinancing plan, even in the event of a crisis.

To this end, the Group relies on three mechanisms:

centralized funding management aimed primarily at supervising the use of short-term funding, spreading out the maturity dates of medium- and long-term funds and diversifying sources of liquidity;

supervision of each business line’s liquidity consumption, predominantly by maintaining a balance between growth in the credit segment and customer deposit inflows;

the creation of liquidity reserves, both in cash and collateral, in line with future liabilities and the targets set for securing the Group’s liquidity.

These systems are managed and overseen by way of a consistent set of indicators, limits and management rules are combined in a centralized framework of standards and rules for the Group’s institutions, so as to ensure the measurement and consolidated management of liquidity risk.

Operational management of liquidity risk

To keep track of its liquidity risks and define appropriate management and/or corrective actions, the Group has established a reliable, comprehensive and effective internal liquidity management and oversight system including a set of associated indicators and limits. Liquidity risk management and monitoring are carried out at the consolidated Group level and within each of its entities. The definition of these indicators, the calculation methodology and any associated limits are covered in a body of consolidated standards that is reviewed and validated by the decision-making bodies of the Group and its institutions.

The liquidity consumption of the Group’s various business lines and within the entities is governed by an internal liquidity allocation system based, on the one hand, on the setting of a target level of short-term, medium-term and long-term market footprint for the Group and, on the other hand, on its distribution among the Group’s various entities via a liquidity budget system. The Group’s market footprint measures its overall dependence to date on bond and money market funding. The sustainability of the Group’s market access is measured on a regular basis. The structure of the Group’s market footprint (schedule, type of vehicles, currencies, geographic area, investor categories, etc.) is thus closely monitored to ensure that it is not overly dependent on short-term financing and that sources of funds are diversified.

Each entity is required to meet the liquidity budget allocated to it both in terms of actual liquidity consumption and in terms of the projected vision as part of the budget process and the multi-year forecast. This helps to ensure that the market footprint target set by the Group is adequate and to adapt the business line activity projections, if necessary. Moreover, this also makes it possible to adjust the implementation rate of the multi-year funding plan if necessary, based on the needs expressed by the business lines and the Group’s capacity to carry out public issues on the market.

The financing needs of the business lines are closely correlated with changes in commercial assets and liabilities (customer loans and deposits) both in terms of the liquidity gap between the average assets and liabilities under management and due to the need for liquidity reserves that it can generate through compliance with the LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio).

The liquidity gap resulting from commercial activity is measured using the Customer loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD) at both the consolidated and entity level. This indicator allows a relative measure of the Group’s autonomy with regard to the financial markets and monitors changes in the structure of the commercial balance sheet.

The liquidity risk of the Group and its entities is measured based on regulatory ratios as defined by European regulations, with the LCR (liquidity coverage ratio for short-term liquidity) and the NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio for long-term liquidity).

This regulatory approach is complemented by an internal “economic” approach consisting of measuring the liquidity gap over a ten-year horizon. It makes it possible to control the flow of medium and long-term debt and to anticipate the Group’s refinancing needs. It is governed by Group and individual entity limits.

The liquidity gap is measured using a so-called static approach, which only takes into account on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions to date, and incorporates outflow assumptions for many products. These assumptions are based either on internal modeling (early repayment of loans, closing and deposits on home savings plans or PELs, etc.) or on agreements established for all Group entities (notably for customer deposits with no fixed maturity date, demand deposits and passbook savings accounts). The validation of the models and agreements is based on a process shared between the Asset/Liability management function and the Risk function, which ensures a cross-examination of the relevance of the assumptions used and their suitability with respect to the current limit system.

Liquidity crisis simulations are regularly carried out to test the Group’s ability to meet its commitments and continue its day-to-day business in a context of crisis. This stress test system aims to become a tool to support management decisions and to measure the Group’s resilience over a defined period of time, as well as the relevance of its management system.

Under normal circumstances, these simulations aim to regularly measure exposure to liquidity risks by playing out a set of determined stress scenarios. They make it possible to ensure the correct balance between the Group’s liquidity reserve and changes in the net liquidity position under stress, as well as the ability to comply with regulatory requirements.

In a crisis situation, they make it possible to simulate possible changes in the instantaneous liquidity position on the basis of tailor-made scenarios, to identify potential impacts and to define the actions to be taken in the short-term.

The stress calculation methodology is based on the projection of the Group’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet flows with stressed assumptions defined in the context of stress scenarios and on changes in the liquidity reserve taking into account securities transactions and different valuations (Market, ECB haircuts) according to different scenarios. Thus, for example, we assume that we will only be able to partially renew all maturing refinancing operations, will have to cope with requests for early repayment of deposits or unexpected disbursements on off-balance sheet loan commitments, and will incur a loss of customer deposits or a substantial change in their structure, or a loss of liquidity in certain market assets.

Liquidity stressors are based on different scenarios: idiosyncratic (Group-specific), a systemic crisis affecting all market players, and a combined crisis. Different intensity levels are also used to allow sensitivity analyzes.

The Group’s consolidated indicators are produced by the Group ALM department based on indicators produced at the level of each entity. The latter are derived from data collected in the entities’ information systems in accordance with a Group organization scheme (data collection, correction and validation process).

A first-level control is carried out by the ALM departments of the entities in conjunction with Group ALM, followed by a second-level control carried out by the Risk departments of the entities and the Group.

The Group’s Contingency Funding Plan (CFP) summarizes the work implemented by the Group to facilitate its management of liquidity crisis situations. The document is updated annually. It is based on a monitoring and alert system via a dashboard listing Early Warning Indicators (EWI) likely to enlighten the Group as to whether or not the CFP should be activated. These EWIs are produced on a daily basis and mainly concern funding, liquidity gap and liquidity reserve indicators. Market indicators (interest rates, exchange rates, equities, CDS, etc.) are also monitored in this daily dashboard. In addition to these quantitative approaches, a qualitative assessment in the form of a confidence index is provided by the functions responsible for issues, the Treasury and Central Bank Collateral Management team, and the Asset/Liability management and Financial Risk Management teams. The CFP can thus be triggered by a specific market environment that may expose the Group’s future liquidity position to increased risks.

During the health crisis of March 2020, and while the Group’s liquidity position was solid both from a cash and regulatory perspective, the Group activated its CFP in a preventive manner, in order to ensure that all business lines within the Group were aligned if actions were to be implemented.

The triggering of the CFP generates the establishment of a specific Crisis Management Committee with an escalation process based on the perceived magnitude of the crisis. In addition to this committee, which meets frequently, the CFP centralizes certain financial activities normally located at Natixis with the head of the Treasury and Central Bank Collateral Management team.

The CFP also includes an inventory and an analysis ahead of the financial and business lines that the Group can implement, including potential liquidity gains and the associated costs (loss of profitability) and possible obstacles to their implementation. These levers can be grouped into three categories:

1.

liquidity collection. The Group comprises many entities, which allows it to collect liquidity on an ad hoc basis;

2.

reduction in liquidity consumption. In light of its activities, the Group could, if necessary, reduce the financing it grants to the economy should its liquidity position be stressed;

3.

monetization of liquid assets. The Group has significant collateral reserves that can be transformed into cash if necessary.

The knowledge gained from the crisis in the first half of 2020 and the subsequent activation of the CFP were used to update the system in all of these components, namely the EWI system, the committee procedure and the related escalation process, together with the assessment of the various levers.

Centralized funding management

The Financial Management department organizes, coordinates and supervises the funding of Groupe BPCE on the markets.

The short-term funding of Groupe BPCE is carried out by the Single Treasury and Central Bank Collateral Management team, created following the merger of BPCE and Natixis’ cash management teams. This integrated treasury team is capable of managing the Group’s cash position more efficiently, particularly during a credit crunch.

The Group has access to short-term market funding through its two main issuers: BPCE and its subsidiary Natixis.

For medium- and long-term funding requirements (more than one year), in addition to deposits from customers of the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, which are the primary source of funding, the Group also issues bonds on the financial markets with BPCE as principal operator, offering the broadest range of bonds to investors:

directly as BPCE for subordinated debt issues (Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2), senior non-preferred debt and vanilla senior preferred debt issues, in multiple currencies, with the main currencies being the EUR, USD, JPY, AUD and GBP;

or as BPCE SFH, the Group’s main issuer of covered bonds; this issuer, operated by BPCE, specializes in obligations de financement de l’habitat (OH), a category of secured bond guaranteed by French legislation (backed by residential home loans in France).

Groupe BPCE works with two other highly specialized operators to round out its MLT funding sources:

Natixis for structured senior preferred debt issues (private placements only) under the Natixis name, and for covered bonds under German law (backed by commercial real estate loans) under the Natixis Pfandbriefbank AG name;

Crédit Foncier for covered bonds, known as obligations foncières (OF), under the Compagnie de Financement Foncier (a subsidiary of Crédit Foncier) name; OFs are a category of covered bond based on French legislation (backed by public sector loans and assets, in line with the new positioning decided in 2018 for this Group issuer, bearing in mind that the collateral still includes residential home loans in France previously manufactured by Crédit Foncier).

It should be noted that BPCE is also responsible for the MLT funding activities of Natixis (in addition to the aforementioned structured private placements), which no longer carries out public issues on the markets.

BPCE has short-term funding programs governed by French law (NEU CP), UK law (Euro Commercial Paper) and New York State law (US Commercial Paper), and MLT funding programs governed by French law (EMTN and Neu MTN), New York State law (US MTN), Japanese law (Samurai) and New South Wales law (AUD MTN).

Lastly, the Group is also able to conduct market securitization transactions (ABS), primarily via RMBS with residential home loans issued by the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks.

The centralization of the Group’s refinancing involves the implementation of liquidity circulation principles within the Group and the rules for pricing this liquidity so that liquidity can circulate in the best possible way between the Group’s entities. The principles are validated by the Group’s Asset/Liability Management Committee and implemented by the Group’s Treasury and Central Bank Collateral Management team. The system is designed to ensure the transparency and consistency of internal prices, guaranteeing fluid liquidity management between the Group’s institutions.

In addition to this internal liquidity pricing system, an internal disposal rate system has been developed so that each of the Group’s assets and liabilities can be assigned an internal liquidity price. Here again, the principles are decided by the Group’s Asset/Liability Management Committee. The respective changes in the liquidity costs of customer deposits and market resources are taken into account in order to ensure the balanced and profitable development of all activities in the Group’s various business lines.

Centralized collateral management

In its liquidity management policy, Groupe BPCE attaches great importance to the management and optimization of its collateral. Non-negotiable debt securities (in particular loans originated by the networks) and negotiable debt securities (financial securities, etc.) that are eligible for a funding arrangement, whether central bank funding (via the 3G pool) or Group funding (covered bonds, securitization, etc.) are classified as collateral.

Three key principles are implemented:

centralized management of the entities’ collateral by the central institution in order to improve oversight and operationality of collateral management. For entities with a 3G Pool (Natixis, Compagnie de Financement Foncier, BRED, Crédit Coopératif, Banque Palatine), each entity is responsible for its own collateral. Nonetheless, these entities cannot directly participate in ECB refinancing operations without prior approval from the central institution;

a definition of investment and management rules by the central institution, with the entities enjoying autonomy in their decision-making in accordance with Group standards;

a set of indicators relating to the monitoring of collateral determined at Group level and monitored by the Group’s Asset/Liability Management Committee.

Collateral management with respect to non-negotiable debt securities is based on a dedicated information system that makes it possible to identify the receivables and identify their eligibility for the various existing arrangements. A significant portion of these receivables is intended to be secured in order to meet the liquidity reserve requirements as set by the Group, particularly with regard to the stress tests conducted periodically.

The unsecured portion is available to carry out funding operations in the market, either in the form of sales of advances or in the form of mobilization of advances. Groupe BPCE has developed a strong expertise in this area, which has enabled it to structure innovative refinancing mechanisms, thus increasing its ability to diversify its sources of fund-raising from investors.

Adequacy of the institution’s liquidity risk management systems

The Group continues to focus on improving risk monitoring through a detailed mapping of liquidity risks and on optimizing the tools and procedures to manage the Group’s liquidity position and its balance sheet, on a constant basis, in order to be able to cope with new crises, should they occur.

The work carried out with the review of currency management systems, the diversification of short-term financing, the monitoring of intraday risks and stress tests to increase their operationality play an integral part in ensuring that the systems are more appropriate for monitoring and managing Groupe BPCE’s liquidity risks.

To support the strengthening of the various systems, numerous IT projects aimed at improving the quality of the Group’s production have been carried out with the launch of a new ALM management tool and a strengthened capacity to project indicators over time. Significant investments were also launched as part of the management of the Group’s collateral with a view to industrializing and securing structured and specialized transactions and ultimately meeting the ambitions of ensuring greater diversification of the Group’s refinancing.

9.3 Quantitative disclosures

in billions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Cash placed with central banks

165

181

LCR securities

57

41

Assets eligible for central bank funding

101

107

TOTAL

322

329

At December 31, 2022, the liquidity reserves covered 150% of the short-term funding and short-term maturities of MLT debt (€215 billion at December 31, 2022) compared to 247% at December 31, 2021 (ST and MLT maturities of €133 billion).

The decrease in the coverage ratio is partly due to the repayments of TLTRO 3 occurring during the year 2023.

The change in the liquidity reserve during 2022 reflects the Group’s liquidity management policy with the desire to maintain a high level of hedging of its liquidity risk.

in billions of euros

01/01/2023 to

12/31/2023

01/01/2024 to

12/31/2026

01/01/2027 to

12/31/2030

Liquidity gap

44.6

10.0

16.9

The projected liquidity position shows a structural liquidity surplus over the analysis horizon. Compared to the end of 2021, this surplus was down by €58.8 billion over a one-year horizon, by €44.2 billion over the two-to-four-year horizon and €24.3 billion over the five-to-eight-year horizon.

Over the short-term horizon, this change is partly due to the effect of reducing the residual maturity of TLTRO 3 drawdowns. Over the medium-term horizon, the decrease in the liquidity surplus reflects the increase in the customer gap in the Commercial Banking networks, as also illustrated by the change in the customer loan-to-deposit ratio.

Customer loan-to-deposit ratio

At December 31, 2022, the Group’s customer loan-to-deposit ratio amounted to 122%, compared to 120% at December 31, 2021.

in millions of euros

Less

than

1 month

From

1 month

to

3 months

From

3 months

at 1 year

From

1 year

to 5 years

More than

5 years

Not

determined

Total at

12/31/2022

Cash and amounts due from central banks

170,929

86

 

 

 

304

171,318

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

192,751

192,751

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

20,033

804

2,889

10,034

7,464

3,059

44,284

Hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

12,700

12,700

Securities at amortized cost

745

345

3,697

8,134

13,907

822

27,650

Loans and advances to banks at amortized cost

89,429

4,548

512

2,423

47

735

97,694

Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost

77,360

23,217

64,738

252,406

387,787

21,444

826,953

Revaluation difference on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios, assets

 

 

 

 

 

(6,845)

(6,845)

Financial assets by maturity

358,496

29,001

71,836

272,997

409,206

224,968

1,366,504

Central banks

9

 

 

 

 

 

9

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

8,916

97

433

1,411

13,499

160,391

184,747

Hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

16,286

16,286

Debt securities

35,340

24,836

43,078

78,224

69,982

(8,088)

243,373

Amounts due to banks and similar

29,750

6,376

73,841

19,694

9,433

24

139,117

Amounts due to customers

552,292

17,123

31,212

56,906

6,874

29,564

693,970

Subordinated debt

678

12

2,547

8,419

8,437

(1,161)

18,932

Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

389

389

Financial liabilities by maturity

626,985

48,443

151,111

164,654

108,224

197,406

1,296,823

Loan commitments given to banks

204

35

5

449

107

2

801

Loan commitments given to customers

27,015

7,100

22,136

63,182

21,700

18,626

159,758

TOTAL LOAN COMMITMENTS GIVEN

27,220

7,134

22,140

63,631

21,807

18,628

160,560

Guarantee commitments given to banks

1,194

648

1,062

534

2,371

2,025

7,834

Guarantee commitments given to customers

4,330

5,546

9,497

15,354

10,502

2,415

47,644

TOTAL GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS GIVEN

5,524

6,194

10,560

15,888

12,873

4,440

55,478

               

in millions of euros

Less

than

1 month

From

1 month

to

3 months

From

3 months

at 1 year

From

1 year

to 5 years

More than

5 years

Not

determined

Total at

12/31/2021

Cash and amounts due from central banks

54,203

131,942

 

 

 

172

186,317

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

198,919

198,919

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

2,064

821

3,865

18,977

17,805

5,066

48,598

Hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

7,163

7,163

Securities at amortized cost

659

361

1,211

8,177

12,140

2,439

24,986

Loans and advances to banks at amortized cost

83,699

4,898

3,942

806

226

568

94,140

Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost

41,455

23,244

68,270

264,909

374,422

8,798

781,097

Revaluation difference on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios, assets

 

 

 

 

 

5,394

5,394

Financial assets by maturity

182,080

161,266

77,288

292,869

404,591

228,519

1,346,614

Central banks

 

6

 

 

 

 

6

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

7,168

100

389

1,333

14,728

168,050

191,768

Hedging derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

12,521

12,521

Debt securities

28,834

30,254

37,864

73,343

63,143

3,981

237,419

Amounts due to banks and similar

26,350

9,825

5,683

101,071

9,598

2,864

155,391

Amounts due to customers

553,167

15,506

20,457

63,401

10,019

2,766

665,317

Subordinated debt

591

11

3

9,895

7,589

901

18,990

Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios

 

 

 

 

 

184

184

Financial liabilities by maturity

616,111

55,702

64,396

249,043

105,077

191,267

1,281,596

Loan commitments given to banks

8

98

378

816

128

 

1,428

Loan commitments given to customers

33,523

7,730

24,526

61,324

21,746

5,559

154,408

TOTAL LOAN COMMITMENTS GIVEN

33,530

7,828

24,904

62,141

21,874

5,559

155,837

Guarantee commitments given to banks

1,570

704

1,375

196

1,891

2,706

8,443

Guarantee commitments given to customers

2,818

5,004

5,997

17,185

9,051

2,675

42,731

TOTAL GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS GIVEN

4,389

5,708

7,372

17,381

10,942

5,381

51,173

Financial instruments marked to market on the income statement and held in the trading book, variable-income available-for-sale financial assets, non-performing loans, hedging derivatives and revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios are placed in the “No fixed maturity” column. These financial instruments are:

either held for sale or redeemed prior to their contractual maturity;

or held for sale or redeemed at an indeterminable date (particularly where they have no contractual maturity);

or measured on the balance sheet for an amount impacted by revaluation effects.

Accrued interest not yet due is shown in the “Less than 1 month” column.

The amounts shown are contractual amounts excluding projected interest.

Technical provisions of insurance companies, which, for the most part are equivalent to demand deposits, are not shown in the Table above.

Funding strategy and conditions in 2022

One of the Group’s priorities in terms of medium- and long-term funding in the financial markets is to ensure that sources of funding are properly diversified, in terms of types of investors, types of debt instruments, countries and currencies.

Under the 2022 wholesale MLT funding plan, in 2022 Groupe BPCE raised a total of €33.5 billion in the bond market, of which €27.3 billion excluding structured private placements; public issues made up 78% of this amount and private placements 22%.

In addition, the Group raised €1.4 billion in ABS in the financial market.

In 2022, the amount raised in the unsecured bond segment, excluding structured private placements, was €14.2 billion, of which €2.5 billion in Tier 2, €4.2 billion in the form of senior non-preferred debt and €7.5 billion in the form of senior preferred debt. In addition, €6.2 billion were raised in structured private placements.

In the secured funding segment excluding ABS, the amount raised was €13.1 billion in covered bonds. In addition, €1.4 billion were raised in the form of ABS (mainly RMBS backed by residential mortgage loans granted by the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks).

The unsecured bond segment (Tier 2 + senior non-preferred + senior preferred) accounted for 58% of funding raised, and the secured funding segment 42% (38% covered bonds and 4% ABS).

The breakdown by currency of unsecured issues excluding completed structured private placements is a good indicator of the diversification of the Group’s medium- and long-term funding sources. In all, 43% were issued in currencies other than the euro in 2022; the four largest currencies were USD (27%), JPY (9%), AUD (4%), and GBP (2%).

The average maturity at issuance (including abs) for Groupe BPCE as a whole was 6.7 years in 2022, compared with an average maturity of 8.2 years in 2021.

The vast majority of medium- and long-term funding raised in 2022 was at a fixed rate, as in previous years. In general, fixed rate is swapped into floating rate in accordance with the Group’s interest rate risk management policy.

Groupe BPCE carried out three social/green public bond issues or RMBS in 2022 for a total of €1.9 billion:

in January 2022, BPCE became the first European issuer of a green bond dedicated to sustainable agriculture: this was a 6NC5 senior non-preferred public issue for €750 million;

in May 2022, public issue by BPCE SFH of 10-year green covered bonds (Green Building type) in euros for an amount of €1 billion;

in July 2022, BPCE became the leading bank issuer of a green bond on the Japanese market: this was a public issue dedicated to sustainable agriculture 7NC6 senior non-preferred in the amount of 14.9 billion yen, i.e. €105 million.

9.4 Management of structural interest rate risk

Objectives and policies

Structural interest rate risk (or overall interest rate risk) is defined as the risk incurred in the event of a change in interest rates due to all balance sheet and off-balance sheet transactions, except for – if applicable – transactions subject to market risks. Structural interest rate risk is an intrinsic component of the business and profitability of credit institutions.

The objective of the Group’s interest rate risk management system is to monitor each institution’s maturity transformation level in order to contribute to the growth of the Group and the business lines while evening out the impact of any unfavorable interest rate changes on the value of the Group’s banking books and future income.

Interest rate risk oversight and management system

Structural interest rate risk is controlled by a system of indicators and limits set by the Group Asset/Liability Management Committee. It measures structural interest rate risk on the balance sheet, excluding any kind of independent risk (trading, own accounts, etc.). The indicators used are divided into two approaches: a static approach that only takes into account on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions at a set date and a dynamic approach which includes commercial and financial forecasts. They can be classified into two sets:

gap indicators, which compare the amount of liability exposures against asset exposures on the same interest rate index and over different maturities. These indicators are used to validate the main balance sheet aggregates to ensure the sustainability of the financial results achieved. Gaps are calculated on the basis of contractual maturities, the results of common behavioral models for different credit or collection products, outflow agreements for products with no maturity date, and specific agreements for regulated rates;

sensitivity indicators, both in terms of value and revenues. Value-based indicators measure the change in the net present value of equity in the light of interest rate shocks applied to the static balance sheet. In addition to the Basel II regulatory indicator (SOT: standard outlier test), which measures sensitivity to interest rate shocks of +/-200 basis points, the Group has introduced an internal Economic Value of Equity (EVE) indicator. Revenue-based indicators measure the sensitivity of the projected net interest income where there are differences between the change in the market interest rate and the central scenario established quarterly by the Group’s economists. This net interest income sensitivity indicator covers all commercial banking activities and aims to estimate the sensitivity of the institutions’ results to interest rate fluctuations.

The dynamic approach in terms of sensitivity of future revenues has been strengthened by a multi-scenario vision allowing a broader approach by taking into account the uncertainties related to business forecasts (new activity and changes in customer behavior), to possible changes. commercial margin, etc. Internal stress tests are carried out periodically to measure changes in the bank’s earnings trajectory in adverse scenarios.

The interest rate position of the Group’s institutions is managed in compliance with the Group’s standards, which formalize both the indicators monitored and the associated limits, as well as the instruments authorized for hedging interest rate risk. These are strictly “vanilla” (unstructured), option sales are excluded and accounting methods with no impact on the Group’s consolidated income are preferred.

Quantitative disclosures

The interest rate position is mainly driven by Retail Banking and Insurance, and primarily by the networks. Measured using a static approach to interest rate gaps, it shows a structural risk exposure to an increase in interest rates with a surplus of fixed-rate assets compared to fixed-rate resources. This structural surplus is due in particular to the percentage of customer deposits at regulated or similar rates (in particular the Livret A rate).

The interest rate gaps at the end of 2022, presented below, show a significant change compared to the previous year with an increase in the application surplus over a one-year horizon as well as over the periods beyond one year. This change is linked to an increase in the structural transformation position due to the production of fixed-rate loans but also to the inclusion of an optional portion materializing the higher risk of arbitrage of customer deposits in a context of sharp rise in rates.

in billions of euros

01/01/2023 to

12/31/2023

01/01/2024 to

12/31/2026

01/01/2027 to

12/31/2030

Interest rate gap (fixed-rate*)

(83.0)

(84.3)

(72.0)

*

The indicator takes into account all asset and liability positions and floating-rate positions until the next interest rate reset date.

The sensitivity of the net present value of the Group’s balance sheet to a +/-200 bps variation in interest rates remained lower than the 15% Tier 1 limit. At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s sensitivity to interest rate increases stood at -13.94% compared to Tier 1 versus -11.37% at December 31, 2021. This indicator, calculated according to a static approach (contractual or conventional flow of all balance sheet items) and in a stress scenario (immediate and significant interest rate shock), makes it possible to highlight the distortion of the balance sheet. a long horizon. This measurement is closely correlated with the measurement of interest rate gaps detailed above.

To better control the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, it must be supplemented by a dynamic approach (including new production forecasts). This is achieved by measuring the change in the Group’s forecast net interest margin at one year according to four scenarios (rise in rates, fall in rates, steepening of the yield curve, flattening of the yield curve) compared to the core scenario. As of September 30, 2022, a small upward shock (+25 bps) would have a negative impact of 1.4% on the projected net interest margin (expected loss of €91 million) over a rolling year, whereas the small downward scenario (-25 bps) would have a positive impact of 1.5% (expected gain of €95 million).

Regulatory scenarios

a

b

EVE sensitivity (in %)

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

1

Shock: Parallel up

(13.94%)

(11.37%)

2

Shock: Parallel down

4.36%

0.41%

3

Steepener

(2.00%)

(1.33%)

4

Flattener

3.03%

5.34%

5

Short rates up

(1.36%)

4.85%

6

Short rates down

1.80%

1.08%

The table below presents the financial instruments for each index that must transition within the framework of the index reform. Since January 1, 2022, risks are mainly confined to the transition from the LIBOR USD index (for overnight, one, three, six and twelve-month maturities) to the SOFR rate (see Section 5.16).

The data presented are taken from the management databases at December 31, 2022 after elimination of internal transactions with Groupe BPCE and concern financial instruments with a maturity exceeding June 30, 2023, taking into account the following conventions:

Financial assets and liabilities excluding derivatives are presented based on their nominal amount (past due principal), excluding provisions;

Repurchase agreements are broken down before accounting offsetting;

Derivatives are presented based on their notional amount at December 31, 2022;

For derivatives with a receiving and a paying leg exposed to a reference rate, both legs were reported in the table below to accurately reflect Groupe BPCE’s exposure to the reference rate for those two legs.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Derivatives (notional)

LIBOR – USD

9,451

2,788

2,578,866

9.5 Management of structural exchange rate risk

Structural foreign exchange risk is defined as the risk of a realized or unrealized loss due to an unfavorable fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates. The management system distinguishes between the structural exchange risk policy and the management of operational foreign exchange risk.

Foreign exchange risk oversight and management system

For Groupe BPCE (excluding Natixis), foreign exchange risk is monitored using regulatory indicators (measuring corresponding capital adequacy requirements by entity). The residual foreign exchange positions held by the Group (excluding Natixis) are not material because virtually all foreign currency assets and liabilities are match-funded in the same currency.

As regards international trade financing transactions, risk-taking is limited to counterparties in countries with freely-translatable currencies, provided that translation can be technically carried out by the technically managed by the entity’s information system.

Natixis’ structural exchange rate positions on net investments in foreign operations funded with currency forwards are tracked on a quarterly basis by its Asset/Liability Management Committee in terms of sensitivity as well as solvency. The resulting risk indicators are submitted to the Group Asset/Liability Management Committee on a quarterly basis.

Quantitative disclosures

At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE, subject to regulatory capital requirements for foreign exchange risk, recorded a stable foreign exchange position of €4,739 million versus €3,708 million at the end of 2021, with €379 million for foreign exchange risk. The foreign exchange position is mainly carried by GFS.

9.6 Detailed quantitative disclosures on liquidity risk

The detailed quantitative disclosures on liquidity risk in the following tables enhance the information in the previous section under Pillar III.

The cash balance sheet of Groupe BPCE excluding the contribution of the SCF shows the main items of the balance sheet by identifying in particular:

the business financing requirements (customer loans, centralization of regulated passbook savings accounts and the Group’s tangible and intangible assets) for a total of €883 billion at December 31, 2022, up by €50 billion year-on-year mainly due to the increase in loans outstanding (real estate loans);

the Group’s stable resources consisting of customer deposits, medium- and long-term resources, and equity and similar assets, for a total of €1,023 billion as of December 31, 2022, up by €24 billion over one year, mainly due to the increase in customer deposits;

the €139 billion surplus reflects the surplus of customer deposits and medium- and long-term financial resources over the financing needs of the customer business. It is mainly invested in liquid assets to contribute to the liquidity reserve;

the short-term resources invested mainly in liquid assets (central bank deposits, interbank assets, debt securities).

The regulatory 30-day liquidity ratio measures the ratio between the liquidity buffer (HQLA – High Quality Liquid Assets) and the expected net cash outflows over a 30-day period. Since January 1, 2018, the minimum requirement level has been set at 100%.

The Group’s LCR stood at an average monthly rate of 142% for the year 2022, i.e. a liquidity surplus of €65 billion in December 2022, compared with levels of 161% and €86 billion respectively in December 2021.

(1)

Balance of stable resources of €139 billion at 12/31/2022 = MLT resources of €221 billion + customer deposits of €709 billion + capital excluding subordinated debt of €82 billion + miscellaneous €11 billion - customer loans of €782 billion - regulated passbook savings centralization of €85 billion + fixed assets of €17 billion.

(2)

Including financing of Group SPT customer loans by SCF.

(3)

Net position of accrual accounts and other liabilities and refinancing transactions with the SCF : €11 billion on the liabilities side for the Group excluding SCF.

(4)

Of which €21 billion, excluding accrued interest, of market MLT resources with a residual maturity date of less than or equal to one year.

(5)

Of which €1.5 billion (excluding accrued interest) of BPCE's preferred senior bond issues (with €0.1 billion maturing in one year or less) and €2.2 billion (excluding accrued interest) of BPCE's Tier 2 issues (with no issues maturing in one year or less) marketed in our networks.

in millions of euros

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Total unweighted value (average)

Total weighted value (average)

EU 1a

Quarter ending on (MM DD YYYY)

03/31/2022

06/30/2022

09/30/2022

12/31/2022

03/31/2022

06/30/2022

09/30/2022

12/31/2022

EU 1b

Number of data points used in the calculation of averages

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

 

HIGH QUALITY LIQUID ASSETS (HQLA)

1

Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)

 

 

 

 

231,216

228,372

223,352

220,931

 

CASH OUTFLOWS

2

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which:

379,933

383,427

386,214

388,030

22,522

22,771

22,967

23,058

3

Stable deposits

290,633

292,696

294,596

295,702

14,535

14,635

14,730

14,785

4

Less stable deposits

79,834

81,329

82,345

82,680

7,987

8,136

8,238

8,273

5

Unsecured deposits of corporates and financial institutions, including

199,908

202,096

204,478

207,023

102,446

103,164

104,015

105,359

6

Operational deposits

52,539

52,810

52,499

52,043

12,204

12,264

12,178

12,043

7

Non-operational deposits

131,636

133,940

136,912

139,873

74,509

75,554

76,770

78,208

8

Unsecured debt

15,733

15,346

15,067

15,108

15,733

15,346

15,067

15,108

9

Secured deposits of corporates and financial institutions

 

 

 

 

25,811

26,608

26,956

26,982

10

Additional outflows, including:

110,962

112,927

115,083

116,568

28,277

28,980

30,410

32,020

11

Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements

15,373

15,552

15,822

16,091

11,243

11,645

12,567

13,720

12

Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

13

Credit and liquidity facilities

95,589

97,375

99,260

100,477

17,035

17,335

17,843

18,300

14

Other contractual funding obligations

30,769

34,464

36,026

35,953

29,490

33,411

34,975

34,931

15

Other contingent funding obligations

119,205

124,921

127,307

128,685

12,902

13,324

13,741

13,942

16

Total cash outflows

 

 

 

 

208,098

207,984

233,065

236,292

 

CASH INFLOWS

17

Transactions collateralized by securities (i.e. reverse repos)

95,735

99,490

105,171

106,277

12,778

13,328

14,197

14,956

18

Cash inflows from loans

29,294

30,547

31,535

31,630

22,417

23,575

24,526

24,467

19

Other cash inflows

52,636

54,015

53,890

52,630

39,377

41,416

41,867

40,966

EU-19a

(Difference between total weighted cash inflows and total weighted cash outflows resulting from transactions in third countries subject to transfer restrictions or denominated in non-convertible currencies)

 

 

 

 

0

0

0

0

EU-19b

(Surplus inflows from a related specialized credit institution)

 

 

 

 

0

0

0

0

20

TOTAL CASH INFLOWS

177,665

184,052

190,595

190,537

74,572

78,318

80,591

80,389

EU-20a

Cash inflows fully exempt from cap

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

EU-20b

Cash inflows subject to the 90% cap

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

EU-20c

Cash inflows subject to the 75% cap

147,071

155,470

161,401

159,945

74,572

78,318

80,591

80,389

 

TOTAL ADJUSTED VALUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

TOTAL HQLA

 

 

 

 

231,216

228,372

223,352

220,931

22

TOTAL NET CASH OUTFLOWS

 

 

 

 

146,876

149,940

152,474

155,903

23

SHORT-TERM LIQUIDITY RATIO (IN %)

 

 

 

 

158%

152%

147%

142%

The Group’s liquid assets, after taking into account regulatory haircuts, amounted to €221 billion and consisted largely of central bank deposits and sovereign securities.

The gross cash outflows amounted to €236 billion, growing in both 2021 and 2022, in line with the increase in customer deposits, both Retail and Wholesale. On the other hand, the gross cash inflows amounted to €80 billion and were up compared to December 2021. In net position, cash outflows thus amounted to €156 billion, an increase of €13 billion compared to December 2021.

The liquid asset position is managed in such a way as to retain a sufficient amount of excess liquidity to cover any volatility in the evolution of the LCR ratio and also to protect the Group against a short-term liquidity crisis that may prevent the Group from renewing all or part of its short-term issues. In this context, the excess liquidity will be absorbed first without impacting the Group’s core activities.

The net stable funding ratio (NSFR) corresponds to the amount of available stable funding (i.e. own funds and the proportion of liabilities assumed to be reliable over the time horizon taken into account for the purposes of the NSFR, i.e. up to one year) compared to the required stable funding. This ratio is restrictive, with a minimum requirement level of 100% since June 28, 2021.

The Group’s NSFR stood at 106.27% as of December 31, 2022, i.e. a liquidity surplus of €48.9 billion.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

a

b

c

d

e

Unweighted value by residual maturity

Weighted

value

No maturity

< 6 months

6 months to <

1 year

≥ 1 year

 

AVAILABLE STABLE FUNDING (ASF) ITEMS

 

 

 

 

 

1

Capital items and instruments

79,765

0

0

14,372

94,137

2

Capital

79,765

0

0

14,372

94,137

3

Other capital instruments

 

0

0

0

0

4

Retail deposits

 

394,336

805

14,700

385,951

5

Stable deposits

 

312,109

385

2,684

299,553

6

Less stable deposits

 

82,226

420

12,017

86,398

7

Wholesale funding:

 

482,034

46,400

192,873

315,618

8

Operational deposits

 

50,234

0

0

2,277

9

Other wholesale funding

 

431,799

46,400

192,873

313,342

10

Interdependent liabilities

 

7,912

0

76,766

0

11

Other commitments:

4,796

42,510

3,202

31,669

33,270

12

NSFR derivative liabilities

4,796

 

 

 

 

13

All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above categories

 

42,510

3,202

31,669

33,270

14

Total available stable funding (ASF)

 

 

 

 

828,977

 

REQUIRED STABLE FUNDING (RSF) ITEMS

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)

 

 

 

 

16,096

EU-15a

Assets encumbered for more than one year in cover pool

 

39

3,955

42,668

39,662

16

Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes

 

388

0

0

194

17

Performing loans and securities:

 

140,809

47,896

730,159

632,142

18

Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut

 

18,013

2,796

2,386

4,307

19

Performing securities financing transactions with financial customer collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions

 

51,185

4,151

23,355

29,227

20

Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, of which:

 

52,019

29,802

426,492

564,449

21

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized Approach for credit risk

 

8,430

7,581

159,422

300,072

22

Performing residential mortgages, of which:

 

11,333

10,246

239,923

0

23

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized Approach for credit risk

 

11,333

10,246

239,923

0

24

Other loans and securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet products

 

8,292

1,146

41,255

37,160

25

Interdependent assets

 

7,912

0

76,766

0

26

Other assets:

0

57,499

386

71,753

73,444

27

Physical traded commodities

 

 

 

0

0

28

Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs

 

479

0

7,316

6,626

29

NSFR derivative assets

 

1,065

 

 

0

30

NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted

 

42,439

 

 

2,122

31

All other assets not included in the above categories

 

13,516

386

64,437

64,697

32

Off-balance sheet items

 

280,524

0

28,608

18,548

33

Total RSF

 

 

 

 

780,086

34

Net Stable Funding Ratio (in %)

 

 

 

 

106%

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

a

b

c

d

e

Unweighted value by residual maturity

Weighted

value

No maturity

< 6 months

6 months to <

1 year

≥ 1 year

 

AVAILABLE STABLE FUNDING (ASF) ITEMS

 

 

 

 

 

1

Capital items and instruments

77,859

0

0

12,951

90,810

2

Capital

77,859

0

0

12,951

90,810

3

Other capital instruments

 

0

0

0

0

4

Retail deposits

 

385,390

621

13,923

376,598

5

Stable deposits

 

304,947

354

3,277

293,313

6

Less stable deposits

 

80,443

268

10,646

83,286

7

Wholesale funding:

 

428,483

29,738

255,944

364,447

8

Operational deposits

 

87,674

0

0

3,535

9

Other wholesale funding

 

340,808

29,738

255,944

360,912

10

Interdependent liabilities

 

6,638

0

69,672

0

11

Other commitments:

453

25,165

1,116

42,910

43,468

12

NSFR derivative liabilities

453

 

 

 

 

13

All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above categories

 

25,165

1,116

42,910

43,468

14

Total available stable funding (ASF)

 

 

 

 

875,323

 

REQUIRED STABLE FUNDING (RSF) ITEMS

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)

 

 

 

 

22,608

EU-15a

Assets encumbered for more than one year in cover pool

 

1,452

1,585

40,950

37,389

16

Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes

 

325

-

-

163

17

Performing loans and securities:

 

121,074

45,875

689,551

611,739

18

Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut

 

14,388

957

2,654

3,714

19

Performing securities financing transactions with financial customer collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions

 

39,476

5,349

15,846

20,804

20

Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, of which:

 

49,053

29,021

409,473

544,983

21

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized Approach for credit risk

 

7 450

6,867

152,178

274,816

22

Performing residential mortgages, of which:

 

10,177

9,368

214,660

-

23

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized Approach for credit risk

 

10,177

9,368

214,660

-

24

Other loans and securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet products

 

7,980

1,180

46,919

42,237

25

Interdependent assets

 

6,638

-

69,672

-

26

Other assets:

0

43,677

1,297

73,230

79,029

27

Physical traded commodities

 

 

 

-

-

28

Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs

 

57

-

5,086

4,372

29

NSFR derivative assets

 

3,036

 

 

2,583

30

NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted

 

24,623

 

 

1,231

31

All other assets not included in the above categories

 

15,962

1,297

68,143

70,844

32

Off-balance sheet items

 

117,757

-

339 179

5,742

33

Total RSF

 

 

 

 

756,669

34

Net Stable Funding Ratio (in %)

 

 

 

 

116%

In addition to the structural effects – combining deposit taking and loan production – which result in the production of a natural NSFR surplus for Groupe BPCE, cyclical effects including the increase in loans, the amortization of the TLTRO III and the review of the treatment of off-balance sheet items covered by Article 23 of the delegated act explains the level of surplus posted at December 31, 2022.

The amount of available stable funding for Groupe BPCE thus amounts to €828.98 billion and mainly consists of:

customer deposits (€386 billion), including a significant portion of deposits deemed stable, and increasing slightly since June 2022 reflecting the high levels of savings recorded over the period, and

wholesale financing (€316 billion), including corporate deposits, down compared to June 2022, in the current context of TLTRO III repayment.

The amount of required stable funding stands at €780 billion, the result of a significant level of performing loans and securities whose impact was €632 billion.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Carrying amount of

encumbered assets

Fair value of

encumbered assets

Carrying amount of

unencumbered assets

Fair value of

unencumbered assets

 

of which

notionally

eligible

EHQLA

and

HQLA

 

of which

notionally

eligible

EHQLA

and

HQLA

 

of which

EHQLA

and

HQLA

 

of which

EHQLA

and

HQLA

10

30

40

50

60

80

90

100

010

Assets of the reporting institution

320,806

72,724

 

 

1,072,536

20,560

 

 

030

Equity instruments

21,616

18,454

21,616

18,454

17,941

5,964

13,006

5,939

040

Debt securities

84,851

54,270

83,477

54,277

14,361

14,361

33,484

28,213

050

of which: covered bonds

256

4

263

4

720

720

1,258

1,075

060

of which: securitization

23,534

0

22,357

0

0

0

0

0

070

of which: issued by general governments

45,552

44,675

45,558

44,682

10,545

10,545

17,166

16,361

080

of which: issued by financial corporations

13,139

7,626

12,950

7,626

3,232

3,232

6,277

6,277

090

of which: issued by non-financial corporations

4,148

2,019

4,149

1,983

0

0

9,304

4,647

120

Other assets

214,522

0

 

 

1,035,043

0

 

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Carrying amount of

encumbered assets

Fair value of

encumbered assets

Carrying amount of

unencumbered assets

Fair value of

unencumbered assets

 

of which

notionally

eligible

EHQLA

and

HQLA

 

of which

notionally

eligible

EHQLA

and

HQLA

 

of which

EHQLA

and

HQLA

 

of which

EHQLA

and

HQLA

010

030

040

050

060

080

090

100

010

Assets of the reporting institution

334,073

72,938

 

 

1,036,947

28,255

 

 

030

Equity instruments

28,321

25,474

28,321

25,474

22,108

5,824

18,098

5,848

040

Debt securities

83,384

47,619

82,921

47,564

24,026

23,188

37,637

31,798

050

of which: covered bonds

368

185

372

185

1,256

1,073

1,279

1,098

060

of which: securitization

19,429

0

19,101

0

0

0

0

0

070

of which: issued by general governments

44,263

41,815

44,140

41,752

17,740

17,032

20,156

19,626

080

of which: issued by financial corporations

14,630

4,033

14,562

4,034

4,959

4,959

5,176

5,140

090

of which: issued by non-financial corporations

3,009

1,648

3,011

1,654

0

0

10,575

5,949

120

Other assets

221,369

0

 

 

990,812

0

 

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Fair value of encumbered collateral

received or own debt securities

issued

Unencumbered

Fair value of collateral received or

own debt securities issued that

may be encumbered

 

of which

notionally

eligible EHQLA

and HQLA

 

of which

EHQLA and

HQLA

010

030

040

060

130

Collateral received by the reporting institution

137,449

109,321

91,268

46,931

140

Loans on demand

0

0

0

0

150

Equity instruments

34,854

18,283

21,687

5,910

160

Debt securities

102,595

92,190

47,542

41,570

170

of which: covered bonds

162

5

866

866

180

of which: securitization

0

0

0

0

190

of which: issued by general governments

76,151

76,045

29,334

28,342

200

of which: issued by financial corporations

23,354

14,986

11,530

11,530

210

of which: issued by non-financial corporations

2,939

824

6,370

1,982

220

Loans and advances other than loans on demand

0

0

21,980

0

230

Other collateral received

0

0

0

0

240

Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or securitizations

0

0

0

0

241

Own covered bonds and asset-backed securities issued and not yet pledged

 

 

9

0

250

TOTAL ASSETS, COLLATERAL RECEIVED AND OWN DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED

464,521

186,005

 

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Fair value of encumbered collateral

received or own debt securities

issued

Unencumbered

Fair value of collateral received or

own debt securities issued that

may be encumbered

of which

notionally

eligible EHQLA

and HQLA

of which

EHQLA and

HQLA

010

030

040

060

130

Collateral received by the reporting institution

132,900

96,218

94,895

48,445

140

Loans on demand

0

0

0

0

150

Equity instruments

39,703

17,519

26,108

4,963

160

Debt securities

94,574

79,976

47,459

43,482

170

of which: covered bonds

581

366

1,484

1,484

180

of which: securitization

4,652

0

0

0

190

of which: issued by general governments

73,051

70,843

34,697

34,300

200

of which: issued by financial corporations

13,058

6,143

6,547

6,547

210

of which: issued by non-financial corporations

1,341

408

4,707

1,485

220

Loans and advances other than loans on demand

0

0

20,710

0

230

Other collateral received

0

0

0

0

240

Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or securitizations

0

0

0

0

241

Own covered bonds and asset-backed securities issued and not yet pledged

 

 

400

0

250

TOTAL ASSETS, COLLATERAL RECEIVED AND OWN DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED

464,722

170,859

 

 

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

Matching liabilities, contingent

liabilities or securities lent

Assets, collateral received and

own debt securities issued other

than covered bonds and

securitizations encumbered

010

030

010

Carrying amount of selected financial liabilities

300,819

365,134

in millions of euros

12/31/2021

Matching liabilities, contingent

liabilities or securities lent

Assets, collateral received and

own debt securities issued other

than covered bonds and

securitizations encumbered

010

030

010

Carrying amount of selected financial liabilities

321,351

373,252

An asset or a guarantee is encumbered when it is capitalized as a guarantee, collateral or enhancement of an institution’s transaction.

For example,

the following are considered to be encumbered:

cash posted as collateral,

assets used as collateral for covered bonds,

margin calls (cash) paid;

the following are not considered as encumbered:

assets transferred to the Central Bank but not mobilized,

assets underlying self-owned securitizations.

At the closing date of December 31, 2022, the ratio of encumbered assets to assets on the Group’s balance sheet was 27.2%, up by 2.0% compared to the ratio at December 31, 2021 (29.2%).

Total encumbrances on assets (encumbered assets and collateral) amount to €440.8 billion.

The Group uses its assets and collateral to obtain financing on favorable terms and to carry out repurchase agreements and derivative transactions.

As of December 31, 2022, the main encumbrances were:

refinancing activities of the Group’s institutions, which involve:

€96.1 billion in loans and advances to guarantee covered bonds issued by BPCE SFH, SCF and Natixis Pfandbriefbank. The over-collateralization rates applied are respectively 105% for BPCE SFH/SCF and 102% for Natixis Pfandbriefbank,

€133.5 billion in advances and securities mobilized at the Central Bank to carry out TLTRO transactions. The Group’s central institution manages the 3G pooling system on behalf of the institutions;

€197.8 billion in securities encumbered for repurchase agreements/securities lending purposes and €13.4 billion in encumbered assets for derivatives (including margin calls). These transactions are mainly carried out by GFS.

10. LEGAL RISKS

10.1 Legal and arbitration proceedings – BPCE

Check imaging exchange commissions

Marketplace antitrust case initially involving Banques Populaires Participations (BP Participations) and Caisses d’Epargne Participations (CE Participations) and BPCE since it merged with and absorbed BP Participations and CE Participations.

On March 18, 2008, BFBP and CNCE received, as was the case for other banks on the marketplace, a notice of grievance from the French anti-trust authority. The banks are accused of having established and mutually agreed on the amount of the check imaging exchange commission, as well as related check commissions.

The anti-trust authority delivered its decision on September 20, 2010 to fine the banks found guilty (€90.9 million for BPCE). These banks (except for the Banque de France) lodged an appeal.

On February 23, 2012, the Paris Court of Appeals overruled the anti-trust authority’s decision and the €90.9 million fine paid by BPCE was refunded.

On March 23, 2012, the anti-trust authority launched an appeal of the Court of Appeals’ ruling.

On the referral of the anti-trust authority, on April 14, 2015, the Court of Cassation overturned the Court of Appeals’ 2012 ruling due to breach of procedure. The banks were once again required to pay the fine.

BPCE, along with the other accused banks, referred this ruling to the Paris Court of Appeals, requesting that it purge this breach of procedure and uphold its 2012 decision, ensuring that BPCE will ultimately be reimbursed.

The Second Court of Appeals ruled on December 21, 2017 and confirmed the 2010 analysis of the anti-trust authority, thus contradicting the initial decision by the Paris Court of Appeals in 2012.

The Court considered that the introduction of the EIC commission and CSCs constitute anti-competitive practice in its nature and upheld the conviction to pay the fine set by the ADLC. However, the Court reduced the amount of Caisse d’Epargne’s fine by €4.07 million, by canceling the 10% increase to the fine imposed by ADLC on certain banks for their key roles in negotiations. BPCE, standing in for CE Participations, should retrieve this amount of €4.07 million from the Treasury.

On January 22, 2018, the banks filed an appeal with the Court of Cassation.

On January 29, 2020, the Court of Cassation rendered its verdict and overturned the appeal for lack of legal grounds on the demonstration of collusion. The ruling referred the case back to the Court of Appeal, with the banks returning to their position subsequent to the ruling of the Autorité de la concurrence (ADLC), the French competition authority.

The Court of Appeal of Reference issued its decision on December 2, 2021 and reformed almost the entirety of the decision of the Competition Authority of 2010 sanctioning 11 banks and canceled the €384.9 million of fines imposed on the banks.

This ruling on remand after a second cassation (ruling of January 29, 2020), allowed BPCE SA to recover on December 30, 2021 the total sum of €90,962,647.35 (corresponding to the €38.09 million for the BPs and €48.74 million for the CEs), as well as the additional €4 million paid by BPCE SA to the French Treasury in April 2020 (corresponding to the reimbursement of the reduction in the CEs’ fine pronounced by the appeal ruling of December 21, 2017).

In its decision, the Court of Appeal found that the introduction, at the time of the transition to dematerialization of check processing, of interbank commissions for the exchange of check images (CEIC) and for related services on the cancellation of wrongly cleared transactions (AOCT), did not distort competition either by its object or by its effects. As to the anti-competitive object of the agreement, according to the Court, in the absence of experience with this type of compensatory and dissuasive fee, it cannot be considered that by their very nature they are sufficiently harmful to competition to be qualified as a restriction of competition by object. As to the effects of the agreement, the Court considers that it has not been established that CEIC has had any real effects on the prices of the check remittance service, and therefore, that it has effectively constrained the banks in their pricing policy. The Paris Court of Appeal therefore concluded that none of the grievances notified to the Banks were well-founded and, consequently, ruled that it had not been established that the introduction, by the agreement of February 3, 2000, of the disputed interbank commissions and the collection of these commissions as of January 1, 2002 infringed the provisions of Article 101 TFEU and Article L. 420-1 of the French Commercial Code.

On December 31, 2021, the Chairman of the French Competition Authority filed an appeal in cassation against the judgment of the Court of Appeal of December 2, 2021. The case is ongoing.

French Competition Authority / Bimpli

On October 9, 2015, a company operating in the meal voucher industry lodged a complaint with the French Competition Authority (Autorité de la Concurrence) to contest industry practices with respect to the issuance and acceptance of meal vouchers. The complaint targeted several French companies operating in the meal voucher industry, including Natixis Intertitres, which became Bimpli in 2022.

In its decision of December 17, 2019, the French Competition Authority ruled that Natixis Intertitres had exchanged information and been a part of a practice designed to keep new entrants out of the meal voucher market. Natixis Intertitres was fined €4,360,000 in its own right, along with two other fines totaling €78,962,000, jointly and severally with Natixis.

Natixis Intertitres has appealed against this decision and believes it has strong arguments to challenge it. Under these conditions, no provisions were made in the financial statements at December 31, 2019, or at subsequent closing dates.

Since December 14, 2022, following the alliance between Groupe BPCE and Swile, Bimpli has been owned by a third party outside the Group.

10.2 Legal and arbitration proceedings – Natixis

Like many banking groups, Natixis and its consolidated subsidiaries are subject to legal and tax proceedings and investigations by the supervisory authorities.

The financial consequences, assessed as of December 31, 2022, of those likely to have, or which have had in the recent past, a significant impact on the financial position of Natixis and/or Natixis and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, their profitability or activity, have been included in Natixis’ consolidated financial statements.

The most significant legal and arbitration proceedings are described below, it being specified that their inclusion in the list below does not mean that these proceedings will necessarily have any impact on Natixis and/or its consolidated subsidiaries. Other proceedings, including tax proceedings, have no significant impact on the financial position or profitability of Natixis and/or Natixis and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, or are not at a sufficiently advanced stage to determine whether they are likely to have such an impact.

Madoff fraud

The Madoff outstandings are estimated at €339.7 million in equivalent value at December 31, 2022, fully provisioned at this date, compared to €346.8 million at June 30, 2022, following the confirmation of the liquidation of certain assets deposited in the name of Natixis and fully provisioned. The effective impact of this exposure will depend on both the extent of recovery of assets invested for Natixis and the outcome of the measures taken by the bank, notably in terms of legal proceedings. Furthermore, in 2011 a dispute emerged over the application of the insurance policy for professional liability in this case, which had been taken out with successive insurers for a total amount of €123 million. In November 2016, the Paris Court of Appeal vindicated the Commercial Court’s prior ruling that primary insurers were liable to cover the losses incurred by Natixis due to the Madoff fraud, up to the amount for which the bank was insured. On September 19, 2018, the Court of Cassation subsequently annulled the judgment under appeal and referred the case back to the Paris Court of Appeal with a differently constituted bench. On September 24, 2019, the Court ruled against Natixis, overturning the ruling by the Commercial Court of Paris. Natixis filed an appeal with the Court of Cassation in December 2019.

Irving H. Picard, the court-appointed trustee for Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (BMIS), submitted a restitution claim concerning the liquidation of amounts received prior to the discovery of the fraud through a complaint filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York against several banking institutions, including a $400 million claim against Natixis. Natixis denies the allegations made against it and has taken the necessary steps to defend its position and protect its rights. Natixis has launched appeals, including a motion to dismiss the case on a preliminary basis, or prior to any ruling on the merits, and a motion to withdraw the reference to transfer certain matters to the United States district court. These proceedings have been subject to numerous rulings and appeals and are still ongoing. A November 2016 ruling by the bankruptcy court dismissed a number of restitution claims initiated by the trustee on the grounds of extraterritoriality. In September 2017, the Second Circuit Court granted the BMIS liquidator and the defendants the right to appeal the bankruptcy court’s ruling on the grounds of extraterritoriality directly through the Second Circuit, thereby avoiding the need to file an intermediary appeal with the district court. In February 2019, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit overturned the bankruptcy court’s extraterritoriality ruling. In August 2019, Natixis joined the group of defendants that filed a request for permission to appeal the Second Circuit Court’s ruling before the Supreme Court. In June 2020, the Supreme Court refused to hear the case. The case will be referred by the Second Circuit court to the bankruptcy court. The liquidator of BMIS seeks the suspension of the pending restitution actions until certain specific actions dealing with the concept of “good faith” in the restitution requests are settled.

Furthermore, the liquidators of Fairfield Sentry Limited and Fairfield Sigma Limited have initiated a large number of proceedings against investors having previously received payments from these funds for redemptions of shares (over 200 proceedings have been filed in New York). Some Natixis entities have been named as defendants in some of these proceedings. Natixis deems these proceedings to be entirely unfounded and is vigorously defending its position. These proceedings have been suspended for several years, and in October 2016 the bankruptcy court authorized the liquidators to modify their initial claim. The defendants filed joint responses in May and June 2017. In August 2018, the bankruptcy court ruled on a motion to dismiss filed by the defendants (requesting that the case be dismissed on a preliminary basis and prior to any ruling on the merits). The judge only gave a ruling on one of the merits (that of personal jurisdiction), having found that the latter was missing from the claim made against the defendants. In December 2018, the judge ruled on the motion to dismiss, rejecting the liquidators’ common law claims (unjust enrichment, money had and received, mistaken payment and constructive trust) as well as contractual claims. However, it overturned the motion to dismiss in respect of claim founded on British Virgin Islands’ law, while reserving the right to file a plea for the application of Section 546(e) safe harbor provision. In May 2019, the liquidators appealed the bankruptcy court’s ruling before the District Court. The defendants, including Natixis, submitted on March 9, 2020 a motion to dismiss this appeal and renewed this initial motion on March 16, 2020. The bankruptcy court asked the defendants to limit the motion to dismiss to arguments that can lead to the dismissal of all the actions of the liquidators (as per Section 546(e) of the safe harbor provision or impropriety of the initial petition). In December 2020, the bankruptcy court dismissed the action brought under the law of the British Virgin Islands, considering that the defendants, including Natixis, are covered by Section 546(e) safe harbor. This decision, which may result in the rejection of claw back requests, is subject to appeal.

The case is ongoing.

Criminal complaint coordinated by ADAM

In March 2009, the Paris public prosecutor’s office (Parquet de Paris) launched a preliminary investigation into a complaint filed by Natixis minority shareholders and coordinated by the Association de Défense des Actionnaires Minoritaires (ADAM – Association for the Defense of Minority shareholders). As the plaintiffs have initiated civil proceedings, a judicial investigation opened in 2010. On February 14, 2017, Natixis came under investigation for false and misleading information on account of two messages sent in the second half of 2007, at the beginning of the subprime crisis.

After judicial investigation, a committal for trial was ordered on June 28, 2019.

The committal concerns only one of the messages, disseminated on November 25, 2007, explaining the risks to which Natixis was exposed at the time as a result of the subprime crisis. The second message was dismissed.

The Paris Criminal Court, in a judgment handed down on June 24, 2021, condemned Natixis, deeming insufficient the information provided by said press release of November 25, 2007, and more specifically the risks to which the bank was exposed at the time due to the subprime crisis.

It imposed a fine of €7.5 million. The civil parties were awarded total compensation of around €2 million.

Natixis, which considers that it has not committed any offense, appealed against this judgment, as the Paris Criminal Court did not take into account the arguments presented at the hearing.

Lucchini Spa

In March 2018, Natixis SA was summoned, jointly and severally with other banks, by Lucchini Spa (under extraordinary administration) to appear before the Court of Milan, with alleging improprieties in the implementation of the loan restructuring agreement granted to Lucchini Spa. The case is ongoing.

In its decision of July 21, 2020, the Court of Milan dismissed all Lucchini Spa’s claims and sentenced it to pay the costs of the proceedings for a total amount of €1.2 million, of which €174,000 for each bank or group of banks. Lucchini Spa has appealed the judgment. The case is ongoing.

Competition Authority/Natixis

On October 9, 2015, a company operating in the meal voucher industry lodged a complaint with the Competition Authority (Autorité de la concurrence) to contest industry practices with respect to the issuance and acceptance of meal vouchers. The complaint targeted several French companies operating in the meal voucher industry, including Natixis Intertitres, then attached to Natixis.

In its decision of December 17, 2019, the Competition Authority ruled that Natixis Intertitres had participated in a practice covering the exchange of information and a practice designed to keep new entrants out of the meal voucher market.

Natixis Intertitres was subject to a fine in its own right, along with two other fines totaling €78,962,000, jointly and severally with Natixis.

Natixis has appealed against this decision and believes that it has strong arguments to challenge it.

Bucephalus Capital Limited/Darius Capital Conseil

On June 7, 2019, Bucephalus Capital Limited (a UK law firm), together with other firms, brought claims against Darius Capital Partners (a French law firm, now operating under the name Darius Capital Conseil, a 70%-held subsidiary of Natixis Investment Managers) before the Paris Commercial Court, to contest the alleged breach of various contractual obligations, particularly with respect to a framework agreement dated September 5, 2013 setting out their contractual relations and various subsequent agreements. Bucephalus Capital Limited claims a total of €178,487,500.

Darius Capital Conseil consider these claims to be unfounded. The case is ongoing.

10.3 Dependency

BPCE is not dependent upon any specific patents, licenses, industrial procurement contracts, or commercial or financial agreements.

11. NON-COMPLIANCE AND SECURITY RISKS

In accordance with the legal and regulatory requirements mentioned above, and with the professional standards and control charters governing Groupe BPCE, the functions managing compliance risk are organized as part of the internal control system of all Groupe BPCE institutions and subsidiaries as a whole.

The Group Compliance division, which reports to the Groupe BPCE Corporate Secretary’s Office, performs its duties independently of the operational departments and the other Internal Control departments with which it collaborates.

The Compliance division, “Compliance Verification function” defined by the EBA and included in the Ministerial Order of Nov 3, 2014, amended by the Ministerial Order of Feb 25, 2021, is responsible for the prevention, detection, measurement and monitoring of non-compliance risks to ensure their control.

The Group Compliance division carries out its duties within the framework of business line operations.

It helps guide, motivate, manage and control the Heads of the Compliance function of the affiliates and subsidiaries. The compliance officers appointed within the different Group entities, including the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne banks and direct subsidiaries covered by the regulatory system of banking and financial supervision, are functionally subordinate to the Compliance division.

The Group Compliance division carries out all actions designed to strengthen the compliance of products, services and marketing processes, customer protection, compliance with ethical rules, the fight against money laundering and the financing of terrorism, the fight against market abuse, the monitoring of transactions and compliance with sanctions and embargoes. It monitors compliance risks throughout the Group. As such, it builds and revises the standards proposed for the governance of Groupe BPCE, shares best practices and coordinates working groups consisting of departmental representatives.

The dissemination of the culture of non-compliance risk and consideration of the legitimate interests of customers is also reflected in the training of employees in the sector and the awareness-raising of other BPCE departments.

Accordingly, the Group Compliance division:

draws up the Group’s non-compliance risk management systems (risk mapping and DMR) and supervises the permanent control system relating to non-compliance risks;

prepares internal risk prevention reports for executives and decision-making bodies and for the central body;

determines and validates, in conjunction with HR, the content of training materials intended for the Compliance function;

helps train Compliance staff, mainly through specialized annual seminars (financial security, compliance, ethics, coordination of permanent compliance controls, etc.);

coordinates the training of Directors/Heads of Compliance through a dedicated system;

leads the Compliance function of the institutions through national days;

draws on the expertise of the Compliance functions of Group institutions via theme-based working groups, in particular to develop and implement compliance standards.

In addition, BPCE SA Compliance reports to Group Compliance, which also manages and supervises the Compliance of entities in the Financial Services and Expertise division, the Payments division and the Insurance division and the other subsidiaries reporting to BPCE, including BPCE International.

11.1 Compliance

Organization

The Group Compliance division includes the following areas of expertise:

Banking compliance and non-life insurance;

Financial Savings Compliance Ethics;

Financial Security in charge of AML/CFT (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism), compliance with sanctions and embargo measures, anti-corruption and internal fraud;

Steering and Coordination.

 

 

Compliance is organized as follows:

Bancassurance Compliance contributes to the prevention of risks of non-compliance with regulations and professional standards in the scope of banking and non-life insurance activities. As such, it supports the operational sectors in the development and dissemination of standards (including ACPR recommendations and EBA guidelines) and in bringing their processes into compliance with regulatory changes. Bancassurance Compliance also studies the launch of new products and participates in the validation of commercial processes and documents. Lastly, it supports and leads the Compliance department on all these subjects, and contributes to the development of training modules for Group employees.

Financial Savings Compliance and Ethics covers the compliance and ethics of financial activities as defined by the General Regulation of the Autorité des marchés financiers (AMF), the French financial markets authority, as well as the prevention of risks of non-compliance in legislative and regulatory areas in the life insurance and foresight scope. Within the aforementioned scope, this division is responsible for implementing the applicable regulations and carries out missions related in particular to the approval of products and services, the validation of commercial materials, the training of employees and the prevention of conflicts of interest, while safeguarding the customer’s interests and ensuring compliance with market rules and professional standards in banking and finance, together with internal rules and regulations on ethics. It also includes oversight of investment services and the operating procedures of investment services compliance officers (RCSIs). Since the end of 2016, investment services compliance has also included SRAB commitments (Separation and Regulation of Banking Activities) – Volcker office. It supports, coordinates and supervises the Compliance function of the Group’s entities in this area. Lastly, since 2021, it has been in charge of the Group Ethics system.

Financial Security covers activities related to anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing (AML/CFT), international financial sanctions, embargoes and asset freezes, and anti-corruption measures. It supports and coordinates the Compliance function on all these topics, updating the reference documentation in compliance with regulatory changes in AML/CFT, national and international financial embargoes, and anti-corruption measures.

Steering and Cross-functional Coordination covers the coordination of the Compliance functions, and the centralization of relations with regulators, supervisors and the Group Inspection Générale in compliance matters. Drawing on the expertise of the Bancassurance Compliance and Financial Savings Compliance divisions, it manages the mapping of compliance risks, supervises reporting systems and works on cross-functional projects with the aim of improving the control of compliance risks by Groupe BPCE institutions.

1. Measurement and supervision of non-compliance risk

2. Product governance and supervision

Non-compliance risks are analyzed, measured, monitored and managed in accordance with the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 (amended February 25, 2021), with the aim of:

ensuring a permanent overview of these risks and the associated risk prevention and mitigation system, including updated identification under the new non-compliance risk-mapping exercise;

ensuring that the largest risks, if necessary, are subject to controls and action plans aimed at supervising them more effectively.

Groupe BPCE manages non-compliance risk by mapping out its non-compliance risks and implementing mandatory Level 1 and 2 compliance controls common to all Group retail banking institutions.

The impact of non-compliance risk was calibrated and measured with the Group’s operational risk teams, using the methodology of operational risk tool OSIRISK, covering the risk management systems established by the institutions aimed at reducing gross risk levels.

All new products and services, regardless of their distribution channels, as well as sales materials that fall within the Compliance function’s remit, are reviewed by Compliance beforehand. The purpose of this review is to ensure that applicable regulatory requirements are met and that targeted customers – and the public at large – receive clear and fair information. Product supervision is carefully conducted over the entire product life cycle.

Compliance also coordinates the approval of national sales challenges, ensures that conflicts of interest are managed properly and guarantees that customer interests always come first.

Compliance is careful to ensure that sales procedures, processes and policies guarantee that the rules of compliance and ethics are observed at all times for all customer segments, and in particular that the advice given to customers is appropriate to their needs.

Several regulatory projects were carried out in 2022

Regulatory Know Your Customer (KYC) with the continuation of the program implemented in 2019 to strengthen the completeness and compliance of regulatory KYC files. In 2022, the program focused on developing the updating of KYC through online banking. Work was also carried out to deploy the automation of events requiring updating as well as the preparation of actions to update KYC files (criteria, customer targeting, communication kits, reports).

Strengthening of the banking inclusion system with the tightening of the deadlines for implementing the right to account procedure, in accordance with the new provisions of the Decree of March 11, 2022. The tracing and archiving of waiver letters pertaining to the specific offer for vulnerable customers or to the offer of free basic banking services has also been strengthened through the development of an IT solution that automatically archives letters if the customer wishes to subscribe to another offer.

Implementation of new provisions for fairer, simpler and more transparent access to the loan insurance market (the Lemoine Act) of February 28, 2022 with, in particular, the termination at any time, the strengthening of customer information, the elimination of the health questionnaire under certain conditions, and the extension of the right to be forgotten in terms of aggravated health risks.

Implementation of the control of eligibility for the LEP savings account via the electronic questioning of the tax authorities provided for by Decree No. 2021-277 of March 12, 2021 on the control of the holding of regulated savings products. The eligibility verification processes were reviewed as part of the LEP account subscription and the annual control.

Implementation of the multi-holding control measures for regulated savings products provided for by Decree No. 2021-277 of March 12, 2021 on the control of the holding of regulated savings products, which will come into force no later than January 1, 2024.

Launch of the Sustainable Finance project (Taxonomy, SFDR, incorporation of ESG criteria in MIF2 and DDA) with value chain players (issuer, producer, insurer, distributor, customers). Groupe BPCE has set up a Task Force to build the customer questionnaire, the process formalizing the suitability, the offer, and the long-term monitoring.

Implementation of the remediation plan for transaction reporting and regulatory reporting.

Compliance of Group entities with EMIR regulatory obligations. The Group action plan relating to the EMIR Refit regulation was determined in the first half of 2022. In addition, an EMIR 360 check was launched in the third quarter of 2022.

Following several requests from the supervisory authorities (ESMA and AMF) in 2021, and the AMF spot mission carried out within BPCE SA, a NORMA was drawn up to oversee securitization transactions and the granting of the STS label (simple, transparent and standardized).

With regard to the market abuse system, BPCE continued its objective of supporting institutions following the assessment carried out in 2021, by providing them with quarterly files of statistics of atypical transactions by scenario, and by offering them a new “market abuse” training to help them analyze alerts and prevent market abuse.

Continuation of the remediation of Direct Transaction Reporting (DTR) with the development of an action plan presenting the actions implemented to prevent or block transactions without LEI at Groupe BPCE level. The action plan was sent to the AMF on April 22, 2022 and was followed by a mass adjustment of the stock of LEI-free transactions carried out by EuroTitres. A standard dedicated to the Post-Negotiation Transparency theme was approved by the CNM.

Concerning the regulation related to the reporting of SFTR financing transactions (Securities Financing Transaction Regulation). This reporting has been implemented since July 13, 2020. A 360 SFTR check on the declaration of transactions is planned for 2023.

The Group continued work to bring its customer processes into compliance (LEA, O2S, legal entities, derivatives, tax exemption). A remediation plan for life insurance marketing, following an ACPR audit (started in 2019), has been put in place and work is underway, in particular for the management of risk aversion, the improvement of the justification of advice, archiving of client understanding when a complex financial instrument is proposed.

Employee training and awareness

Group employees regularly receive training on customer protection issues to maintain the required level of customer service quality. These training sessions are aimed at promoting awareness of compliance and customer protection among new hires and/or sales team employees.

Ethics and compliance training, entitled “Fundamentals of professional ethics,” has been set up for all Group employees. BPCE has also established a Code of Good Conduct and Ethics, rolled out to all Groupe BPCE institutions.

Groupe BPCE has implemented a mandatory regulatory training system that is reviewed annually.

French banking Separation and Regulation Act (SRAB)

The mapping of Groupe BPCE’s market activities is regularly updated. It required the implementation of internal units subject to an exemption within the meaning of act No. 2013-672 of July 26, 2013 on the separation and regulation of banking activities.

Quarterly indicators are calculated by Natixis, Palatine and BRED in accordance with Article 6 of the Ministerial Order of September 9, 2014 (amended by the Ministerial Order of March 18, 2019); these quarterly indicators are supplemented by an annual indicator as well as quantitative metrics such as NBI or the VaR of the said internal units.

Based on the work carried out by the Group, it has not been necessary to create a ring-fenced subsidiary, and mandates have been implemented at the different subsidiaries in order to supervise the various activities.

In conjunction with the calculations and other work done in accordance with this act, a compliance program was adopted and implemented as from July 2015 in response to the Volcker Rule (section 619 of the US Dodd-Frank Act) within the scope of BPCE SA and its subsidiaries. Taking a broader approach than that of the French Banking Separation and Regulation Act, this program aims to map out all the financial and commercial activities of BPCE SA group, notably to ensure that they comply with the two major bans imposed by the Volcker Rule: the ban on proprietary trading and on certain transactions related to covered funds. The Volcker Rule was amended in 2020, giving rise to new Volcker 2.0 and 2.1 provisions that relax the existing system.

As every year since July 2015, the Group has certified its compliance with the Volcker system. Note: in early 2017, Groupe BPCE appointed a SRAB-Volcker officer responsible for the security of the banking segregation mechanisms.

11.2 Financial security

Financial security covers anti-money laundering and terrorist financing (AML-TF) measures as well as adherence to international sanctions targeting individuals, entities or countries, the fight against corruption and the fight against internal fraud.

The prevention of these risks within Groupe BPCE is based on:

Corporate culture

Promoted across all levels of the company, corporate culture is built on:

customer relations principles aimed at preventing risks, which are formalized and regularly communicated to the employees;

a harmonized training system for Group employees and specific training for employees in the financial security sector.

Organizational structure

In accordance with Groupe BPCE’s charters, each institution has its own financial security unit. The Group Compliance division has a dedicated department that oversees the sector, defines financial security policy for the entire Group, draws up and validates the various standards and procedures, and ensures that these risks are taken into account during the approval procedure for new commercial products and services by BPCE.

Specialized processes

In accordance with regulations, banks have methods for detecting unusual transactions that are specific to their risk classification. These can be used, if needed, to conduct closer analyzes and to submit the required reports to Tracfin (French financial intelligence agency) or any other competent service as promptly as possible. The Group’s risk classification system incorporates the “at-risk countries” factor when addressing money laundering, terrorism, tax fraud and bribery. The system was also reinforced with the establishment of a database and automated scenarios specifically targeting terrorist financing. With respect to compliance with restrictive measures related to international sanctions, Group institutions are equipped with screening tools that generate alerts on customers (asset freezes on certain individuals or entities) and international flows (asset freezes and countries subject to European and/or US embargoes).

Supervision of operations

Internal reports on the prevention of these risks are submitted to company directors and governing bodies, as well as to the central institution.

11.3 Business continuity

The management of business interruption risk is handled from a cross-business perspective. This includes the analysis of the Group’s main critical business lines, notably liquidity, payment instruments, securities, individual and corporate loans, and fiduciary activities.

Organization

The Group Business Continuity department, which reports to the Group Security division, performs its tasks independently of operational divisions. These include:

managing Group business continuity and coordinating the Group Business Continuity function;

coordinating the Group’s crisis management;

managing the implementation of the Group Contingency and Business Continuity Plans (CBCPs) and keeping them operational;

ensuring compliance with regulatory provisions governing business continuity;

participating in the Group’s internal and external bodies.

The tools associated with the crisis management system are constantly evolving to improve their ergonomics and increase the range of associated functions.

Improvement projects continued with the common point of streamlining processes and strengthening systems by drawing on the lessons of past systemic crises (Covid), ongoing (Russia-Ukraine crisis) or the preparation of anticipated crises (energy transition) to which business continuity is fully associated.

11.4 Information System Security (ISS)

Organization

The Group Security department (DS-G) is in charge of Information System Security (ISS) and the fight against cybercrime. It defines, implements and develops Group ISS policies. It provides continuous and consolidated oversight of information system security, along with technical and regulatory oversight. It initiates and coordinates Group projects aimed at reducing risks in its field. It also represents Groupe BPCE vis-à-vis banking industry groups and public authorities.

Groupe BPCE has established a groupwide ISS function. It brings together the Head of Group Information System Security (RSSI-G), who leads this network, and Heads of ISS for all Group entities.

As such, the ISS managers of the parent company affiliates, direct subsidiaries and IS EIGs are functionally attached to the RSSI-G. This functional link takes the form of leadership and coordination actions. This means that:

the RSSI-G is notified of the appointment of any heads of information system security;

the Group information system security policy is adopted by individual entities in accordance with application procedures subject to validation by the Head of Group ISS;

a report on the institutions’ compliance with the Group’s information system security policy, permanent controls, risk level, primary incidents and actions is submitted to the Group Head of IS System Security.

The project to develop an exhaustive ISS map of the Group’s information systems, including the establishments’ private information systems, continued.

Two major projects are ongoing:

annual assessment campaign of the Group’s maturity on the five pillars of the NIST framework (Detect, Identify, Protect, Respond, Recover) in order to set numerical objectives, to pilot actions and to measure their effectiveness;

Group Identity and Rights Management (IAM) program with the following objectives:

establishing a Group database of individuals, applications and organizations,

implementing Group IAM governance,

including, if possible, all Group applications in the IAM roadmap, with automatic provisioning and an overview of authorizations.

ANTI-CYBERCRIME SYSTEMS

As a result of its digital transformation, the Group’s information systems are becoming increasingly open to the outside world (cloud computing, big data, etc.). Many of its processes are gradually going digital. Employees and customers are also increasingly using the internet and interconnected technologies such as tablets, smartphones and applications on tablets and mobile devices.

Consequently, the Group’s assets are constantly more exposed to cyber threats. The targets of these attacks are much broader than the information systems alone. They aim to exploit the potential vulnerabilities and weaknesses of customers, employees, business processes, information systems and security mechanisms at Group buildings and data centers.

A unified Group Security Operation Center (SOC) integrating a level 1, operating in 24x7 is operational.

Several actions have been carried out to strengthen the measures taken to combat cybercrime:

work to secure websites hosted externally;

improved website and application security testing capabilities;

implementation of a Responsible Vulnerability Disclosure program by Groupe BPCE CERT.

Raising employee awareness of cybersecurity

In addition to maintaining the Group’s common foundation for raising awareness of ISS, the year was marked by the continuation of phishing awareness campaigns and by the renewal of participation in “European Cybersecurity Month.”

Within the scope of BPCE SA, in addition to recurring reviews of application authorizations and rights to IS resources (mailing lists, shared mailboxes, shared folders, etc.), monitoring of all websites published on the Internet and follow-up of vulnerability treatment plans have been reinforced, as well as monitoring of the risk of data leakage by e-mail or the use of online storage and exchange services.

Moreover, new employee awareness-raising and training campaigns were launched:

phishing test, phishing awareness campaign and support for employees in situations of repeated failure;

participation in induction meetings for new employees, including the threats and risks associated with remote working situations.

12. OPERATIONAL RISKS

12.1 Operational risk policy

Groupe BPCE has set up a system for measuring non-financial risks through the standardized use of indicators. These cover the indicators of the RAF system, the indicators resulting from the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014, but also qualitative indicators aimed at measuring the industry’s adherence to operational risk standards.

The Group’s operational risk policy consists of keeping all of these indicators below the set limits, by entity and on a consolidated basis. In the event of an overrun, appropriate measures and corrective actions must be taken by the business lines owning the risks to remedy the possible failures. These measures and corrective actions must be monitored by the committee in charge of operational risks.

The operational risk policy is reviewed annually by the dedicated committee.

Organization

The Group Operational Risk division (DROG) – part of the Group Risk division – is in charge of identifying, measuring, monitoring and managing the operational risks incurred in all activities and functions undertaken by Group institutions and subsidiaries.

The operational risk system consists of:

a central organization and a network of operational risk managers and officers, working in all activities, entities and subsidiaries of Group institutions and subsidiaries;

a methodology based on a set of standards and an OR tool used throughout the Group.

The Operational Risk function operates:

in all structures consolidated or controlled by the institution or the subsidiary (banking, financial, insurance, etc.);

in all activities exposed to operational risks, including outsourced activities, within the meaning of Article 10 q and Article 10 r of the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 as amended “outsourced activities and services or other critical or essential operational tasks”.

The Group Non-Financial Risk Committee defines the risk policy rolled out to the institutions and subsidiaries, and the DROG ensures that the policy is applied throughout the Group.

Methodology

The operational risk management system is part of the Risk Assessment Statement (RAS) and Risk Assessment Framework (RAF) systems defined by the Group. These systems and indicators are adapted at the level of each Group institution and subsidiary.

The mapping methodology is part of the Group’s permanent control system and includes the Operational Risk, Compliance, Information System Security, Personal and Property Safety and Permanent Control functions.

Measurement of risk exposure is based on a forward-looking model, which quantifies and classes risk scenarios and thus provides the Non-Financial Risk Committees with the necessary elements to define their risk tolerance.

Risk-predictive indicators are produced from the main risks identified in the non-financial risk map.

Risk supervision and monitoring were improved through the drafting of reports aimed at providing a uniform measurement to the Group as a whole of its risk exposure and cost of risk.

The production of the OR function performs two types of level 2 controls on operational risks (these permanent level 2 controls will be carried out from the end of 2022 by the Governance and Risk Control department of the Risk division):

comprehensive automated controls;

sample-based manual controls.

BPCE’s Operational Risk function ensures that the structure and systems in place at the institutions and subsidiaries allow them to achieve their objectives and fulfill their duties.

To that end, it:

coordinates the function and performs risk supervision and controls at the institutions/subsidiaries and their subsidiaries;

centralizes and analyzes the Group’s exposure to non-financial risks, verifies the implementation of corrective actions decided by the Operational Risk Committee, and reports any excessive implementation times to senior management;

performs controls to ensure that Group standards and methods are observed by the institutions and subsidiaries;

performs a regulatory watch, distributes and relays operational risk alerts due to incidents with the potential to spread to the appropriate institutions/subsidiaries;

prepares reports, by institution or subsidiary, for the Group and the regulatory authorities (COREP OR), analyzes the reports and content of the OR committees of the institutions and subsidiaries, and notifies the Group Non-Financial Risk Committee of any inadequate systems and/or excessive risk exposure, which in turn notifies the institution in question.

Operational risk oversight

Operational risk oversight within the Group is coordinated at two levels:

1. At the level of each Group institution

2. At Groupe BPCE level

The Operational Risk Committee is responsible for adapting the operational risk management policy and ensuring the relevance and effectiveness of the operational risk management system. Accordingly, it:

examines major and recurring incidents, and validates the associated corrective actions;

examines indicator breaches, decides on associated corrective actions, and tracks progress on risk mitigation initiatives;

examines permanent controls carried out by the Operational Risk function and in particular any excessive delays in implementing corrective actions;

helps organize and train the network of OR officers;

determines if any changes need to be made in local insurance policies;

the frequency of meetings depends on the intensity of the institution’s risks, in accordance with three operational schemes reviewed once a year by the Group Non-Financial Risk Committee (CRNFG) and communicated to the entities.

The Group Non-Financial Risk Committee meets quarterly and is chaired by a member of the Executive Management Committee.

Its main duties are to define the OR standard, ensure that the OR system is deployed at the Group entities, and define the Group OR policy. Accordingly, it:

examines major risks incurred by the Group and defines its tolerance level, decides on the implementation of corrective actions affecting the Group and monitors their progress;

assesses the level of resources to be allocated;

reviews major incidents within its remit, validates the aggregated map of operational risks at Group level, which is used for the macro-level risk mapping campaign;

monitors major risk positions across all Group businesses, including risks relating to non-compliance, financial audits, personal and property safety, contingency and business continuity planning, financial security and information system security (ISS);

lastly, validates Group RAF indicators related to non-financial risks as well as their thresholds.

12.2 Monitoring

Incident and loss data collection

Incident data are collected to build knowledge of the cost of risks, continuously improve management systems, and meet regulatory objectives.

An incident log (incident database) was created to:

broaden risk analysis and gain the knowledge needed to adjust action plans and assess their relevance;

produce COREP regulatory half-year operational risk statements;

produce reports for the executive and governing bodies and for non-management personnel;

establish a record that can be used for operational risk modeling.

Incidents are reported as they occur, as soon as they are detected, in accordance with Group procedure. A whistleblowing procedure has been set up for major incidents and internal limit breaches to round out the incident data collection system.

Operational risk oversight

The operational risk management system relies on a mapping process which is updated annually by all Group entities.

Mapping enables the forward-looking identification and measurement of high-risk processes. For a given scope, it allows the Group to measure its exposure to risks for the year ahead. This exposure is then assessed and validated by the relevant committees in order to launch action plans aimed at reducing exposure. The mapping scope includes emerging risks, risks related to information and communication technologies and security, including cyber risks, risks related to service providers and risks of non-compliance.

This same mapping mechanism is used during the Group’s ICAAP to identify and measure its main operational risks. The operational risk map also serves as a basis for the macro-risk mapping campaign covering the institutions, and thus for the Group overall.

Corrective actions are implemented to reduce the frequency, impact or spread of operational risks. They may be introduced following operational risk mapping, breaches of risk indicator thresholds or specific incidents.

Progress on key actions is monitored by each entity’s Operational Risk Management Committee.

At Group level, progress on action plans for the principal risk areas is also specifically monitored by the Non-Financial Risk Committee.

Incident alert procedure

The alert procedure for serious incidents has been extended to the entire scope of Groupe BPCE. The aim of this system is to enhance and reinforce the system for collecting loss data across the Group.

An operational risk incident is deemed to be serious when the potential financial impact at the time of detection is over €300,000. Operational risk incidents with a material impact on the image and reputation of the Group or its subsidiaries are also deemed to be serious.

There is also a procedure in place covering material operational risks, within the meaning of Article 98 of the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014, as amended by the Ministerial Order of February 25, 2021, for which the minimum threshold is set at 0.5% of Common Equity Tier 1.

Operational risk measurement

Groupe BPCE applies the standardized approach to calculate its capital requirements. Moreover, elements of internal control are considered in the assessment of the Group’s net risk exposures.

12.3 Control

Permanent controls have been defined to control the quality of the operational risk management system.

Two types of Level 2 controls are carried out on Operational Risks:

Compliance checks with standards (comprehensive and automatic):

Groupe BPCE checks the system when it presents any deviations from the Operational Risk Standards on the various themes of Operational Risk Management: organizational system for the management of OR, incidents, mapping, predictive risk indicators, corrective actions etc.

Data quality controls (sample and manual):

Groupe BPCE performs Level 2 controls of the Operational Risk function.

These controls are carried out on the basis of the control reports of the Institutions system, and therefore on the same scope as these reports: system, incidents, mapping (risk situations), predictive risk indicators, corrective actions.

The majority of these controls are carried out on the basis of data samples extracted from the operational risk management tool. The results of these Level 2 sample controls are recorded in the permanent controls management tool.

Other controls concern certain points relating to risk coverage. They are exhaustive and their results are subject to specific formalization (minutes of meetings relating to serious incidents, record of decisions, etc.).

HIGHLIGHTS

The following specific measures have been taken to monitor operational risk since the start of the Ukraine crisis:

measurement of impact completeness: joint oversight between CBCP (Contingency and Business Continuity Plan) functions and operational risks, with exchange of information and recognition of operating losses due to the conflict (during monthly videoconferencing sessions of the institutions Operational Risk functions);

establishment of monthly reporting on losses due to the conflict for submission to the ECB and to Groupe BPCE’s directors (under the responsibility of the consolidated operational risks team).

In addition, with the aim of improving risk management, work has been initiated to identify levers (changes in procedures, integration of IT workflows, strengthening of training, etc.) for improving the results of the first and second level controls of IT and communication risks.

In terms of Insurance, the networks and subsidiaries benefit from coverage of their insurable operational risks under Group insurance policies contracted from leading insurance companies. In addition to this system, an internal Group reinsurance company has been set up.

 

Banking activities

a

b

c

d

e

 

 

 

Capital

requirements

Risk-weighted

exposure

12/31/2020

12/31/2021

12/31/2022

1

Banking activities under basic indicator approach (BIA)

-

-

-

-

-

2

Banking activities under the Standardized Approach (TSA)/alternative standardized approach (ASA)

21,810

25,368

25,634

3,301

41,266

3

Standardized Approach (TSA):

21,810

25,368

25,634

 

 

4

Alternative Standardized Approach (ASA):

-

-

-

 

 

5

Banking activities under advanced measurement approach (AMA)

-

-

-

-

-

Operational risk mitigation techniques

In terms of Insurance, the networks and subsidiaries benefit from coverage of their insurable operational risks under Group Insurance policies contracted from leading Insurance companies. This system is complemented by a reinsurance captive that allows the adjustment of deductible levels.

On January 1, 2022, BPCE SA had taken out (for itself):

that of its subsidiaries, including GFS;

as well as the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, with the exception of CASDEN Banque Populaire with respect to the “Property Damage” insurance coverage for Registered offices & Similar and their contents (including IS equipment) and the consequent “losses in banking activities”, described below in point E/;

the following main Insurance policies to cover its insurable operational risks and protect its balance sheet and income statement:

A/

Combined “Global Banking (Damages to Valuables and Fraud)” & “Professional Civil Liability” policy with a total maximum payout of €217 million per year of insurance, of which:

a)

€92.5 million per year, combined “Global Banking/Professional Civil Liability/Cyber Risks” and underlying the guaranteed amounts indicated in b) and/or c) and/or d) below;

b)

€48 million per claim and per year (sub-limited in “Fraud” to €35 million per claim), dedicated to the “Global Banking” risk only;

c)

€25 million per claim and per year, solely reserved for “Professional Civil Liability” risk;

d)

€51.5 million per claim and per year, combined “Global Banking/Professional Civil Liability” insurance available in addition to or after use of the amounts guaranteed set out in b) and/or c) above.

The maximum amount that can be paid out for any one claim under this arrangement is €100 million under “Professional Civil Liability” coverage and €100.5 million under “Fraud” coverage in excess of the applicable deductibles.

B/

“Regulated Intermediation Liability” (in three areas: Financial Intermediation, Insurance Intermediation, Real Estate Transactions/Management) with a total maximum payout of €10 million per claim and €13 million per year.

C/

“Operating Civil Liability” covering €100 million per claim, as well as a “Subsidiary Owner Civil Liability”/”Post Delivery-Reception Civil Liability” coverage extension for up to €35 million per claim and per year of insurance.

D/

“Company Directors Civil Liability” for up to €150 million per claim and per year of insurance.

E/

“Property Damage” to “Registered Offices & Similar” and to their content (including IS equipment) and the consecutive “losses in banking activities,” for up to €300 million per claim (sub-limited to €100 million per claim and €200 million per year for consequential “losses in banking activities”).

F/

“Protection of Digital Assets against Cyber-Risks” & the consecutive “losses in banking activities,” for up to €100 million per claim and €156.5 million per year of insurance.

This coverage extends worldwide for initial risk or umbrella risk, subject to certain exceptions, mainly in terms of “Professional Civil Liability” where the policy does not cover permanent institutions based in the United States (where coverage is obtained locally by GFS’ US operations).

All the insurance policies mentioned above were taken out with reputable, creditworthy insurance companies and in excess of the deductibles and Groupe BPCE’s risk-retention capacity.

13. INSURANCE, ASSET MANAGEMENT, FINANCIAL CONGLOMERATE RISKS

Organization

The Non-Banking Equity Risk department of the Group Risk division consisted of four units in 2021:

Group Risk Insurance;

Asset Management Risk;

Financial Conglomerate;

Stress Tests and Methodologies.

The Group Insurance Risk division has been integrated into the “Conglomerate, Insurance & Stress Tests” service, which now includes the department’s historical activities, focused on the risks of the Group as a bancassurer.

In addition, two additional divisions were created in 2022:

Research;

Combined risks.

Overall, the Non-Banking Equity Risk department is based on a matrix organization.

Insurance risks

In coordination with the parent banks (BRED, Oney), Groupe BPCE’s Risk division ensures that insurance risks (including technical risks) are effectively monitored within the main insurance companies in which the Group is the majority shareholder, i.e. BPCE Assurances, Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions (CEGC), Prépar-Vie and Oney Insurance. In addition, coordination is ensured with Parnasse Garanties and its parent company CASDEN.

BPCE SA has been the 100% direct parent company of CEGC since 2019, and of BPCE Assurances since March 2022.

In 2022, after the Pléiade transaction, the holding company Natixis Assurances was renamed Assurances du Groupe BPCE (AGBPCE), then BPCE Assurances from October. BPCE Assurances comprises the personal insurance (BPCE Vie, BPCE Life) and non-life insurance (BPCE Assurances IARD, BPCE IARD) subsidiaries.

In addition, since 2011, the Group has deployed an insurance risk unit. This meets the requirements of the Financial Conglomerates Directive 2002/87/EC (FICOD) and its transposition into French law by the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 on the supplementary supervision of financial conglomerates, through the Group’s cross-functional insurance risk monitoring system, while at the same time ensuring functional and regulatory interoperability between the banking and insurance sectors.

In this context, Insurance Risk Monitoring Committees have been set up for each of the companies in the Sector. These take place every quarter and are supplemented by frequent discussions with the Risk departments of the companies.

The principle of subsidiarity applies, with checks carried out firstly by the insurance companies, then at the level of the Risk divisions of the parent banks of the companies (BRED, Oney, BPCE SA), and finally by the Risk division which informs the Group Risk and Compliance Committee every six months.

Insurance technical risks

Insurance risk is the risk of any mismatch between expected losses and actual losses. Depending on the insurance products concerned, the risk varies according to changes in macroeconomic factors, changes in customer behavior, changes in public health policy, pandemics, accidents and natural disasters (e.g. such as earthquakes, industrial accidents or acts of terrorism or war). The credit insurance business is also exposed to credit risk.

The management of insurance risks requires a good understanding of the technical insurance risks in order to be able to meet its commitments to policyholders and contract beneficiaries; this is accompanied by special attention to the financial risks borne by assets under representation.

In addition to protecting the balance sheet and income statement of insurance companies, the aim is to guarantee the solvency and liquidity of insurance companies.

To this end, the Group’s companies have put in place effective systems for measuring, reporting and managing risks. The important preparatory phase enabled the implementation of the systems to comply with the new regulatory requirements required since January 1, 2016 with the implementation of the Solvency II directive (Pillar I Quantitative Solvency Requirements, Pillar II Governance & ORSA, Pillar III Prudential reporting and public information).

As of January 1, 2023, the Group’s companies will be subject to IFRS 17 “Insurance contracts”, which will harmonize and update the recognition, measurement and presentation of commitments in the liabilities of companies.

Risks inherent to the Group’s main companies

BPCE Assurances is the Insurance division of Groupe BPCE and is divided into two business lines:

the personal insurance business, focused on developing portfolios of life insurance and endowment policies for investment and retirement purposes, as well as personal protection insurance portfolios;

the non-life insurance business, focused on developing portfolios for auto and multi-risk home insurance, personal accident insurance, legal protection, healthcare and property & casualty insurance.

Given the predominance of the investment solutions activity, the main risks to which BPCE Assurances is exposed are financial. The company is also exposed to underwriting risks (life and non-life), as well as counterparty risk.

Market risk is in large part borne by subsidiary BPCE Vie on the financial assets that underpin its commitments with guaranteed principal and returns (euro-denominated policies: €70.2 billion on the main fund balance sheet). The company is exposed to asset impairment risk (fall in the equity or real estate market, widening spreads) as well as the risk significant changes in interest rates.

A rapid rise in interest rates is likely to reduce the attractiveness of euro-denominated life insurance policies compared to other types of investments. However, this risk is limited due to the prospect of inflows and the reserves set aside to reduce the portfolio’s exposure to rising interest rates. This risk also gradually decreases as interest rates stabilize as bonds mature and assets are replaced with higher rates.

Conversely, a drop in interest rates would be liable to generate insufficient returns to cover the capital and guaranteed rates. To deal with this risk, BPCE Vie has for several years marketed only zero guaranteed minimum rate policies ("GMR") contracts (more than 95% of commitments), with an average GMR of 0.14%. In addition, since mid-2021, the new contracts include a capital guarantee gross of management fees on outstandings.

To manage market risk, the sources of return have been diversified, namely via investments in new asset classes (funding the economy, infrastructure, etc.). This diversification is managed by a strategic allocation, defined on a yearly basis, that takes into account regulatory constraints, commitments to policyholders and commercial requirements.

Credit risk is monitored and managed in compliance with BPCE Assurances’ internal standards and limits. On December 31, 2022, 65% of the fixed-income portfolio is invested in securities rated A or higher.

The main risk to which life insurance underwriting is exposed is associated with the investment solutions activity in euro. In a situation of sharp rise in interest rates, the major risk corresponds to a risk of massive redemptions: the Company could be forced to sell assets at an inopportune time, thus exposing itself to a risk of financial loss, as well as to the loss of future margins on redeemed policies. If the level of interest rates stabilizes, the risk of massive redemptions would gradually be reduced (the assets of euro-denominated funds benefiting from the level of interest rates). Conversely, in a situation of very low interest rates, BPCE Assurances is subject to the risk of a drop in redemptions.

The non-life insurance underwriting risk to which BPCE Assurances is exposed is borne by its subsidiary BPCE Assurances IARD:

premium risk: to ensure that the premiums paid by the policyholders match the transferred risk, BPCE Assurances IARD implemented a portfolio monitoring policy whereby each policy is given a score based on its track record over three years. The score factors in types of claims, number of claims, their cost and other variables specific to the activity in question (degree of liability and bonuses/penalties for auto insurance, for instance). This supervision policy also helps to detect potential risks arising from large claims, and to arrange adequate reinsurance coverage;

risk of loss: each time inventory is taken, an actuarial assessment of the provisions for claims payable is conducted based on methods widely recognized by the profession and required by the regulator;

catastrophe risk: catastrophe risk is the exposure to an event of significant magnitude generating a multitude of claims (storm, risk of civil liability, etc.). This risk is therefore reinsured either through the government in the event of a natural disaster or an attack, for example, or through private reinsurers, specifically in the event of a storm or a civil liability claim.

The counterparty risk to which BPCE Assurances is exposed mainly concerns reinsurance counterparties. The selection of reinsurers is a key component of managing this risk:

BPCE Assurances deals with reinsurers that are subject to a financial rating by at least one of the three internationally recognized rating agencies, and that have a Standard & Poor’s equivalent rating of A- or higher;

using several reinsurers ensures counterparty diversification and limits counterparty risk.

Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions is the Group’s Security and Guarantee insurance entity. It is exposed to underwriting risk, market risk, reinsurer default risk and operational risk.

In 2022, the production of real estate loans guaranteed by CEGC remained sustained in a context of rising interest rates, which were particularly marked in the second half of the year. The year 2022 saw a low claims ratio of less than 20% of earned premiums (gross reinsurance ratio).

Under the Solvency II prudential regime, CEGC uses a partial internal model approved by the ACPR. It meets the robustness requirement applicable to the mortgage guarantors.

In 2022, CEGC benefited from a €150 million capital increase to reinforce the structure of eligible capital to cover the Solvency Capital Requirement.

Underwriting risk is the main risk incurred by CEGC. It is essentially a counterparty risk, as the commitments given by CEGC to beneficiaries of guarantees result in direct exposure to individual or corporate insured parties. These commitments are regulated and provisioned under liabilities in the balance sheet. They amounted to €3.1 billion on December 31, 2022 (up 10% compared to end-2021).

CEGC activities

December 2022

Change December 2022

versus December 2021

Individual customers

2,785

9.1%

Single-family home builders

72

50.9%

Property administrators – Realtors

18

22.9%

Corporate customers

58

15.6%

Real estate developers

23

9.6%

Professional customers

106

8.7%

Social economy – Social housing

59

7.6%

Structured collateral

8

(23.8%)

TOTAL

3,130

9.8%

CEGC’s short-term investment portfolio totaled over €4 billion on its balance sheet on December 31, 2022 hedging underwriting provisions.

Market risk associated with the short-term investment portfolio is limited by the company’s investment choices.

The company’s risk limits are set out in the financial management charter and the asset management agreement established with Ostrum. As an insurance company, CEGC does not require funding, since insurance premiums are collected before the disbursement of claims. Nor does CEGC carry transformation risk: the investment portfolio is entirely backed by own funds and technical reserves.

in millions of euros

12/31/2022

12/31/2021

Balance

sheet value,

net of

provision

in %

Mark to

market

Balance

sheet value,

net of

provision

in %

Mark to

market

Equities

84

2.10%

73

260

7.84%

322

Bonds

2,201

54.70%

1,841

2,286

68.92%

2,389

Diversified

105

2.60%

97

249

7.51%

256

Cash

1,367

34.00%

1,369

267

8.05%

267

Residential mortgages

203

5.10%

222

199

6.00%

215

FCPR

29

0.70%

47

25

0.75%

38

Private debt

34

0.80%

33

28

0.84%

28

Others

2

0.10%

2

2

0.06%

2

TOTAL

4,025

100%

3,684

3,317

100%

3,518

CEGC hedges its liability portfolio by implementing a reinsurance program tailored to its activities.

In loan guarantees, reinsurance is used as a tool for regulatory capital management. It protects guarantee beneficiaries in the event of an economic recession leading to a loss of up to 2% of outstanding guaranteed loans.

In the corporate segments, the program is used to protect CEGC’s capital by hedging against high-intensity risks. It has been calibrated to cover three major individual loss events (loss due to the financial failure of a counterparty or a group of counterparties) with the potential to significantly impact CEGC’s income statement.

Reinsurer default risk is governed by counterparty concentration and rating limits. CEGC’s reinsurance programs are underwritten by a broad panel of international reinsurers with a minimum rating of A on the S&P scale.

Asset management risks

Like the system adopted for the Insurance business line, the operation of this system is based on subsidiarity with the Risk divisions of the parent banks and business lines; in particular, Natixis Investment Managers, which consolidates most of the Group’s assets under management.

By setting up an Asset Management Risk System, the Risk division pursues the following main objectives:

1.

identify the major risks that could impact the Group’s solvency trajectory as a Financial Conglomerate to cover its banking or Conglomerate prudential ratios;

2.

be associated with the contributions of the sector during Group exercises (ICAAP, PPR, stress test, etc.) so as to identify the risks of the business model on the contribution to results and equity, quantify them and prioritize them;

3.

organize the management of the system by specifying a risk review and setting up a formal quarterly meeting;

4.

inform General Management by presenting a summary of the review of the risks of our asset management activities to the Group Risk and Compliance Committee.

In the Asset Management business line, the Risk division formally ensures: the coordination of the risk system (cross-functional workshops or focus); running cross-functional projects related to the banking sector; information to General Management with a summary report for the members of the Group Risk and Compliance Committee.

The system is based on contributions from asset management companies and their work on risks.

Due to its large majority, the system relies mainly on Natixis Investment Managers. The re-use of existing work and methodologies locally is favored to establish supervision at the Group level. The key risk monitoring indicators are determined with Natixis IM in coordination with GFS.

The Risk division focuses on risks that may affect the Group such as redemption risk and the associated potential step-in risk, seed money and operational risks (based on the Group’s OR), including through stress tests of NIM tests economic capital review. GFS’ Risk division regularly monitors NIM’s risks through its role as direct parent company.

The Group Risk division, together with GFS and/or Natixis IM, anticipates the impacts of consultations and regulatory changes.

The system also provides for the implementation of an annual review for asset management companies that are not significant at the Group level but significant for their direct parent banking companies for the following entities: EcoFi Investissements, Palatine AM and Promepar AM.

Additional monitoring of the financial conglomerate

Groupe BPCE, identified by the ACPR/ECB as a financial conglomerate due to the absolute and relative size of its banking and insurance activities, is subject to the related additional monitoring requirements. Since the entry into force of the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM), the ECB has coordinated the supervision of predominantly banking financial conglomerates.

The Complementary Conglomerate Monitoring function was officially created in 2017 following the validation by the Management Board of the function’s mission statement. The latter identifies the macro-objectives and stakeholders within the Group. The roles, responsibilities and interactions between each of the players in the sector have been defined.

Depending on the themes, committees are organized three to four times a year and the subjects are reported to the Group Risk and Compliance Committee.

The regulation related to the conglomerate requires an overview of the entire accounting consolidation scope (banking, insurance, Asset Management and non-financial sector). Additional monitoring focuses on:

capital adequacy of the financial conglomerate;

monitoring of intra-group transactions between the various entities of the conglomerate;

monitoring the concentration of risks;

risk management procedures and internal control system.

In terms of risk monitoring:

the financial conglomerate approach aims to capture the main interactions between the banking, insurance and asset management sectors that could, due to an exogenous or endogenous event, impact the Group’s risk profile and its main trajectories (results, solvency, liquidity);

it makes it possible to consolidate the banking and insurance sector metrics, in particular capital requirements;

the complementary supervision is based mainly on the banking system as a whole, and on the insurance and asset management risks.

The conglomerate’s excess equity is monitored in the Group’s RAF (Risk Appetite Framework) first-rate indicators. In order to provide a forward-looking view of the Group’s solvency through the financial conglomerate’s reading grid, Groupe BPCE projects the excess equity over several years under different scenarios.

The entire system, in its main dimensions – Insurance, Asset Management, Banking, Financial Conglomerate – is the subject of presentations and discussions with the joint ECB/ACPR supervision team, in particular at meetings dedicated to the JST (Joint Supervisory Team). In particular, the organization of the risk management system, as well as the main analyses and points of attention brought to the attention of the Group’s General Management during the year, are reviewed.

In a conglomerate approach, a global and integrated system of solvency trajectories and stress tests has been developed. This system encompasses and is based on the three regulations Solvency II, Basel III and Financial Conglomerate. The application of common assumptions in these three dimensions provides a holistic view of the Group’s solvency.

The Risk division is mainly responsible for:

the coordination of insurance sector stress tests, in particular ORSAs (Pillar II of Solvency II); from the determination of stress assumptions to the analysis of results at Group level;

the design of methodologies for linking the insurance sector to the prudential banking group;

the analysis of contagion mechanisms and regulatory and economic interactions between the various sectors of the Group as a financial conglomerate.

The Group’s insurance companies are included in the banking STI (Internal Stress Tests) as part of the ICAAP (Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process) normative approach. The modeling includes:

the simulation of Solvency II ratios, SCR and MCR, in order to objectify any capital requirements;

the simulation of “IFRS variables” that impact the bank solvency ratio in accordance with the prudential specifications (Net income retained or distributed, OCI, value and difference in equity method, etc.), both under IAS 39/IFRS 4 and IFRS 9/17 from the end of 2022;

the fees and commissions paid by companies to the Group’s distribution payment networks or asset managers.

As part of the ICAAP Economic Approach, the Non-Banking Equity Risk department has developed an Economic Capital model for Participations Assurance risk (carry and step-in risk). Designed in coordination with the Finance and Strategy division and the companies’ Risk divisions, this model makes it possible to evaluate and monitor, using an internal economic approach, the bank capital consumed by insurance. It aims to enhance the joint management of the risk/profitability ratio. The economic capital requirement has been assessed on a quarterly basis since the third quarter of 2021.

In addition, the Non-Banking Equity Risk department undertook a review of the economic capital models relating to Natixis IM (NIM) activity, in coordination with NIM and GFS, in order to adapt them, if necessary, to the specificities of Asset Management in terms of both risk and business model.

More generally, the Non-Banking Equity Risk department coordinates or supervises the work of the Insurance and Asset Management businesses and contributes to the Group’s work. This work concerns methodological or quantitative aspects specific to each non-banking business line and their alignment with the banking group (actuarial methods, EBA stress tests, work to quantify the impact of physical climate risk, etc.).

Activities in 2022

14. CLIMATE RISKS

14.1 Governance and structure

The Group Risk division structured the management of climate risks by setting up the Climate Risks department at the end of 2021. The department’s objectives are organized around the 13 expectations of the ECB’s guide to climate and environmental risks published in November 2020. This Climate Risk department relies on a large network of around 60 climate risk correspondents in all Groupe BPCE companies and in the other departments of the Group Risk division. The Climate Risk department strives to:

develop processes and analysis tools to strengthen the management of climate risks (physical and transition) to better integrate them into the Group’s risk appetite framework;

assess the materiality of climate risks by reference to the main traditional risk classes: credit risk, financial risk (market risk, liquidity risk) and operational risk;

include climate risks in Groupe BPCE’s usual risk management framework (credit policy for companies and individuals, and according to the types of assets financed) and take them into account during periodic updates of the Group’s sectoral policies;

include climate risks in the investment and commitment processes of asset management and insurance activities.

14.2 Acceleration of the integration of climate and environmental risks with the climate risk management program

As part of the publication of Groupe BPCE’s first TCFD report in October 2021, the Group Risk division has defined a materiality matrix for climate risks:

The materiality of the risks associated with climate change is assessed by reference to the main risk classes of Pillar I of Basel III, namely credit risk, market risk and operational risk, including non-compliance and reputation risk. Groupe BPCE has therefore put in place a robust system for identifying climate risk factors that could impact the Group’s traditional risks, together with precise monitoring. A process to update the matrix in each of the Group’s entities was launched in the first quarter of 2023.

“Acute physical risks” are defined as direct losses triggered by extreme weather events, the resulting damage of which may lead to the destruction of physical assets (real estate and/or production) and cause a drop in local economic activity and possibly a disruption of value chains. “Chronic physical risks” are the direct losses triggered by longer-term climate changes (sea level rise, chronic heat waves, modification of rainfall patterns and increase in their variability, disappearance of certain resources) that may progressively deteriorate the productivity of a given sector.

“Transition risk” results from the economic and financial consequences related to the effects of the implementation of a low-carbon economic model, whether through changes in regulations, technological progress, or changes in consumer expectations and reputational repercussions.

The Climate Risk department coordinates the implementation of the climate risk management framework through a dedicated program. This program, in line with the Group’s climate and environmental commitments, addresses specific objectives for all business lines and all sectors. The proposed system aims to ensure the most comprehensive coverage of the 13 pillars proposed by the ECB in its guide on climate and environmental risks of November 2020. It also strives to integrate the national or international regulatory perspectives that are currently the reference.

This program is regularly updated with the points of attention specified by the ECB, initially based on the feedback of the self-assessment questionnaire, formalized through discussions at the end of 2021, then through the thematic review carried out in early 2022.

Concretely, this system is organized around nine major areas (governance, risk appetite framework, stress test, financial and market risks, operational risks, credit risks, risk control system, the dashboard, and data).

The work and expectations are thus precisely qualified, by theme, making it possible to know and monitor the status, the implementation schedule, the people in charge in the Climate Risk department and other departments, such as those involved in its implementation, and the expected deliverables.

Representatives of Banques Populaires, Caisses d’Epargne and Global Financial Services are also involved in the program to ensure the operationality of the actions planned in each Group entity.

In 2022, Groupe BPCE’s committee procedure was strengthened with the generalization of climate-related elements in the committee procedure of each of its entities.

The coordination of the climate risk correspondents has increased employee awareness and training actions are offered in the other departments. A monthly newsletter, a quarterly conference (morning) and virtual classes on specific topics are likely to promote the dissemination of the climate risk culture in all entities. The best practices identified are presented at these regular or ad hoc events. The Climate Risk Pursuit training program continues to be rolled out in the institutions. At the end of July 2022, 18,037 employees had taken part in the program. In addition, training courses that meet expectations as closely as possible are being developed. The governing bodies are also trained on these subjects on a regular basis.

The “Climate risk/Transition risk” and “Climate risk/Physical risk” categories were added to BPCE’s risk framework in 2019. At this stage, the materiality of these risk categories has been assessed by experts and supported by the mapping work presented above. The transition risk was considered to be material, including in the short term, given the potential reputational impacts, the risks related to changes in the regulatory and legal framework, and the strategic risk related to market developments in response to the environmental transition.

Two risk appetite indicators on transition climate risk are being integrated at Group level, subject to observation before a limit is defined. Within the Corporate & Investment Banking scope, the proportion of assets classified as “dark brown” according to the Green Weighting Factor method, which are the assets most exposed to transition risk, is monitored in the Global Financial Services Risk Appetite Framework. A threshold and a limit have been set from 2022.

In 2020, Groupe BPCE volunteered to participate in a first climate risk assessment exercise led by the European Banking Authority (EBA). Groupe BPCE also contributed to the pilot exercise conducted by the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority (ACPR) in 2021 to estimate the physical and transition risks. Lastly, in 2022 Groupe BPCE took part in the very first climate stress test launched by the European Central Bank (ECB).

The stated objective of this last exercise was to identify the preparedness of the hundred or so banking groups under supervision in the face of the financial and economic shocks that climate risk is likely to cause. This initiative was part of a desire already supported by the national supervisors.

This exercise should be seen as a joint learning exercise with pioneering features, aimed at strengthening the capacity of banks and supervisors to assess climate risk.

For this first learning exercise, the ECB wanted to simplify the request. The stress test targets specific categories of assets exposed to climate risks and not the full balance sheet of banks. The exercise is based on three modules:

the first module covers the framework and governance of the approach;

the second aims to collect a certain number of metrics in order to assess sector sensitivity;

the third consists of estimating the short- and long-term impacts of physical and transition risks.

The physical risks only concern drought and floods on credit risk over a one-year horizon. For the transition risk, two types of scenarios are covered. One, short term; 3 years, concerns credit risk and market risk in the event of an unexpected and sudden carbon price shock. The second simulation consists of assessing the climate impact on our 30-year balance sheets, according to three scenarios: an orderly transition, in anticipation of the Paris Agreement in 2050; a disorderly transition, where no new policy is put in place until 2030, then a sudden and abrupt transition; and a scenario of no transition leading to significant global warming.

Groupe BPCE’s participation in the 2022 climate stress test exercise demonstrated its ability to quantify climate risk under different scenarios. Groupe BPCE responded to this exercise with the quality of information and method praised by the ECB. It had to integrate a new sectoral dimension into its internal models over unprecedented time horizons of up to 30 years. Groupe BPCE also had to collect new data, such as energy performance assessments of homes given as guarantees, in order to carry out stress tests. This exercise led to the identification of areas for improvement to obtain data in a reliable and recurring manner. Lastly, this stress test enabled Groupe BPCE to quantify the main risks to which the Group is exposed and to prioritize actions to identify, mitigate and monitor these risks.

In terms of results, the metrics vary according to the types of risks and scenarios defined by the ECB.

The scenario more representative of physical risks is short-term flooding, due to the Group’s home loan portfolio. This impact is also the corollary of the methodological framework used in terms of insurance coverage. Lastly, the insufficient granularity of certain data does not mitigate these results.

The short-term transition risk is increased due to the lack of energy performance data for the collateral backing Corporate exposures but remains limited overall because BPCE’s exposure to the most carbon-intensive sectors is lower than the average of its peers.

As regards the long-term transition risk, due to this low exposure to the sectors identified as sensitive by the supervisor, the scenarios set do not impact BPCE in a very differentiated manner.

In terms of financial risks, an assessment of climate risks is carried out, among other things, through the management and monitoring of the liquidity reserve. Climate criteria and more broadly ESG criteria are taken into account in three areas: the environmental quality of the security, the ESG rating of issuers and a temperature analysis with the definition of an alignment objective in line with the Group’s strategic plan.

With regard to private equity investments, work on the integration of ESG analysis criteria is underway in order to define ESG institution-investor profiles.

To anticipate physical weather events that could weigh on its own activities, Groupe BPCE has implemented a business continuity plan that defines the procedures and resources enabling the bank to deal with natural disasters in order to protect employees, key assets and activities, and to ensure the continuity of essential services. An internal tool makes it possible to identify sites and agencies exposed to climate risks and to monitor climate incidents.

The evolution of consumer awareness and sensitivity to climate issues is a sensitivity factor for the banking sector that could lead to damage to the bank’s reputation in the event of non-compliance with regulatory expectations or because the public, counterparties and/or investors associate Groupe BPCE with negative effects on the climate. A reputation measurement indicator incorporating climate-related events and more broadly ESG is being built by the Group’s operational Risk department.

In order to limit the effects of climate change, the administrative and legislative authorities are adopting new regulations. These texts can be international (Paris Agreement), European (Taxonomy) or national (Climate and Resilience Act). For example, the French legislator has just strengthened its requirements with Article 29 of the Climate Energy Act. Indeed, financial companies must demonstrate how their investments are in line with a 1.5°C/2°C trajectory (see Paris Agreement).

The Legal department, in conjunction with the CSR department and the Group Risk division, organizes the information of the respective channels about this risk and ensures increased vigilance regarding the use of climate-related terminologies in order to be aligned with the European taxonomy.

For several years, ESG criteria have been included using tools and a framework whose development has accelerated with this climate risk management program. More specifically, the elements relating to the inclusion of ESG criteria are described below.

Groupe BPCE is organizing itself to develop permanent and periodic risk controls. The permanent control systems will be detailed and specified during workshops to be conducted with the institutions. The objective will be to integrate climate elements into existing processes.

The periodic control is an internal guide for carrying out the assignments carried out in the various entities of the Group in the best possible way and in a consistent manner.

Dashboards for monitoring and managing climate and environmental risks are being developed. The dashboard for the Group’s scope was validated in early July 2022 and is built to ensure the reliability and quality of the data used. It must be made available to each entity on a quarterly basis.

A unified and standardized ESG data repository at Group level is being built. This project includes the implementation of ESG data governance at Group level. In this context, the needs of the Group Risk division are collected and satisfied by the acquisition of data from external suppliers or by the reprocessing of internal data.

2022 was marked by the publication of the first Green Asset Ratio in its eligible dimension. This exercise will be repeated in 2023 before an alignment publication in 2024.

The data expected under Pillar III ESG are the subject of a first publication with the submission of five “model” tables. These tables are as follows:

Model 1: Banking portfolio – Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change (credit quality of exposures by sector, issues and residual maturity)

At this stage, Groupe BPCE excludes information on Scope 3 emissions. The data relating to Scope 1 and 2 emissions were collected from data suppliers.

Model 2: Banking portfolio – Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Loans (information on the energy performance of loans secured by real estate assets)

Groupe BPCE uses a methodological approach in which the collection of energy performance assessment (EPA) data is mainly based on the EPAs collected from customers, the EPAs provided by the CSTB (Scientific and Technical Center for Building) and retrieved from ADEME database.

Model 4: Banking portfolio – Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change for counterparties among the 20 companies that emit the most carbon in the world

Groupe BPCE decided to feed model 4 from the list of the Climate Accountability Institute (1965-2018) due to its extensive scope. It is worth recalling that Groupe BPCE has adopted a net zero alignment strategy requiring the support of these counterparties in their transition efforts.

Model 5: Banking portfolio – Indicators of physical risk potentially linked to climate change: Exposures subject to physical risk

Groupe BPCE feeds into this model by focusing on the exposure of residential real estate exposed to the risk of flooding. In the “Nomenclature of statistical territorial units” the risk of flooding related to housing has been qualified as high in accordance with the European Central Bank’s classification of acute flood risks.

Model 10: Other climate change mitigation measures not covered in regulation (EU) 2020/852 covering mitigation activities materialized by bonds and loans

Groupe BPCE used the classification of the product codes of commercial entities to identify green, sustainable and sustainability-related loans with a climate risk mitigation nature.

The consideration of ESG risks is part of a global approach involving the business lines, CSR and Control functions. This approach includes the development and implementation of CSR policies in the most sensitive sectors, the definition of the excluded business sectors, the evaluation and monitoring of the ESG risks of transactions and counterparties via various tools and processes. Given the data available to date, the approach to climate risks is more detailed and is being built on the other dimensions.

At the heart of its concerns, the environmental transition is one of the three pillars of the BPCE 2024 strategic plan and is a priority for all its business lines and all its companies. Within this framework, Groupe BPCE has committed to a long-term change in its balance sheet as part of a strategy to mitigate the climate impact of its activities and its financed, invested or insured assets. It has made a strong commitment to society and its customers: to align its financing portfolios on a “Net Zero” trajectory and thus contribute to carbon neutrality by 2050. It is in this context that it joined the Net Zero Banking Alliance for its banking activities in July 2021, and in June 2022 the Net Zero Asset Owners Alliance for its insurance activities.

In its BPCE 2024 strategic plan, Groupe BPCE has set itself the following objectives:

measure the climate impact and manage the climate trajectory of its financing, proprietary investment and insurance activities, within the reference framework of the Paris Agreement, by targeting the 1.5°C target and focusing as a priority on the most greenhouse gas-intensive sectors;

support the energy transition of customers in their own transition challenges, whether in terms of financing, savings or insurance, with a dimension of advice and structured strategic dialog, providing expertise, solutions and a long-term vision.

The alignment measurement methodologies applied are based on current market standards, which are subject to change. Changes in the scope of our analyses of other Group activities thus depend on available and recognized methodologies. In addition, the objectives set by Groupe BPCE are conditioned by the commitments of our customers and their ability to meet them over time. These objectives are also contingent on current government policies and the development of low-carbon technologies, which are critical for long-term horizons.

The data used concerning our customers come mainly from data suppliers or company publications. The measurement estimates will change as the quality of the available data increases.

The Group is aware of the major challenge represented by the deterioration of natural capital and, through its subsidiary Natixis, was the first bank involved in the act4nature international initiative to communicate individual SMART commitments (specific, measurable, additional, relevant, temporally regulated) in June 2020. For several years, the Group and its subsidiaries have been committed to reinforcing their contributions to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and to increasingly contributing to the fight against climate change. The SDGs are a common language built around 17 global goals, broken down into 169 targets. As a result, Groupe BPCE’s CSR strategy is fully committed to the integration of its SDGs in order to participate in the common journey to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all. Groupe BPCE is publicly committed to international standards such as the United Nations Global Compact, the UNEP FI and the NZBA. Its subsidiary Natixis is committed to the Equator Principles and Act4Nature.

Groupe BPCE has developed a proprietary methodology to analyze the climate and environmental impact of Corporate & Investment Banking transactions. This mechanism, called Green Weighting Factor (GWF), assigns each transaction a rating, represented by a color, on a scale of 7 levels ranging from (activities having an extremely harmful effect on the climate and the environment) to dark green (activities having a very positive impact). This rating is based on an assessment of the impact of the financing on the climate and also takes into account – when they are significant – its main non-climate environmental externalities (water, pollution, waste, biodiversity).

In order to limit the climate impact of its financing and investment activities, Groupe BPCE is withdrawing from the highest-emitting activities (such as the coal, oil and gas sectors) by implementing appropriate exclusion policies. With regard to retail banking activities, an offer dedicated to mitigating environmental impacts has been launched with green loans for renovation projects, electric vehicles or green partnerships.

The Group’s Supervisory Board approves the climate-related strategic orientations, oversees their implementation and manages the risks and opportunities associated with these challenges with the help of two independent specialized committees.

The Chairman of the Management Board and the members of the Executive Management Committee oversee the implementation and monitoring of the strategy and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. Groupe BPCE’s Executive Management is committed to developing and implementing its climate strategy and to identifying, assessing and managing the risks related to climate change.

Groupe BPCE has set up an organization around its CSR and Risk departments in all its business lines and companies in order to respond to the challenges posed by climate change. The Risk division and General Secretariat, in charge of compliance and permanent control, measure, monitor and manage the risks faced by Groupe BPCE.

The Supervisory Board is also attentive to the integration of ESG issues in the method and amount of remuneration granted to each member of the Executive Board. The Remuneration Committee ensures that CSR issues are an integral part of the remuneration policy. For the 2021 fiscal year, the remuneration awarded to the Chairman and members of the BPCE Management Board includes an annual variable portion, of which 40% is indexed to qualitative criteria, of which 10% is linked to the achievement of CSR-related criteria. The allocation of this variable portion depends on the implementation of the Group’s strategic ambitions on environmental issues (including climate issues) and the positioning of Groupe BPCE in the rankings of non-financial rating agencies.

The materiality of risks related to climate change is assessed at Group level according to a short- and long-term horizon according to the main risk categories of Pillar I of Basel III, which are: credit risk, market risk and operational risk, including non-compliance risks.

Groupe BPCE has developed a methodology for classifying risks by sector based on climate and environmental criteria. Analyses based on scientific research conducted by French institutions (Haut Conseil pour le Climat, ADEME, etc.) as well as by European and international organizations (IPCC, IEA, etc.) made it possible to define the exposure of Groupe BPCE’s portfolio to sectors identified as “sensitive” (reference scenario of the ACPR climate pilot exercise).

As a signatory of the Equator Principles, Corporate & Investment Banking applies a market methodology recognized by member banks and institutions to ensure in particular the identification, assessment and management of the environmental risks of the financed projects. Since October 2020, the bank has applied the fourth version of the Equator Principles (EP IV Amendment), which reinforces the integration of climate change in the environmental impact analysis of major projects. The borrower is therefore required to: 1) assess the physical risks associated with climate change for most projects, 2) carry out an assessment of the climate transition risks and an analysis of less greenhouse gas intensive alternatives for projects with CO2 equivalent emissions of at least 100,000 metric tons per year in total. Depending on the risks identified and the nature of the associated impacts, mitigation measures are requested of the customer. They are covered by specific clauses in the financial documentation (“covenants”).

For its Corporate & Investment Banking business, Groupe BPCE has also deployed an additional tool (ESR Screening) to identify, assess and monitor the environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks of its corporate customers. This tool makes it possible to identify the customers most at risk and analyze them in depth. Climate and environmental risks are fully integrated into the system.

For retail banking, in order to increase the integration of climate and environmental criteria, a questionnaire dedicated to the consideration of ESG issues has been created for corporate customers. This questionnaire is intended to be used by customer service managers to collect information on customer knowledge, actions and commitment in terms of climate and the environment. The ESG questionnaire will be rolled out in the course of 2023.

Since 2020, an analysis of climate risks has also been applied to the Group’s liquidity reserve.

With regard to environmental risk measures:

the macro-risk mapping includes climate risks in the “strategic, commercial and ecosystem risks” category;

the Green Weighting Factor (GWF) rating methodology was finalized in 2019 for all sectors financed by Natixis, with the exception of the financial sector;

stress tests on climate risks using specific parameters and periods have been developed since the first exercise carried out in 2021 using ACPR methodologies.

Given the evolving framework of knowledge related to climate risks and the availability of internal and external data, the tools and methodologies deployed are subject to regular reviews of their adequacy and continuous improvement work.

Since 2021, Groupe BPCE has published its public report on the climate in line with the TCFD recommendations for financial institutions.

For several years, the Group and its subsidiaries have been committed to strengthening their contributions to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The Group’s sustainable development policy focuses on the following SDGs:

transparency and cooperative model (SDG 16);

banking inclusion (SDGs 1 and 10);

local presence (SDG 11);

objectives in favor of gender equality and disability.

Groupe BPCE has launched a range of dedicated financing offers, called Impact Loans, aimed at rewarding customers who achieve social performance objectives. Launched last year with operators, the Impact Loan was extended in 2021 to long-term investors, thus covering all professional real estate customers.

In particular, Groupe BPCE has developed CSR sectoral policies in its corporate & investment banking activities covering sectors with major social challenges such as the defense and tobacco industries.

Since 2019, Groupe BPCE’s overall risk policy, implemented in sectoral policies, incorporates social criteria. These criteria are updated regularly at each sector policy review by the Non-Financial Risk Committee (CoREFi), and then validated at the Sector Watch Committee led by the Credit Risk department. These criteria include, among others, labor standards, customer protection, product liability and human rights.

This sectoral implementation of risk monitoring is then shared with all Group institutions.

The Group Risk Management department measures and controls compliance with risk management systems concerning social factors at the level of the Group’s institutions for the Risk Committee

As for environmental risks, Groupe BPCE’s remuneration policy provides for an annual variable portion for the Chairman and members of the BPCE Management Board, of which 40% is indexed to qualitative criteria, of which 10% is linked to the achievement of criteria related to CSR. The allocation of this variable portion depends on the implementation of the Group’s strategic ambitions related to environmental issues (including climate change) and on Groupe BPCE’s position in the rankings established by non-financial rating agencies, including social objectives.

As part of the development of integrated ESG risk management, Groupe BPCE is developing tools and methodologies to take social risks into account. The analysis of social risks is mainly carried out qualitatively: – for example, by analyzing controversies associated with transactions,

through the implementation of exclusion policies;

through the use of sector analysis tools (such as the ESR screening tool).

Groupe BPCE’s methodology, developed by the Group’s Climate Risk department, for assessing social risks focuses on four social criteria: customers, workers, suppliers and civil society. The social risk management framework is based on international standards, such as the International Labour Organization (ILO), national data from the Ministry of Labor, the Ministry for the Ecological Transition and the French Agency for Ecological Transition. Based on these principles, the sector analyses highlight the specific issues to be monitored during the creation and monitoring process.

The sensitivity of the exposures to social risks is then identified by sector and sub-sector.

As a signatory of the Equator Principles, Corporate & Investment Banking applies a market methodology to ensure that projects are developed in a socially responsible manner. In this respect, the Bank ensures that it fulfills its responsibility to respect human rights in accordance with the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

For its Corporate & Investment Banking business, Groupe BPCE has also deployed an additional tool (ESR Screening) to identify, assess and monitor the environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks of its corporate customers. This tool makes it possible to identify the customers most at risk and analyze them in depth. Social/societal risks are fully integrated into the system.

Lastly, when entering into a relationship and throughout the relationship Corporate & Investment Banking takes into account any potential controversies that its customers may encounter. This approach is an integral part of Groupe BPCE’s due diligence on its customers. In the event of significant shortcomings, Groupe BPCE looks for the cause and works with the customer to find an acceptable solution as soon as possible. In the absence of an acceptable solution, Groupe BPCE may decide of its own accord not to enter into a relationship or not to renew its commitments with the customer.

The social risk and cases that trigger escalation and exclusion are covered by the commitments formulated in its Code of Conduct, its adherence to the Global Compact, its duty of vigilance plan and its responsible purchasing policy, or its adherence to the Business for Inclusive Growth (B4IG).

Whereas the links with social risks are not clearly defined in the current risk management framework, the ESG risks are correctly identified in the risk framework under investment and credit risk sub-categories.

Groupe BPCE’s CSR strategy is conducted in compliance with business ethics with a total commitment to managing legal, regulatory and ethical risks. This is reflected in a Group Code of Conduct and Ethics approved by the Board in 2018 and a rigorous tax policy with a Tax Code of Conduct approved in 2021.

Since 2019, Groupe BPCE’s overall risk policy, implemented in sectoral policies, incorporates governance criteria. These criteria are updated regularly at each sector policy review by the Non-Financial Risk Committee (CoREFi), and then validated at the Sector Watch Committee led by the Credit Risk department.

The methodology used in risk management taking into account the performance of governance is organized according to four aspects: business ethics, CSR strategy, shareholder democracy and the practices and processes implemented to direct and control the management of customer risks. The sectoral policies, including the consideration of governance, are thus drawn up on the basis of analyses based on these criteria.

The systems described above, such as sectoral policies, exclusion policies, ESR screening tools, the Equator Principles, and the analysis of controversies, also take into account the analysis of governance risks.

14.3 Detailed quantitative disclosures

Notes on methodology: NACE codes were used to precisely identify the counterparties included in each sector.

Sector/subsector

31/12/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

p

Gross carrying amount

(in millions of euros)

Accumulated impairment,

accumulated negative

changes in fair value due

to credit risk and

provisions

(in millions of euros)

GHG financed

emissions (scope 1,

scope 2 and scope 3

emissions of the

counterparty) (in

tons of CO2

equivalent)

GHG

emis-

sions

(column

i):

gross

carrying

amount

percen-

tage

of the

portfolio

derived

from

com-

pany-

specific

repor-

ting

<= 5

years

> 5

year

<=

10

years

> 10

year

<= 20

years

> 20

years

Aver-

age

weig-

hted

matur-

ity

 

Of which

exposures

towards

companies

excluded from

EU Paris-

aligned

Benchmarks in

accordance

with points (d)

to (g) of Article

12.1 and in

accordance

with Article

12.2 of Climate

Benchmark

Standards

Regulation

Of

which

environ-

mentally

sustain-

able

(CCM)

Of

which

stage

2

expo-

sures

Of

which

non-

perfor-

ming

expo-

sures

 

Of

which

Stage

2

expo-

sures

Of

which

non-

perfor-

ming

expo-

sures

 

Of

which

Scope

3

financed

emis-

sions

1

Exposures towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing

5,089

 

 

1,719

324

(316)

(119)

(186)

1,552

 

1

2,596

1,260

1,184

50

7

3

B - Mining and quarrying

4,020

1,840

 

1,310

309

(124)

(14)

(111)

679 984

 

1

3,060

685

177

98

4

4

B.05 - Mining of coal and lignite

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

B.06 - Extraction of crude petroleum and natural gas

1,594

1,276

 

666

8

(10)

(5)

(5)

258 276

 

3

1,357

150

87

 

1

6

B.07 - Mining of metal ores

992

38

 

175

123

(17)

(1)

(15)

153 363

 

 

657

279

31

25

6

7

B.08 - Other mining and quarrying

435

20

 

163

20

(18)

(5)

(13)

25,563

 

 

280

126

27

1

4

8

B.09 - Mining support service activities

999

506

 

306

158

(80)

(2)

(79)

242 781

 

 

766

129

32

73

7

9

C - Manufacturing

23,697

828

 

4,329

1,606

(896)

(117)

(727)

1,725 298

 

8

17,669

1,991

3,617

421

4

10

C.10 - Manufacture of food products

4,120

 

 

627

326

(226)

(33)

(178)

180

 

 

2,867

521

681

51

4

11

C.11 - Manufacture of beverages

1,217

 

 

331

34

(34)

(15)

(16)

113

 

 

886

97

216

17

3

12

C.12 - Manufacture of tobacco products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

C.13 - Manufacture of textiles

483

 

 

24

14

(10)

(1)

(7)

1,336

 

6

391

23

67

1

3

14

C.14 - Manufacture of wearing apparel

156

 

 

37

31

(18)

(1)

(16)

10

 

4

119

5

29

3

5

15

C.15 - Manufacture of leather and related products

174

 

 

10

4

(3)

 

(2)

 

 

 

144

5

25

 

1

16

C.16 - Manufacture of wood and of products of wood and cork, except furniture; manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials

723

 

 

106

54

(33)

(3)

(28)

3,116

 

4

468

120

127

8

4

17

C.17 - Manufacture of pulp, paper and paperboard

280

 

 

32

12

(8)

(1)

(7)

26,511

 

 

188

53

38

1

4

18

C.18 - Printing and service activities related to printing

553

 

 

105

44

(22)

(2)

(19)

 

 

 

446

33

70

4

4

19

C.19 - Manufacture of coke oven products

814

698

 

269

24

(11)

(1)

(9)

278 262

 

9

407

215

166

25

6

20

C.20 - Production of chemicals

1,153

9

 

146

32

(22)

(3)

(17)

217 969

 

1

882

114

151

7

3

21

C.21 - Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations

851

 

 

153

143

(24)

(3)

(19)

476

 

 

661

12

177

1

2

22

C.22 - Manufacture of rubber products

825

 

 

112

44

(25)

(3)

(20)

863

 

3

589

98

133

5

4

23

C.23 - Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products

670

 

 

155

40

(31)

(6)

(22)

311 584

 

12

472

77

109

12

5

24

C.24 - Manufacture of basic metals

1,062

 

 

145

20

(13)

(2)

(10)

321 767

 

8

893

30

130

9

3

25

C.25 - Manufacture of fabricated metal products, except machinery and equipment

2,269

 

 

492

229

(108)

(14)

(89)

4,618

 

1

1,707

210

330

22

4

26

C.26 - Manufacture of computer, electronic and optical products

1,025

 

 

93

38

(21)

(1)

(18)

3,056

 

1

853

25

138

8

2

27

C.27 - Manufacture of electrical equipment

781

74

 

164

80

(57)

(3)

(53)

46,682

 

7

581

73

102

24

4

28

C.28 - Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c.

1,331

 

 

153

92

(66)

(4)

(60)

85,166

 

33

1,085

41

181

24

4

29

C.29 - Manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers

1,752

 

 

590

141

(57)

(7)

(48)

50,308

 

53

1,482

34

213

24

2

30

C.30 - Manufacture of other transport equipment

732

47

 

181

68

(39)

(6)

(32)

70,406

 

2

442

110

171

8

3

31

C.31 - Manufacture of furniture

261

 

 

46

33

(13)

(1)

(11)

 

 

 

194

22

43

2

4

32

C.32 - Other manufacturing

1,799

 

 

246

45

(24)

(2)

(20)

302 661

 

 

1,397

23

223

156

7

33

C.33 - Repair and installation of machinery and equipment

664

 

 

111

55

(31)

(3)

(26)

214

 

 

515

49

94

6

4

34

D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

10,974

1,380

 

1,709

226

(132)

(68)

(67)

1,995 107

 

5

4,588

1,655

4,218

512

7

35

D35.1 - Electric power generation, transmission and distribution

10,038

682

 

1,292

226

(116)

(54)

(67)

1,670 317

 

3

4,213

1,433

3,880

511

7

36

D35.11 - Production of electricity

9,386

638

 

1,154

172

(105)

(45)

(61)

1,607 555

 

4

3,872

1,334

3,701

480

7

37

D35.2 - Manufacture of gas; distribution of gaseous fuels through mains

797

655

 

362

 

(13)

(10)

 

307 807

 

31

353

193

250

 

6

38

D35.3 - Steam and air conditioning supply

139

43

 

55

 

(4)

(4)

 

16,982

 

 

22

29

88

1

10

39

E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

1,609

 

 

204

45

(35)

(6)

(26)

46,098

 

7

840

236

419

114

8

40

F - Construction

18,350

1

 

4,258

1,329

(841)

(160)

(624)

73;268

 

3

13,473

1,058

2,394

1,425

9

41

F.41 - Construction of buildings

9,038

 

 

1,537

534

(409)

(71)

(300)

8,415

 

2

5,617

500

1,668

1,253

13

42

F.42 - Civil engineering

2,804

1

 

447

96

(47)

(8)

(33)

55,128

 

16

2,235

197

296

76

5

43

F.43 - Specialized construction activities

6,508

 

 

2,274

699

(385)

(80)

(290)

9,725

 

 

5,622

361

430

96

4

44

G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

35,252

701

 

6,460

2,116

(1,380)

(248)

(1,051)

566 406

 

1

24,748

3,669

6,006

829

4

45

H - Transportation and storage

8,645

392

 

2,336

456

(279)

(65)

(170)

1,602 396

 

9

5,697

1,084

1,790

74

5

46

H.49 - Land transport and transport via pipelines

4,668

334

 

1,091

217

(132)

(37)

(70)

515 921

 

2

3,322

449

834

63

5

47

H.50 - Water transport

756

 

 

131

119

(49)

(9)

(35)

12,098

 

 

500

134

119

2

4

48

H.51 - Air transport

1,200

 

 

801

49

(52)

(15)

(31)

1,051 451

 

55

839

185

174

2

4

49

H.52 - Warehousing and support activities for transportation

2,010

59

 

312

71

(45)

(3)

(34)

22,926

 

1

1,028

315

661

6

6

50

H.53 - Postal and courier activities

12

 

 

2

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

1

 

5

51

I - Accommodation and food service activities

11,299

 

 

4,405

934

(786)

(330)

(402)

105 575

 

1

6,543

2,060

2,453

244

7

52

L - Real estate activities

121 112

12

 

18,514

2,357

(2,204)

(988)

(1,101)

161 795

 

2

32,611

22,367

55,935

10,200

12

53

Exposures towards sectors other than those that highly contribute to climate change*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

K - Financial and insurance activities

32,205

650

 

5,126

941

(868)

(219)

(604)

1,547 425

 

1

22,842

5,458

3,188

717

5

55

Exposures to other sectors (NACE codes J, M - U)

54,196

40

 

8,089

2,918

(1,703)

(303)

(926)

3,646 993

 

4

32,334

7,183

12,769

1,910

5

56

TOTAL

326 448

5,844

 

58,461

13,562

(9,565)

(2,636)

(5,994)

12,151 898

 

 

167,000

48,704

94,150

16,594

 

*

In accordance with the Commission delegated regulation EU) 2020/1818 supplementing regulation (EU) 2016/1011 as regards minimum standards for EU Climate Transition Benchmarks and EU Paris-aligned Benchmarks -Climate Benchmark Standards Regulation - Recital 6: Sectors listed in Sections A to H and Section L of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006

Counterparty

sector

31/12/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

p

Total gross carrying amount amount (in millions of euros)

 

Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m2 of collateral)

Level of energy efficiency (EPC label of collateral)

Without EPC label of

collateral

 

0; <=

100

> 100;

<= 200

> 200;

<=

300

> 300;

<= 400

> 400;

<= 500

> 500

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

 

Of which

level of

energy

efficiency

(EP score

in kWh/m²

of

collateral)

estimated

1

TOTAL EU AREA

422,257

49,602

132,951

70,830

24,747

14,903

1,343

6,051

42,492

49,147

93,181

63,323

24,502

14,948

128,613

732

2

Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property

47,175

261

1,020

584

174

182

138

96

143

319

555

361

183

160

45,359

543

3

Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property

343,014

47,633

126,748

67,141

23,327

13,857

1 091

5,699

41,100

46,959

88,895

60,249

23,041

13,860

63,211

(7)

4

Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated

205,354

35,159

98,762

42,871

16,185

12,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

TOTAL NON-EU AREA

5 370

325

664

324

107

53

6

30

289

253

427

301

121

57

3,891

 

7

Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property

1,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,334

 

8

Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property

3,206

319

653

320

104

52

6

30

284

251

418

297

119

56

1 752

 

9

Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated

984

245

456

178

67

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/2022

a

b

c

d

e

Gross carrying

amount (aggregate)

Gross carrying

amount towards the

counterparties

compared to total

gross carrying

amount

(aggregate)*

Of which

environmentally

sustainable (CCM)

Weighted average

maturity

Number of top 20

polluting firms

included

1

982

0.082 %

 

2.553615

8

*

For counterparties among the top 20 carbon emitting companies in the world

 

 

31/12/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

 

Gross carrying amount (in millions of euros)

 

 

of which exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events

 

 

Breakdown by maturity bucket

of

which

expo-

sures

sensi-

tive to

impact

from

chronic

climate

change

events

of

which

expo-

sures

sensi-

tive to

impact

from

acute

climate

change

events

of

which

expo-

sures

sensi-

tive to

impact

both

from

chronic

and

acute

climate

change

events

Of

which

Stage 2

expo-

sures

Of

which

non-

perfor-

ming

expo-

sures

Accumulated impairment,

accumulated negative changes

in fair value due to credit risk

and provisions

Variable:

Geographical area

subject to climate

change physical

risk - acute and

chronic events

 

<= 5

years

> 5

year <=

10

years

> 10

year <=

20

years

> 20

years

Average

weighted

maturity

 

of

which

Stage 2

expo-

sures

Of

which

non-

perfor-

ming

expo-

sures

1

A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

B - Mining and quarrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

C - Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

F - Construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

H - Transportation and storage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

L - Real estate activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Loans collateralized by residential immovable property

346,220

95

286

1,109

771

17

2,261

 

2,261

383

9

(11)

(8)

(2)

11

Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

Repossessed collaterals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31/12/2022

a

b

c

d

e

f

Type of financial

instrument

Type of counterparty

Gross carrying

amount (in millions of

euros)

Type of risk

mitigated (Climate

change transition

risk)

Type of risk

mitigated (Climate

change physical

risk)

Qualitative

information on the

nature of the

mitigating actions

1

Bonds (e.g. green, sustainable, sustainability-linked under standards other than the EU standards)

Financial corporations

58

 

 

 

2

Non-financial corporations

174

 

 

 

3

Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property

 

 

 

 

4

Households

 

 

 

 

5

Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property

 

 

 

 

6

Of which building renovation loans

 

 

 

 

7

Other counterparties

1,997

 

 

 

8

Loans (e.g. green, sustainable, sustainability-linked under standards other than the EU standards)

Financial corporations

159

 

 

 

9

Non-financial corporations

2,229

 

 

 

10

Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property

136

 

 

 

11

Households

349

 

 

 

12

Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property

 

 

 

 

13

Of which building renovation loans

 

 

 

 

14

Other counterparties

 

 

 

 

15. REMUNERATION POLICY

Information on the policies and practices on pay granted to members of the executive body and persons whose professional activities have a material impact on the corporate risk profile are available at the following address:

16. INTERNAL CONTROL POLICY AND CERTIFICATION

16.1 Internal control policy

The internal control system defined by the Group contributes to the control of risks of all kinds and is governed by an umbrella charter – the Group Internal Control Charter – which stipulates that this system is designed, in particular, to ensure “[...] the reliability of financial and non-financial information reported both inside and outside the Group”. In this context, the Group has defined and put in place a permanent control system to ensure the quality of the accounting and financial information in accordance with the requirements defined by the order of November 3, 2014 on internal control and all other regulatory obligations relating to the quality of reporting (in particular those resulting from Recommendation No. 239 issued on January 9, 2013 by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision regarding the implementation of the “Principles for aggregating risk data and risk notification” or from the application of CRR 2).

This system is based on two levels of controls to ensure strict independence, with:

the first level exercised by all those involved in the production and reporting process. For Pillar III, the people involved in the process come mainly from the Risk and Finance functions and are coordinated by the Finance & Strategy division (Institutional Financial Communication);

the second level is handled by independent units within the Risk, Compliance or Permanent Control functions. For Pillar III, this work is carried out by the Risk division (Risk Governance) and the Group General Secretariat (Group Financial Control).

Included in the list of main reports published by BPCE (Reports booklet), Pillar III is governed by provisions strictly defined by the Group (in particular the Framework for the preparation and publication of reports and management indicators) aimed at strengthening the environment for producing, controlling and publishing the report and the quality of its underlying indicators.

In addition to the documentation and self-checking procedures or controls, whose drafting and implementation are the responsibility of the various contributors to the Pillar III report, the Finance and Strategy division has put in place a detailed mapping of the roles and responsibilities involved in the implementation of controls. It has also developed an automated inter-reports control tool comprising nearly 800 controls intended to ensure the consistency between the information appearing in Pillar III and that appearing in other reports (and in particular those provided to the control and regulatory authorities such as the COmmon solvency ratio REPorting and the FINancial REPorting).

The Group has defined a system to ensure that the main reports published within the Group comply with all regulatory obligations. This system is implemented as part of a review carried out by independent functions and aims to ensure that reports are prepared in a secure production environment and that they include reliable, clear, useful and auditable data.

The review of the Pillar III report is carried out by the Risk division (Risk Governance) and the Group General Secretariat (Group Financial Control) as part of a global approach, based in particular on the implementation of a standard assessment grid to carry out the review in a documented manner and subject it to validation according to strict criteria. Based on the scoring method, the grid is composed of 33 standard controls grouped into six analysis criteria (Documentation, Organization, Auditability, Clarity, Controls and Accuracy) rated on a scale between 1 (requirement not met) and 4 (Requirement fully met), with an average of 2.5.

For the first assessment exercise, the controls were mainly carried out on the basis of an analysis of the documentation and controls made available by the contributing business lines and by carrying out consistency checks on the production of the Pillar III report of June 30, 2021 (text and main indicators monitored in the context of the risk appetite). Additional controls will continue after publication, as part of a continuous improvement approach and permanent system.

16.2 Statement on the publication of information required under Pillar III

I certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the disclosures provided in this document in relation to Pillar III comply with part 8 of CRR Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (and subsequent modifications) and have been prepared in accordance with the internal control framework agreed at BPCE management body level.

Paris, March 24, 2023

Nicolas Namias

Chairman of the BPCE Management Board

17. ANNEXES

17.1 Index to Pillar III report tables

Pillar III report

table number

Title

Report page

2022 – Pillar III

OWN FUNDS

 

EU KM1

Key indicators

8

EU CC2

Transition from accounting balance sheet to prudential balance sheet

44

BPCE01

Regulatory capital

48

BPCE02

Changes in CET1 capital

49

BPCE03

Breakdown of non-controlling interests (minority interests)

49

BPCE04

Change in AT1 capital

50

BPCE05

Changes in Tier 2 capital

50

EU OV1

Overview of risk-weighted assets

51

BPCE06

Risk-weighted assets by type of risk and business line

52

EU INS1

Non-deducted participations in insurance undertakings

52

BPCE07

Regulatory capital and Basel III phased-in capital ratios

53

EU LR1 (LRSum)

Transition from balance sheet to leverage exposure

54

EU LI3

Summary of the differences between the statutory and prudential scope of consolidation

57

EU CC1

Composition of regulatory capital by category

73

BPCE08

Additional Tier 1 capital

77

BPCE09

Issues of deeply subordinated notes

77

BPCE10

Tier 2 capital

77

BPCE11

Issues of subordinated notes

78

EU CCYB1

Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer

79

EU CCYB2

Amount of institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer

80

EU PV1

Prudent valuation adjustment (PVA)

81

EU LR2 (LRCOM)

Leverage ratio

82

EU LR3 (LRSpl)

Breakdown of balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures)

84

EU INS2

Financial conglomerates – Information on capital and capital adequacy ratio

84

EU KM2

Key indicators – TLAC ratio

84

EU TLAC1

Composition TLAC ratio

85

EU TLAC3a

Rank in the hierarchy of creditors – Resolution group

86

CREDIT RISKS

 

BPCE12

Scope of standardized and IRB methods used by the Group

94

BPCE13

EAD breakdown by approach for the main customer segments

94

BPCE14

Concentration by borrower

106

BPCE15

Hedging of non-performing loans

107

EU CQ1

Credit quality of forborne exposures

108

EU CR1

Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions

110

EU CQ3

Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by number of days past due

112

EU CQ4

Quality of exposures by geographical area

114

EU CQ5

Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry

115

EU CR3

Use of credit risk mitigation techniques

117

EU CR1-A

Maturity of exposures

119

EU CQ7

Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution

119

Covid-1

Information on loans and advances subject to legislative and non-legislative moratoriums

120

Covid-2

Breakdown of loans and advances subject to legislative and non-legislative moratoriums by residual maturity of the moratorium

120

Covid-3

Information on new loans and advances provided under public guarantee schemes in

response to the Covid-19 crisis

121

EU CR4

Standardized Approach – Credit risk exposure and mitigation effects

122

EU CR5

Standardized Approach – Exposures by asset class and by risk weighting coefficient, after application of credit risk mitigation techniques

124

EU CR6

IRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range

126

EU CR6-A

Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches

134

EU CR7

IRB approach – Effect on risk-weighted assets of credit derivatives used as credit risk mitigation techniques

136

EU CR7-A

IRB approach – Disclosure of the extent of the use of CRM techniques

137

EU CR8

Statement of risk-weighted flows relating to credit risk exposures under the IRB approach

140

EU CR9

IRB Approach – Ex-post control of PDs by exposure class (fixed PD scale)

141

BPCE16

Average PD and LGD broken down by geographical area

149

BPCE17

Ex-post control of LGDs by exposure class

150

EU CR10

Specialized and equity financing exposures subject to the simple weighting method

151

COUNTERPARTY RISK

 

BPCE18

Breakdown of gross counterparty risk exposures by asset class (excluding other assets) and method

157

BPCE19

Breakdown by exposure class of risk-weighted assets for the credit valuation adjustment (CVA)

157

BPCE20

Securities exposed to counterparty risk on derivative transactions and repurchase agreements

158

EU CCR1

Analysis of counterparty risk exposure by approach

158

EU CCR2

Capital requirement for credit valuation adjustment (CVA)

159

EU CCR3

Standardized Approach – Counterparty risk exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weighting

160

EU CCR4

IRB approach – Counterparty risk exposures by exposure class and PD scale

161

EU CCR5

Composition of collateral for counterparty risk exposures

165

EU CCR6

Credit derivative exposures

166

EU CCR7

Risk-weighted asset flow statements for counterparty risk exposures under the IMM

166

EU CCR8

Exposures to central counterparties

167

BPCE21

Notional amount of derivatives

168

SECURITIZATION

 

BPCE22

Breakdown of exposures by type of securitization

182

BPCE23

Breakdown of EAD and RWA by type of portfolio

182

BPCE24

Breakdown of investor securitization exposures in the banking book by rating

183

BPCE25

Breakdown of investor and sponsor securitization exposures in the trading book

184

EU SEC1

Banking book – Securitization exposures

185

EU SEC3

Banking book – Securitization exposures and associated regulatory capital requirements (originator and sponsor positions)

187

EU SEC4

Banking book – Securitization exposures and associated regulatory capital requirements (investor positions)

188

BPCE26

Banking book – Breakdown of securitization outstandings

189

EU SEC2

Trading book – Securitization exposures

189

EU SEC5

Securitization exposures – Defaulted exposures and adjustments for specific credit

190

MARKET RISKS

 

BPCE27

Groupe BPCE VaR – Breakdown by risk class

198

BPCE28

Groupe BPCE VaR – Evolution

198

BPCE29

Group stress test average

199

BPCE30

RWA and capital requirements by type of risk

199

BPCE31

Change in risk-weighted assets by impact

199

EU MR1

Market risk under the Standardized Approach

200

EU MR3

Internal Model Approach (IMA) values for trading books

200

EU MR4

Comparison of VaR estimates with profit/loss

201

EU MR2A

Market risk under the Internal Models Approach (IMA)

201

EU MR2B

Risk-weighted asset flow statements for market risk exposures under the Internal Models Approach (IMA)

202

BPCE32

Natixis Global VaR with guarantee – Trading book (VaR 99% 1-day)

203

BPCE33

Breakdown by risk class and netting

203

BPCE34

Natixis stressed VaR

204

BPCE35

IRC indicator

204

BPCE36

Natixis stress test results

205

LIQUIDITY, INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE RATE RISKS

 

BPCE37

Liquidity reserves

213

BPCE38

Liquidity gap

213

BPCE39

Sources and uses of funds by maturity

214

BPCE40

Interest rate gap

218

EU IRRBB1

Sensitivity of the economic value of Tier 1 capital

218

BPCE41

Outstanding amounts of financial instruments subject to benchmark index reform

218

EU LIQ1

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)

221

EU LIQ2

Net stable funding requirement (NSFR)

222

EU AE1

Encumbered and unencumbered assets

225

EU AE2

Collateral received

226

EU AE3

Sources of encumbrance

227

OPERATIONAL RISKS

 

EU OR1

Capital requirements for operational risk and risk-weighted exposure amounts

247

INSURANCE, ASSET MANAGEMENT, FINANCIAL CONGLOMERATE RISKS

 

BPCE42

Amount of CEGC regulated commitments

252

BPCE43

CEGC investment portfolio

252

CLIMATE RISKS

 

MODEL 1

Banking book - Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Credit quality of exposures by sector, issues and residual maturity

264

MODEL 2

Banking book - Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Loans secured by real estate assets - Energy efficiency of collateral

269

MODEL 4

Banking book - Indicators of the transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Exposures to the 20 companies that emit the most carbon in the world

270

MODEL 5

Banking book - Indicators of the transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Exposures subject to physical risk

271

MODEL 10

Other climate change mitigation measures not covered in Regulation (EU) 2020/852

272

17.2 Pillar III cross-reference table

CRR Article

Topic

Pillar III report reference

Pillar III report

pages

435

Objectives and risk management policy

4 Governance and risk management system

24-40

436

Scope of consolidation

3 Capital management and capital adequacy

44 ; 57-77

437

Capital

3 Capital management and capital adequacy

46-50 ; 73-76

438

Capital requirements

3 Capital management and capital adequacy

51-52

439

Exposure to counterparty credit risk

6 Counterparty risk

156-168

440

Capital buffers

3 Capital management and capital adequacy

42-43 ; 79

441

Global systemically important indicators

BPCE website – Investment/regulated information section

Regulatory publications

 

442

Credit risk adjustments

5 Credit risk

91-93 ; 107-113

443

Encumbered assets

9 Liquidity risk

225-228

444

Use of external credit rating agencies

5 Credit risk

98-100

445

Exposure to market risk

8 Market risks

194-205

446

Operational risk

11 Operational risk

244-248

447

Banking book equity exposures

5 Credit risk

151-153

448

Exposure to interest rate risk for banking book positions

9 Liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risks

217-218

449

Exposure to securitization positions

7 Securitization transactions

170-191

449 bis

Prudential information on ESG risks

14 Climate Risks

256-272

450

Remuneration policy

BPCE website – Investment/regulated information section

Other information

 

451

Leverage

3 Capital management and capital adequacy

54 ; 82-83

452

Use of the IRB approach for credit risk

5 Credit risk

94-100

453

Use of credit risk mitigation techniques

5 Credit risk

94-100 ; 122-125

454

Use of advanced measurement approaches for operational risk

11 Operational risk

N/A

455

Use of internal market risk models

8 Market risks

194-196 ; 200-205

458

Macroprudential supervision measures

3 Capital management and capital adequacy

79-80

17.3 Glossary

Acronyms

EBA

The European Banking Authority, established by EU regulation on November 24, 2010. It came into being on January 1, 2011 in London, superseding the Committee of European Banking Supervisors (CEBS). This new body has an expanded mandate. It is in charge of harmonizing prudential standards, ensuring coordination among the various national supervisory authorities and performing the role of mediator. The goal is to establish a Europe-wide supervision mechanism without compromising the ability of the national authorities to conduct the day-to-day supervision of credit institutions.

ABS

See securitization

ACPR

Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution (ACPR): French prudential supervisory authority for the banking and insurance sector (formerly the CECEI, or Comité des établissements de crédit et des entreprises d’investissement/Credit Institutions and Investment Firms Committee)

AFEP-MEDEF

Association française des entreprises privées – Mouvement des entreprises de France/French Association of Private Sector Companies – French Business Confederation

AFS

Available For Sale

ALM

Asset/Liability management

AMF

Autorité des marchés financiers (AMF), the French financial markets authority

AT1

Additional Tier 1

BCBS

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, an organization comprised of the central bank governors of the G20 countries, tasked with strengthening the global financial system and improving the efficacy of prudential supervision and cooperation among bank regulators.

ECB

European Central Bank

EIB

European Investment Bank

BMTN

Negotiable medium-term notes

BRRD

Banking Recovery and Resolution Directive

CCF

Credit Conversion Factor

CDO

See securitization

CDPC

Credit Derivatives Products Company, i.e. a business specializing in providing protection against credit default through credit derivatives

CDS

Credit Default Swap, a credit derivative contract under which the party wishing to buy protection against a credit event (e.g. counterparty default) makes regular payments to a third party and receives a pre-determined payment from this third party should the credit event occur.

LTD

Loan-to-Deposit ratio, i.e. a liquidity indicator that enables a credit institution to measure its autonomy with respect to the financial markets

CLO

See securitization

CMBS

See securitization

CEGC

Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions

CET1

Common Equity Tier 1

CFP

Contingency Funding Plan

CNCE

Caisse Nationale des Caisses d’Epargne

CPM

Credit Portfolio Management

CRD

Capital Requirements Directive

CRR

Capital Requirements Regulation

CVA

Credit Valuation Adjustment: the expected loss related to the risk of default by a counterparty. The CVA aims to take into account the fact that the full market value of the transactions may not be recovered. The method for determining the CVA is primarily based on the use of market inputs in connection with the practices of market professionals.

CVaR

Credit Value at Risk, i.e. the worst loss expected to be suffered after eliminating the 1% worst-case scenarios, used to determine individual counterparty limits.

DVA

Debit Valuation Adjustment, symmetrical to the CVA. Represents the expected loss, from the counterparty’s perspective, on valuations of derivative liabilities. It reflects the impact of the entity’s own credit quality on the valuation of these instruments.

EAD

Exposure at Default, i.e. the amount owed by the customer at the effective default date. It is the sum of the remaining principal, past due payments, accrued interest not yet due, fees and penalties.

OFR

Own Funds Requirements: i.e. 8% of risk-weighted assets (RWA)

EL

Expected Loss, i.e. the value of the loss likely to be incurred given the quality of the structure of the transaction and any measures taken to mitigate risk, such as collateral. It is calculated by multiplying Exposure at Risk (EAD) by Probability of Default (PD) and by Loss Given Default (LGD).

DVA

Debit Valuation Adjustment, symmetrical to the CVA. Represents the expected loss, from the counterparty’s perspective, on valuations of derivative liabilities. It reflects the impact of the entity’s own credit quality on the valuation of these instruments.

EURIBOR

Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the benchmark interest rate on the Euro zone’s money market

FBF

Fédération bancaire française (French Banking Federation), a professional body representing all banking institutions in France

FCPR

Fonds commun de placement à risque/Venture capital investment fund

FGAS

Fonds de garantie à l’accession sociale/French State guarantee fund for subsidized loans

FINREP

FINancial REPorting

SRF

Single Resolution Fund

FSB

The Financial Stability Board: whose mandate is to identify vulnerabilities in the global financial system and to implement principles for regulation and supervision in the interest of financial stability. Its members are central bank governors, finance ministers and supervisors from the G20 countries.

GAP

Asset/Liability management

G-SIBs

Global Systemically Important Banks are financial institutions whose distress or failure, because of their size, complexity and systemic inter-dependence, would cause significant disruption to the financial system and economic activity. These institutions meet the criteria established by the Basel Committee and are identified in a list published in November 2011 and updated every year. The constraints applicable to G-SIBs increase with their level of capital.

HQLA

High-Quality Liquid Assets

Non-life insurance policies (IARD)

Incendie, accidents et risques divers/property and casualty Insurance

IASB

International Accounting Standards Board

ICAAP

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process: a process required under Pillar II of the Basel Accords to ensure that firms have sufficient capital to cover all their risks.

ILAAP

Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process: Process provided for in Pillar II of the Basel Accords through which the Group ensures the adequacy of its liquidity level and its management with regard to all its liquidity risks.

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards

IRB

Internal-Ratings Based: an approach to capital requirements based on the financial institution’s internal rating systems.

IRBA

Advanced IRB approach

IRBF

Foundation IRB approach

IRC

Incremental Risk Charge: the capital requirement for an issuer’s credit migration and default risks, covering a period of one year for fixed income and loan instruments in the trading book (bonds and CDSs). The IRC is a 99.9% Value at Risk measurement; i.e. the greatest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% worst-case scenarios.

L&R

Loans and receivables

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio: a measurement introduced to improve the short-term resilience of banks’ liquidity risk profiles. The LCR requires banks to maintain a reserve of risk-free assets that can be converted easily into cash on the market in order to cover its cash outflows minus cash inflows over a 30-day stress period without the support of central banks.

LBO

Leveraged Buyout

AML-CTF

Anti-Money Laundering and Counter Terrorism Financing

LGD

Loss Given Default, a Basel II credit risk indicator corresponding to loss in the event of default

MDA

Maximum Distributable Amount, a new provision for banks placing restrictions on their dividend, Additional Tier 1 coupon and bonus payments (under a rule that tightens restrictions as banks deviate from their requirements), if the capital buffers are not met. As these buffers are on top of Pillars I and II, they apply immediately if the bank fails to comply with the combined requirements.

SSM

Single Supervisory Mechanism

MREL

Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities

MRU

Single Resolution Mechanism

NPE

Non-Performing Exposure

NPL

Non-Performing Loan

NSFR

Net Stable Funding Ratio: this ratio is intended to strengthen the longer-term resilience of banks through additional incentives meant to encourage banks to finance their operations using more structurally stable resources. This long-term structural liquidity ratio, applicable to a one-year period, was formulated to provide a viable structure for asset and liability maturities.

OH

Obligations de financement de l’habitat/Housing financing bond

BCP

Business Continuity Plan

PD

Probability of Default: the likelihood that a counterparty of the bank will default within a one-year period.

RMBS

See securitization

RSSI

Responsable de la Sécurité des Systèmes d’Information/Head of Information System Security

RWA

Risk-Weighted Assets. The calculation of credit risks is further refined using a more detailed risk weighting that incorporates counterparty default risk and debt default risk.

S&P

Standard & Poor’s

SCF

Compagnie de Financement Foncier, the Group’s covered bond issuer

SEC

US Securities and Exchange Commission

SFH

Housing Finance Company

IS

Information System

SREP

Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process:

methodology for assessing and measuring the risks weighing on each bank. SREP gives the prudential authorities a set of harmonized tools to analyze a bank’s risk profile from four different angles: business model, governance and risk management, risk to capital, and risk to liquidity and funding.

The supervisor sends the bank the SREP decisions at the end of the process and sets key objectives. The bank must then “correct” these within a specific time.

SRM

Single Resolution Mechanism: an EU-level system to ensure an orderly resolution of non-viable banks with a minimal impact on taxpayers and the real economy. The SRM is one of the pillars of the European Banking Union and consists of an EU-level resolution authority (Single Resolution Board – SRB) and a common resolution fund financed by the banking sector (Single Resolution Fund – SRF).

SVaR

Stressed Value at Risk: the SVaR calculation method is identical to the VaR approach (historical or Monte Carlo method, scope – position, risk factors – choices and modeling – model approximations and numerical methods identical to those used for VaR) and involves a historical simulation (with “one-day” shocks) calculated over a one-year stressed period, at a 99% confidence level scaled up to ten days. The goal is to assess the impacts of stressed scenarios on the portfolio and current market levels.

T1/T2

Tier 1/Tier 2

TLAC

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity: a ratio applicable to G-SIBs that aims to ensure that each G-SIB has the capacity to continue its essential operations for the economy even after a loss has consumed all of its capital. In November 2015, the FSB published the final TLAC calibration: all TLAC-eligible instruments will have to be equivalent to at least 16% of risk-weighted assets at January 1, 2019 and at least 6% of the leverage ratio denominator. TLAC will subsequently have to be equivalent to 18% of risk-weighted assets and 6.75% of the leverage ratio denominator from January 1, 2022.

TRS

Total Return Swap, i.e. a transaction whereby two parties exchange the income generated and any change in value on two different assets over a given time period.

TSS

Titres super subordonnés/deeply subordinated notes, i.e. perpetual bonds with no contractual redemption commitment that pay interest in perpetuity. In the event of liquidation, they are repaid after other creditors (subordinated loans). These securities pay annual interest contingent on the payment of a dividend or the achievement of a specific result.

VaR

Value at Risk: a measurement of market risk on a bank’s trading book expressed as a monetary value. It allows the entity performing the calculation to appraise the maximum losses liable to be incurred on its trading book. A statistical variable, VaR is always associated with a confidence interval (generally 95% or 99%) and a specific time frame (in practice, one day or ten days, as the trading positions involved are meant to be unwound within a few days).

Key technical terms

Netting agreement

A contract whereby two parties to a forward financial instrument (financial contract, securities loan or repurchase agreement) agree to settle their reciprocal claims under these contracts through a single consolidated net payment, particularly in the event of default or contract termination. A master netting agreement extends this mechanism to different transactions through one all-encompassing contract.

Equities

An equity security issued by a corporation, representing a certificate of ownership and entitling the holder (the “shareholder”) to a proportional share in the distribution of any profits or net assets, as well as a voting right at the General Meeting.

Rating agency

An organization that specializes in assessing the creditworthiness of issuers of debt securities, i.e. their ability to honor their commitments (repayment of capital and interest within the contractual period).

Risk appetite

Level of risk, expressed through quantitative or qualitative criteria, by type of risk and business line, that the Group is prepared to accept given its strategy. The risk appetite exercise is one of the key strategic oversight tools available to the Group’s management team.

Standardized approach

An approach used to determine capital requirements relative to credit risk, pursuant to Pillar I of Basel II. Under this approach, the risk weightings used when calculating capital requirements are determined by the regulator.

Basel II (the Basel Accords)

A supervisory framework aimed at better anticipating and limiting the risks borne by credit institutions. It focuses on banks’ credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The terms drafted by the Basel Committee were adopted in Europe through a European directive and have been applicable in France since January 1, 2008.

Basel III (the Basel Accords)

Changes in banking prudential standards which incorporated the lessons of the financial crisis of 2007-2008. They complement the Basel II Accords by strengthening the quality and quantity of minimum own funds that institutions must hold. Basel III also establishes minimum requirements for liquidity risk management (quantitative ratios), defines measures aimed at limiting procyclicality in the financial system (capital buffers that vary according to the economic cycle) and reinforces requirements for financial institutions deemed to be systemically important.

“Bank acting as originator”

See securitization.

“Bank acting as sponsor”

See securitization.

“Bank acting as investor”

See securitization.

CRD IV/CRR

(See Acronyms) Directive No. 2013/36/EU (CRD IV) and regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (CRR), which transpose Basel II in Europe. In conjunction with the EBA’s (European Banking Authority) technical standards, they define European regulations for the capital, major risk, leverage and liquidity ratios.

Cost income ratio

A ratio indicating the portion of net banking income used to cover operating expenses (the company’s operating costs). It is calculated by dividing operating costs by net banking income.

Collateral

A transferable asset or guarantee pledged to secure reimbursement on a loan in the event the borrower fails to meet its payment obligations.

Haircut

The percentage by which a security’s market value is reduced to reflect its value in a stressed environment (counterparty risk or market stress).

Derivative

A financial security or financial contract whose value changes based on the value of an underlying asset, which may be either financial (equities, bonds, currencies, etc.) or non-financial (commodities, agricultural products, etc.) in nature. This change may coincide with a multiplier effect (leverage effect). Derivatives can take the form of either securities (warrants, certificates, structured EMTNs, etc.) or contracts (forwards, options, swaps, etc.). Exchange-traded derivative contracts are called futures.

Credit derivative

A financial product whose underlying asset is a credit obligation or debt security (bond). The purpose of the credit derivative is to transfer credit risk without transferring the asset itself for hedging purposes. One of the most common forms of credit derivatives is the credit default swap (CDS).

Senior non-preferred debt

Senior non-preferred debt is a category of securities, advances, instruments or rights introduced by directive (EU) No. 2017/2399 amending directive No. 2014/59/EU (BRRD) that, in the event of the insolvency of the credit institution, rank higher than the securities, advances, instruments or rights considered as subordinated, but lower than that of the other securities, advances, instruments or rights considered as senior (including preferred senior debt).

Senior Preferred

Preferred senior debt is a category of securities, advances, instruments or rights that, in the event of the insolvency of the credit institution, rank higher than other securities, advances, instruments or rights considered as senior and subordinated (including senior non-preferred debt).

Gross exposure

Exposure before the impact of provisions, adjustments and risk mitigation techniques.

Tier 1 capital

Core capital including the financial institution’s consolidated shareholders’ equity minus regulatory deductions.

Tier 2 capital

Supplementary capital mainly consisting of subordinated securities minus regulatory deduction.

Fair value

The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a standard arm’s length transaction between market participants at the valuation date. Fair value is therefore based on the exit price.

Liquidity

In a banking context, liquidity refers to a bank’s ability to cover its short-term commitments. Liquidity also refers to the degree to which an asset can be quickly bought or sold on a market without a substantial reduction in value.

Rating

An appraisal by a financial rating agency (Fitch Ratings, Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s) of the creditworthiness of an issuer (company, government or other public entity) or a transaction (bond issue, securitization, covered bond). The rating has a direct impact on the cost of raising capital.

Bond

A portion of a loan issued in the form of an exchangeable security. For a given issue, a bond grants the same debt claims on the issuer for the same nominal value, the issuer being a company, a public sector entity or a government.

Pillar I

Pillar I sets minimum requirements for capital. It aims to ensure that banking institutions hold sufficient capital to provide a minimum level of coverage for their credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The bank can use standardized or advanced methods to calculate its capital requirement.

Pillar II

Pillar II establishes a process of prudential supervision that complements and strengthens Pillar I.

It consists of:

an analysis by the bank of all of its risks, including those already covered by Pillar I;

an estimate by the bank of the capital requirement for these risks;

a comparison by the banking supervisor of its own analysis of the bank’s risk profile with the analysis conducted by the bank, in order to adapt its choice of prudential measures where applicable, which may take the form of capital requirements exceeding the minimum requirements or any other appropriate technique.

Pillar III

Pillar III is concerned with establishing market discipline through a series of reporting requirements. These requirements – both qualitative and quantitative – are intended to improve financial transparency in the assessment of exposure to risks, risk assessment procedures and capital adequacy.

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

Ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital to risk-weighted assets. The CET1 ratio is a solvency indicator used in the Basel III prudential accords.

Leverage ratio

Tier 1 capital divided by exposures, which consist of assets and off-balance sheet items, after restatements of derivatives, funding transactions and items deducted from capital. Its main goal is to serve as a supplementary risk measurement for capital requirements.

Total capital ratio

Ratio of total capital (Tier 1 and 2) to risk-weighted assets (RWAs).

Resecuritization

The securitization of an exposure that is already securitized where the risk associated with an underlying pool of exposures is tranched and at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitization position.

Credit and counterparty risk

The risk of loss from the inability of clients, issuers or other counterparties to honor their financial commitments. Credit risk includes counterparty risk related to market transactions and securitization.

Market risks

The risk of loss of value on financial instruments resulting from changes in market inputs, from the volatility of these inputs or from the correlations between these inputs.

Operational risk

Risks of losses or penalties due in particular to failures of internal procedures and systems, human error or external events.

Structural interest rate and foreign exchange risk

The risk of losses or impairment on assets arising from changes in interest rates or exchange rates. Structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks are associated with commercial activities and proprietary transactions.

Liquidity risk

The risk that a bank will be unable to honor its payment commitments as they fall due and replace funds when they are withdrawn.

Swap

An agreement between two counterparties to exchange different assets, or revenues from different assets, until a given date.

Securitization

A transaction whereby credit risk on loans and advances is transferred to investors by an entity through the issuance of negotiable securities. This may involve the transfer of advances (physical securitization) or the transfer of risks only (credit derivatives). Some securitization transactions are subordinated through the creation of tranches:

ABS – Asset-Backed Securities, i.e. instruments representing a pool of financial assets (excluding mortgage loans), whose performance is linked to that of the underlying asset or pool of assets;

CDOs – Collateralized Debt Obligations, i.e. debt securities backed by a pool of assets which can be either bank loans (mortgages) or corporate bonds. Interest and principal payments may be subject to subordination (i.e. through the creation of tranches);

–LOs – Collateralized Loan Obligations, i.e. credit derivatives backed by a homogeneous pool of commercial loans;

CMBS – Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities;

RMBS – Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities, i.e. debt securities backed by a pool of assets consisting of residential mortgage loans;

Bank acting as originator: the securitization exposures are the retained positions, even where not eligible for the securitization framework due to the absence of significant and effective risk transfer;

Bank acting as investor: investment positions purchased in third-party deals;

Bank acting as sponsor: a bank is considered a “sponsor” if it, in fact or in substance, manages or advises the program, places securities into the market, or provides liquidity and/or credit enhancements. The program may include, for example, asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) conduit programs and structured investment vehicles. The securitization exposures include exposures to ABCP conduits to which the bank provides program-wide enhancements, liquidity and other facilities.

Net value

Total gross value less allowances/impairments.

Volatility

A measurement of the magnitude of an asset’s price fluctuation and thus a measurement of its risk. Volatility corresponds to the standard deviation of the asset’s immediate returns over a given period.

Other terms

Back office

Support or back office department, in charge of administrative functions at a financial intermediary.

Backtesting

Method consisting of verifying that the actual result rarely exceeds the VaR (Value at Risk) loss.

Bail-in

Tool to limit any assistance from public funds to a troubled institution that is still in operation or in the process of liquidation. The bail-in grants to the prudential supervisory authorities the power to impose on certain creditors of a credit institution that may have solvency problems, the conversion of their receivables into shares of this institution and/or the reduction of the amount of these receivables. The European agreement of June 26, 2015 provides for priority requests, in the event of insufficient equity (following losses), from creditors holding subordinated debt, then senior creditors, then unsecured deposits of large companies, then those of SMEs and finally those of individuals above €100,000. However, guaranteed deposits, covered bonds, employee compensation, liabilities related to the institution’s vital activities and interbank liabilities with a maturity of less than seven days must not be affected.

Broker

Broker

Brokerage

Brokerage

Co-lead

Co-lead

Commodities

Commodities

Corporate

Corporate

Coverage

Hedging (in the sense of customer follow-up)

Covered bonds

Covered or collateralized bond: bond for which the repayment and payment of interest are ensured by income flows from a portfolio of high-quality assets that serves as collateral, often a portfolio of mortgages, and the issuing institution is often the manager of the payment of flows to investors (obligations foncières in France, Pfandbriefe in Germany).

Datacenter

Datacenter

Equity (tranche)

In a securitization arrangement, refers to the tranche that bears the first losses due to defaults in the underlying portfolio.

Fully-loaded

Expresses full compliance with the Basel III solvency requirements (which became mandatory in 2019).

Front office

Customer service (team of market operators)

Hedge funds

Alternative management funds: speculative investment funds that aim for an absolute return and have a great deal of freedom in their management.

Holding

Parent company

Investment grade

Long-term rating provided by an external agency ranging from AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3 of a counterparty or underlying issue. A rating equal to or lower than BB+/Ba1 qualifies the instrument as non-investment grade.

Joint venture

Joint venture

Loss ratio

Ratio between claims/premiums collected

Mark-to-market

A method that consists of regularly or even continuously valuing a position on the basis of its market value at the time of the valuation.

Mark-to-model

Method which consists of valuing a position on the basis of a financial model and therefore assumptions made by the valuer.

Monoline

Companies that provide credit enhancement to financial market participants.

New Deal

Strategic plan implemented by Natixis.

Phase-in

Refers to compliance with current solvency requirements, taking into account the transitional period for the implementation of Basel III.

Reporting

Reporting

Spread

Actuarial margin: difference between the actuarial rate of return of a bond and that of a risk-free loan of identical duration.

Trading

Trading

Watchlist

Watchlist